Home

Mercedes Benz 2006 SL 500 User's Manual

1. Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution Coolant The poly V belt could be broken gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon Stop put engine off as it is safe to do so and immediately turn off the engine gt Check the poly V belt If it is broken gt Do not continue to drive Otherwise the en gine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the en gine Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If it is intact gt Do not continue to drive with this message displayed Doing so could result in serious en gine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Observe the coolant temperature gauge in the instrument cluster gt page 25 gt Drive immediately to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Left display Le RES Right display Coolant HAS AU workshop Display malfunction HAST workshop Display malfunction Visit workshop Possible cause consequence Possible solution The cooling fan for the coolantis malfunctioning gt The displays for several systems gt have malfunctioned Some systems themselves may also have malfunc tioned gt Certain electronic systems are un gt able to relay information to the con trol system The following systems may have failed e Coolant temperature gauge e Tachometer e Cruise contr
2. USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment You can also open and close the power windows gt page 192 and the retract able hardtop using the SmartKey page 199 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Factory setting Global unlocking gt Press button Ep All turn signals flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is disarmed The vehicle will lock again automatically and reactivate the alarm system within ap proximately 40 seconds of unlocking if e neither door nor trunk is opened e the SmartKey is not inserted in the starter sw
3. Controls in detail Automatic transmission Downshifting A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction or gt Briefly press button 1 on the left side of the steering wheel gt page 172 The transmission shifts to the next lower gear When you brake or stop the transmis sion shifts down to a gear from which you can easily accelerate or take off Kickdown Using the kickdown when driving in the MANUAL program mode is not possible Deactivating manual shift program gt Press the program mode selector switch gt page 174 repeatedly until C or S appears in the right multifunction display or gt Restart the engine The transmission will go to the automatic program mode C or S The MANUAL program mode is not stored Emergency operation Limp Home Mode If vehicle acceleration worsens or the transmission no longer shifts the trans mission is most likely operating in limp home emergency operation mode In this mode only second gear and reverse gear can be activated vv iv Stop the vehicle in a safe location Move gear selector lever to P Turn off the engine Wait at least 10 seconds before restarting
4. Practical hints Towing the vehicle Warning A N If circumstances require towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground always tow with a tow bar if e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system e there is a malfunction in the power sup ply or in the vehicle s electrical system as that will be necessary to adequately con trol the towed vehicle Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground make certain that the SmartKey is in starter switch position 2 If the SmartKey is left in starter switch position O for an extended period of time it can no longer be turned in the switch In this case the steering is locked To unlock re move SmartKey from starter switch and re insert To signal turns while being towed with the hazard warning flasher in use turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 2 and activate the combina tion switch for the left or right turn sig nal in the usual manner only the selected turn signal will operate Upon canceling the turn signal the haz ard warning flasher will operate again Warning A N The brake system requires electrical power to operate A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake sys tem operation and switch it into its emer gency operation mode To brake the driver must then apply significantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pe
5. gt Open the trunk gt page 108 gt Insert the new bulb and reinstall the bulb socket Tail lamp unit The bulb socket should audibly click into place gt Reinstall the trim P 2 10 2846 31 1 Backup lamp 2 Turn signal lamp 3 Driver s side Rear fog lamp Passenger s side Substitute lamp turn it counterclockwise and remove it License plate lamp 1 Screws gt vY v y Yy Loosen both screws Q Remove the license plate lamp Replace the bulb Reinstall the license plate lamp Retighten screws Q Y Replacing wiper blades Hi Never open the hood when the wiper arms are folded forward Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Do not allow the wiper arms to contact the windshield glass without a wiper blade inserted Make sure the wiper blades are proper ly installed Improperly installed wiper blades may cause windshield damage For your convenience we recommend that you have this work carried out by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center To avoid damage to the hood the wiper arms should only be folded forward when in the vertical position Practical hints Replacing wiper blades Removing wiper blades Warning VAN For safety reasons switch off wipers and re move SmartKey from starter switch vehi cles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the veh
6. Continuous steady brake pedal pressure yields the advantages provided by the ABS namely braking power and the ability to steer the vehicle Safety and Security Driving safety systems The ABS ESP warning lamp flashes whenever the ABS is activated which can be an indication of hazardous road condi tions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Emergency brake maneuver gt Keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal A When the ABS is malfunctioning the BAS and the ESP are also switched off Warning When the ABS is malfunctioning the wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability and extending the brak ing distance Safety and Security Driving safety systems BAS Warning A N The ABS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking or steering efficiency be yond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction Warning A N BAS cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase braking efficiency beyond that af forded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded The BAS The Brake Assist System BAS operates in emergency situations If you apply the brakes very quickly the BAS automatically provides full brake boost thereby poten tially reducing the braking distance afforded The A
7. Controls in detail Memory function The memory switch is located on the door control panel P91 29 2186 31 M Memory button 1 2 3 Stored positions gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 or gt Open the respective door Controls in detail Memory function Storing positions into memory Recalling positions from memory gt Adjust the seats steering wheel and gt On memory switch press and hold exterior rear view mirrors to the de stored position button 1 2 or 3 until sired position gt page 39 the seat steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors have fully moved to gt Press memory button M E the stored positions Release memory button and press a stored position button 1 2 or 3 within i 3 seconds Releasing the button immediately All the settings are stored at the select n movement to the stored posi ions ed position Vv Lighting For information on how to switch on the headlamps and use the turn signals see Switching on headlamps gt page 53 and Turn signals gt page 53 If you drive in countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road than the country in which the vehicle is reg istered you must have the headlamps modified for symmetrical low beams Relevant information can be obtained at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Controls in detail Exterior lamp switch The exterior lamp switch is located on the dashboard t
8. Operation Tires and wheels Placard Example A SEE OWNER S FRONT Pigs FOR 4 ZOOKPA 29P 1 MANUAL FOR Rear prs 7on 2ookna 2vesi_ ELT orere r2szo0is zona consi asl P40 00 27064 31 1 Tire and Loading Information placard with recommended cold tire inflation pressures Placard Example A lists the recommend ed cold tire inflation pressures for maxi mum loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment Operation Tires and wheels Placard Example B VEHICLE TIRE INFORMATION VEHIq LE CAPACITY WEIGHT KG IELBS SEATI IG CAPACITY zzz 1 Vehicle Tire Information placard with recommended cold tire inflation pressures Placard Example B lists the recommend ed cold tire inflation pressures for maxi mum loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment Placard Example B may list recommended cold tire inflation pressures for different vehicle loads Important notes on tire inflation pressure A If the tire inflation pressure repeatedly drops Warning e Check the tires for punctures from foreign objects e Check to see whether air is leaking from the valves or from around the rim Tire temperature and tire inflation pressure are also increased while driving depending on the driving speed and the tire load If you will be drivi
9. Restart the engine Move gear selector lever to position D for second gear or R Have the transmission checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Y Good visibility For information on windshield wiper opera gt tion see Windshield wipers gt page 54 Press button Q The headlamps are cleaned with a high pressure water jet The headlamps will automatically be cleaned when you have Headlamp cleaning system The button is located on the left side of the dashboard e switched on the headlamps and e operated the windshield wipers with windshield washer fluid fifteen times When you switch off the ignition the counter resets p PB2 15 2087 31 Headlamp washer button For information on filling up the washer flu id reservoir see Windshield washer sys tem and headlamp cleaning system gt page 280 gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Controls in detail Good visibility Rear view mirrors For information on setting the rear view mirrors see Mirrors gt page 44 Auto dimming rear view mirror The reflection brightness of the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side and the interior rear view mirror will respond automatically to glare when e the ignition is switched on and e incoming light from headlamps falls on the sensor in the interior rear view mir ror The interior rear view mirror will not rea
10. Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently Rinse with clean water and thoroughly dry with a chamois Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish Automatic car wash You can have your car washed in an auto matic car wash from the start Automatic car washes without brushes are prefera ble If the vehicle is very dirty prewash it be fore running it through the automatic car wash HH Due to the width of the vehicle fold in exterior rear view mirrors prior to run ning the vehicle through an automatic car wash to prevent damage to the mirrors Make sure that the windshield wiper switch is set to O gt page 54 Other wise the rain sensor could activate and cause the wipers to move unintention ally This may lead to vehicle damage After running the vehicle through an au tomatic car wash wipe any wax off of the windshield gt page 327 This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noise which can be caused by residual wax on the windshield When leaving the car wash make sure that the mirrors are folded out Other wise they may vibrate Operation Vehicle care Cleaning the Distronic system sensor cover Headlamps tail lamps side markers turn signal lenses Ornamental moldings For regular cleaning and care of ornamen tal moldings use a use damp cloth gt Usea mild car wash detergent such as Do not use chrome cleaner on orna mental moldings
11. lamps from the starter switch and opened the driver s door or removed the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the vehicle and left the headlamps on Turn signal The left rear turn signal lamp is mal gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Rear left functioning A substitute bulb has Substitute been brought into use bulb on Left display 10 e Right display Wri S Tein Rear right Substitute bulb on Visit workshop Raise ll ovr par Seat belt system Drive to workshop TeleAid Drive to workshop FUNCTION unavailable Possible cause consequence The right rear turn signal lamp is malfunctioning A substitute bulb has been brought into use The display for the lights is malfunc tioning The roll bar is malfunctioning The seat belt system is malfunction ing One or more main functions of the Tele Aid system are malfunctioning This display appears if button or on the multifunction steer ing wheel is pressed and the vehicle is not equipped with a telephone Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Raise the roll bar using the roll bar button gt page 75 gt Have the roll bar checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Have the Tele Aid system checked
12. Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Never loosen or detach battery termi nal clamps while the engine is running or the SmartKey is in the starter switch Otherwise the alternator and other electronic components could be se verely damaged Have the starter battery checked regu larly by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Refer to Maintenance Booklet for main tenance intervals or contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center for further information Warning A N Do not place metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Use leak proof batteries only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an acci dent Warning A N The brake system requires electrical power to operate A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake sys tem operation and switch it into its emer gency operation mode The same applies if battery is disconnected To brake the driver must then apply significantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further to obtain the expected braking ef fect If necessary apply full
13. DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol C gt page 305 which denotes the tire meets require ments of the U S Department of Transpor tation Manufacturer s identification mark The manufacturer s identification mark 2 gt page 305 denotes the tire manufacturer New tires have a mark with two symbols Retreaded tires have a mark with four sym bols For more information on retreaded tires see gt page 281 Tire size The code 3 gt page 305 indicates the tire size Tire type code The code gt page 305 may at the option of the manufacturer be used as a descriptive code for identifying significant characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture The date of manufacture G gt page 305 identifies the week and year of manufac ture The first two figures identify the week starting with 0 1 to represent the first full week of the calendar year The second two figures represent the year For example 3202 represents the 32nd week of 2002 Maximum tire load Maximum tire load rating a For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration The maximum tire load is the maximum weight the tires are designed to support Operation Tires and wheels Maximum tire inflation pressure Always follow the recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 291 fo
14. Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution The yellow roll bar warning lamp The roll bar is not operational For safety reasons always have the roll comes on or flickers when the bar raised when driving with the retract engine is running able hardtop open gt Attempt to raise the roll bar manually gt page 75 gt Have the roll bar checked by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning A N If the roll bar warning lamp does not come on does not go out after a long time flickers or comes on while driving as described above then the roll bar system is not oper ating properly and may not activate in an accident In this case raise the roll bar man ually gt page 75 before continuing to drive Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution The red seat belt telltale comes The seat belt telltale reminds you and your gt Fasten your seat belts on and a warning chime sounds passengers to fasten your seat belts before for approximately 6 seconds driving off after starting the engine with all doors closed The seat belt telltale goes out A The red seat belt telltale remains You and or your front passenger have gt Fasten your seat belts illuminated after driving off The forgotten to fasten your seat belts vehicle s speed does not exceed There are items placed on the front passen gt Remove the items
15. Tail parking and standing lamp brake lamp License plate lamps Turn signal lamp replacement Type P21W 1156 32 cp LED P21W 1156732 cp LED LED CSW P21W 1156 32 cp A Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot Al low the lamp to cool down before changing a bulb Warning Keep bulbs out of reach of children Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if you e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protection Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician Notes on bulb replacement Only use 12 volt bulbs of the same type and with the specified watt rating Switch the lights off before changing a bulb to prevent short circuits Always use a Clean lint free cloth when handling bulbs Your hands should be dry and free of oil and grease If the newly installed bulb does not come on visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Replacing bulbs Have the LEDs and bulbs for the following lamps replaced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center the additional turn signals in the exteri or rear view mirrors the high mounted brake lamp the brake lamps the parking lamps and the side marker lamps in the tail lamp unit the rear fog lamps the low beam Xenon or Bi Xen
16. vating switch e The hardtop drive system has shut it self down For safety reasons no more than five consecutive attempts may be made to raise or lower the hardtop gt After about 10 minutes you may again attempt to open or close the retractable hardtop If the indicator lamp in the retractable hardtop switch flashes when starting off or while driving and you hear a warning sound for a maximum of 10 seconds the retract able hardtop is not locked gt Properly lock the retractable hardtop gt page 198 before continuing to drive If the indicator lamp continues to flash af ter you have carried out the above actions there is a malfunction gt Have the retractable hardtop system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Indicator lamp in the retractable hard top switch is on when vehicle is stopped If the indicator lamp in the retractable hardtop switch comes on while the vehicle is standing still and the switch was not ac tivated then the retractable hardtop is not locked gt Properly lock the retractable hardtop gt page 198 before continuing to drive The retractable hardtop will not lock There is a malfunction in the retractable hardtop system gt Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Controls in detail Retractable hardtop Wind screen A The wind screen can restrict the drivers vi sion to the rear of the vehicle To prevent a possible accident when visibility
17. 1500 km at varying but moderate vehicle and engine speeds e During the first 1000 miles 1500 km do not exceed a speed of 85 mph 140 km h e During this period avoid heavy loads full throttle driving and excessive en gine speeds no more than A of max imum rpm in each gear e During this period avoid engine speeds above 4500 rpm e Avoid accelerating by kickdown SL 55 AMG or 4000 rpm e Do not attempt to slow the vehicle SL 65 AMG in each gear down by shifting to a lower gear using the gear selector lever All of the above instructions as may apply e Select positions 3 2 or 1 only when to your vehicle type also apply when driv driving at moderate speeds for hill ing the first 1000 miles 1500 km after driving the engine or the rear differential has been replaced e Select Cas the preferred shift program gt page 163 for the first 1000 miles aL 1500 km Always obey applicable speed limits Y Driving instructions Drive sensibly save fuel Fuel consumption to a great extent de pends on driving habits and operating con ditions To save fuel you should Keep tires at the recommended infla tion pressures Remove unnecessary loads Allow engine to warm up under low load use Avoid frequent acceleration and decel eration Have all maintenance work performed at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet and as required by the maintenance system Contact an authoriz
18. 36 PRIUS PUGS ei cccretvescoseetunsansaniadeaseriecneenienee 39 OS a E 39 Steering Wwheel esssessssesseeeesssess 42 NIT ONG asierea aoea 44 AV INNS serseri a 46 Fastening the seat belts 46 Starting the engine essseessseessseen 49 Parking brake sssesensessessseessseersse 51 Driving Off os ccssavartesundesneneveavseransvenes 51 Switching on headlamp 53 Turn signals rrcscesadscateccsortenetianseenines 53 Windshield WIPEYPS cccseecceeeeees 54 Problems while driving 66 56 Parking and lOCKING ccsccceseeeceeeee 58 Parking Drake cccccsssesceeeeeeeees 59 Switching off headlamps 59 Turning off the engine 8 60 Releasing seat belts eee 61 LOCKRING sescnssucecansiuseiastieaencetiauneatnanonr 61 Safety and Security 068 63 Occupant Safety cccecccccesseeceeeeeees 64 PAID ASS E E 65 Seat belts csccssssseceeeessereees 71 RON DIT scene ctacsteacooeseaseanesuueuennearees 75 Children in the vehicle 664 76 Panic alaisessa ena 81 Activating sccssassccnenenaonaceredereersnnediense 81 Deactivating cccceesescereeseccceaees 81 Driving safety SySteEMS ccccseeeceees 82 AD ber stilnsiceeeateo sonesbun osscnssdea amie eaves 83 DA acta tectaacoes sasetunthbassndescassatacseeneets 84 BOP EE E EE au nierocucan 85 Electro hydraulic brak
19. Insert the new bulb so that the base lo cates in the recess on the holder Turn locking mechanism clockwise Plug the connector onto the bulb Align high beam headlamp cover 2 and click it into place Parking and standing lamp bulbs gt Press ends of cover tab together and remove high beam headlamp cover 2 Pull out bulb socket 6 with the bulb Pull the bulb out of bulb socket 6 Insert a new bulb in bulb socket Reinstall bulb socket v VvV vV y Yy Align high beam headlamp cover 2 and click it into place Practical hints Replacing bulbs Additional turn signal lamp bulbs The additional turn signal lamps in the exterior rear view mirrors have LEDs If a malfunction occurs or LEDs fail to func tion the entire turn signal unit must be re placed Have the turn signal unit replaced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Front side marker lamp bulbs Since replacing the side marker lamp bulbs is a technically highly demanding process we recommend you have the side marker lamp bulbs replaced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Replacing bulbs Replacing bulbs for rear lamps gt Fold the trim to the side and remove it gt Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise Before you start to replace a bulb for a rear y and pull it out lamp do the following first gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to posi P y pE een oe seek tion W gt page 123
20. Power train 457 Power window Closing with KEYLESS GO 194 Power windows 192 Cleaning 327 Side windows 192 Synchronizing 194 Problems while driving 56 Production options weight 311 457 Program mode selector switch 457 Automatic transmission 30 168 PSI 312 457 PULSE function Massage function 117 Q Quick search Phone book 160 R Radio Satellite 141 Select station 141 Radio transmitters Control and operation 266 Range distance to empty Calling up 158 Reading lamp 31 Rear lamps see Tail lamps Rear luggage compartment 231 Rear view mirrors see Mirrors Recommended inflation pressure 312 Recommended tire inflation pressure 45 7 Redial memory 161 Refuelling 269 Regular checks 271 Regular driving style 219 Replacing Batteries SmartKey 389 High beam bulbs 394 Low beam bulbs 394 Rear lamp bulbs 392 396 Wiper blades 397 Replacing SmartKey batteries 389 Reset button 25 Resetting All functions control system 146 Fuel consumption statistics 158 Trip odometer 133 Restraint systems 64 Airbags 64 Child seat recognition 64 Child seats 64 Emergency Tensioning Device ETD 64 ETD 74 Seat belts 64 71 Resume function Cruise control 207 Distronic 214 Retractable hardtop 458 Closing SmartKey 200 Closing switch 197 Convenience feature 200 Locking after raising lowering 198 Message in display 371 Opening SmartKey 199 Opening switch 196 Problems when operating 200 Summer opening feature 199 Rim
21. Pull up on the hardtop switch as indi Closing the retractable hardtop with gt Press the hardtop switch as indicated cated by the arrow until the hardtop is the switch by the arrow until the hardtop is com completely lowered into its trunk stor pra x fe pletely closed and locked and the indi cator lamp in the hardtop switch goes out age compartment and the indicator lamp in the hardtop switch goes out The multifunction display will briefly show the message in operation Warning VAN If the retractable hardtop is not fully opened or closed a warning will sound after 15 sec onds pressure in the hardtop s hydraulic system will drop and the hardtop will lower The multifunction display will briefly w show the message in operation Be sure that the roof is dry before you open it Otherwise water may enter the l BEE 30 2132 31 trunk interior a 2 Before pressing the hardtop switch you must make sure e the parking brake is engaged gt page 51 l Be sure to keep the hardtop switch pulled or e the luggage cover is closed pressed until the hardtop is fully opened or gt page 196 closed The hydraulic pump will then shut e the trunk lid is closed off To prevent possible accidents drive the ve hicle only with the hardtop either completely closed and locked or fully lowered into its storage compartment e the ignition is switched on Controls in detail Retractable hardto
22. This could cause an accident Be trunk gt page 383 sure to use the correct wheel bolts P40 10 3307 31 l Flap Warning A 2 Air pump switch Warning a aa i 2 A Observe instructions on air pump label eee plug 4 Air hose with pressure gauge and vent Only use genuine equipment screw Mercedes Benz wheel bolts They are identi Union nut fied by the Mercedes star Other wheel bolts may come loose gt Open flap Q on air pump Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the ve gt Pull out electrical plug and air hose hicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could with the pressure gauge 4 fall off the jack gt Remove the valve cap from the tire valve gt Unscrew the alignment bolt install last Screw union nut onto the tire valve wheel bolt and tighten slightly Insert electrical plug into vehicle ci gar lighter socket Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever once without depressing the brake pedal Press I on the electric air pump switch 2 The electric air pump should now switch on and inflate the tire Inflate the spare tire for the SL 500 to 36 psi 2 5 bar and the spare tire for the SL 600 and SL 55 AMG to 44 psi 3 0 bar This takes about 5 minutes for the spare tire Air hose and union nut G can become hot during infla tion Exercise proper caution to avoid burning y
23. Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning Yenonlneadiampe 459 system 271 Windshield washer fluid 55 Filler neck 280 Messages in display 382 Mixing ratio 452 Refilling 280 Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has trained technicians and Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you are interested in obtaining service literature for your vehicle please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com or www mercedes benz ca Warning A To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service or the use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any questions about carrying out any type of service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We reserve the right to modify the technical details of the vehicle as given in the data and illustrations of this Operator s Manual Reprinting translation and copying even of excerpts are not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Title illustration no P00 0 1 29 16 31 Press time May 27 2005 GSP
24. You can only cancel the separate trunk locking mode by means of the mechanical key Insert the mechanical key in the trunk lid lock Turn the mechanical key counterclock wise to neutral position and remove the mechanical key in that position to unlock the trunk You can now open the trunk gt page 108 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Trunk lid emergency release With the trunk lid emergency release but ton the trunk can be opened from inside the trunk The emergency release button is located on the left side of the trunk Q Emergency release button gt Briefly press emergency release button Q The trunk unlocks and the trunk lid opens slightly b gt gt Push up the trunk lid to fully open Controls in detail Locking and unlocking b gt The emergency release button unlocks the trunk while the vehicle is standing still or in motion Illumination of the emergency release but ton The button flashes for 30 minutes after opening the trunk The button flashes for 60 minutes after closing the trunk o The emergency release button does not open the trunk lid if the vehicle bat tery is discharged or disconnected If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO opening the trunk from the inside using the emergency release button will trigger the alarm system To cancel the alarm do one of the fol l
25. age to your vehicle or the object may 40 20 Ofin 0 24 48 in result P54 65 2854 31 Ultrasonic signals from outside sourc Front sensors es e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers may impair the opera Center approx 40 in 100 cm tion of the Parktronic system ssa cy o w wim Eo approx 24 in 60 cm ps4 65 2953 3 Rear sensors Center approx 48 in 120 cm Corners approx 32 in 80 cm Minimum distance Center approx 8 in 20 cm Corners approx 6 in 15 cm If the system detects an obstacle in this range all the distance warning segments illuminate and you hear a warning signal If the obstacle is closer than the minimum distance the actual distance may no long er be indicated by the system Warning indicators Visual signals indicate to the driver the rel ative distance between the sensors and an obstacle The warning indicator for the front area is located above the center air vents in the dashboard The warning indi cator for the rear area is integrated in the rear trim P54 65 2798 31 Front area warning indicator 1 Left side of the vehicle 2 Right side of the vehicle Controls in detail Driving systems Each warning indicator is divided into six yellow and two red distance segments for either side of the vehicle The Parktronic system is ready when the border around the indicator is illuminated The position of the gear selector lever de termines which warning indic
26. er turn off the engine while driving Warning Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires wheels for example when running over an obstacle road debris or a pothole may cause serious damage and impair the operating safety of your vehicle If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride distur bance or you suspect that damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on your hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires wheels for possible damage If the ve hicle appears unsafe have it towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or other qualified maintenance or repair fa cility for further inspection or repairs Proper use of the vehicle eee Proper use of the vehicle requires that you a a re familiar with the following information nd rules the safety precautions in this manual the Technical data section in this manual traffic rules and regulations motor vehicle laws and safety stan dards AN Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intended to make you and others aware of various risks You should not remove any of these warning labels unless explicitly instructed to do so by information on the label itself Re moval of any of these labels may cause you and others to be un
27. gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P Do not depress the accelerator Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 and hold until the engine starts gt page 36 You can also use the touch start function Turn the SmartKey to position 3 and release it again immedi ately The engine then starts automati cally For information on turning off the engine with the SmartKey see Turning off with the SmartKey gt page 60 Getting started Driving Starting with KEYLESS GO You can start your vehicle without the SmartKey in the starter switch using the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever mt k T J j KEYLESS GO start stop button 1 USA only 2 Canada only gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P gt Depress the brake pedal during the starting procedure Do not depress ac celerator The selector lever lock is released gt Press KEYLESS GO start stop button Q once The engine starts if the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in the vehicle For information on turning off the engine with KEYLESS GO see Turning off with KEYLESS GO gt page 60 Starting difficulties If the engine does not start as described carry out the following steps gt If you are starting the engine with the SmartKey Turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 0 and repeat starting procedure gt If you are starti
28. how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configura tions and number and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 lbs This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on the vehicle s placard gt page 286 Example Combined Numberof Occupants weight weight limit occupants of occu driver and pants and passengers cargo from placard 1500 Ibs 1 Occupant 1 175 Ibs 2 1500 Ibs 2 Occupant 1 175 Ibs Occupant 2 195 Ibs The higher the weight of all occupants the less cargo and luggage load capacity is available For more information see Trailer tongue load gt page 290 Combined weight of all occupants 175 Ibs 370 Ibs Operation Tires and wheels Available cargo luggage and trailer tongue weight total load limit or vehicle capacity weight from plac ard minus combined weight of all occupants 1500 Ibs 175 Ibs 1325 Ibs 1500 Ibs 370 Ibs 1130 Ibs Operation Tires and wheels Certification label Even after careful determination of the combined weight of all occupants cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable gt page 290 as to not exceed the permis sible load limit you must make sure that your vehicle never exceeds the Gross Vehi cle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle You can obtain t
29. keep the cup holder closed An open cup holder may cause injury to or others when contacted during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Keep in mind that objects placed in the cup holder may come lose during braking vehi cle maneuvers or in an accident and be thrown around in the vehicle interior Ob jects thrown around in the vehicle interior may cause an accident and or serious per sonal injury 1 Left cup holder 2 Right cup holder Opening gt Briefly press cup holder cover The cup holder opens automatically Ashtray 1 Cover plate 2 Sliding knob Opening ashtray gt Briefly touch cover plate 1 The ashtray opens automatically Closing ashtray gt Press cover plate Q down until it latches Controls in detail Useful features Removing the ashtray insert Warning UN Remove ashtray only with vehicle standing still Set the parking brake to secure vehicle from movement Move gear selector lever to position N With gear selector lever in position N turn off the engine gt Secure vehicle from movement by set ting the parking brake Move the gear selector lever to position N Now you have more room to take out the insert gt Press sliding knob 2 to the right The insert will eject a short distance Replacing the ashtray insert gt Press the insert into the frame until it snaps into place Controls in detail Useful features Cigarette lig
30. maximum speed rating of the tires Warning Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire failure causing loss of vehicle control and possibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury and possible death for you and for others Tire load rating gt page 301 and tire speed rating gt page 301 are also referred to as service descrip tion Summer tires Index Speed rating Q up to 100 mph 160 km h R up to 106 mph 170 km h S up to 112 mph 180 km h T up to 118 mph 190 km h H up to 130 mph 210 km h V up to 149 mph 240 km h W up to 168 mph 270 km h Y up to 186 mph 300 km h Y above 186 mph 300 km h ZR above 149 mph 240 km h At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for exam ple 245 40 ZR18 To determine the maximum speed capability of the tire the service description for the tire must be referred to The service description Operation Tires and wheels is comprised of the tire load rating gt page 301 and the tire speed rating gt page 301 If your tire includes ZR in the size designation and no service description G and gt page 301 is given the tire manufacturer must be consulted for the maximum speed ca pability If a service description and gt page 301 is given the speed cap
31. necessary You can obtain the required battery at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replace ment P80 20 2555 31 1 Handle gt Pull on handle The vehicle unlocks the trunk lid only If the trunk does not unlock it is still locked separately gt page 110 Opening the doors from the inside You can open a locked door from the in side Open door only when conditions are safe to do so Pao 00 2050 31 C Locking knob 2 Inside door handle gt Pull on door handle 2 If the door was locked locking knob 1 will move up If you open a door the side windows on that side of the vehicle will lower slight ly The windows close again when you close the door If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm do one of the fol lowing e Press button or on the SmartKey e Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Grasp an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 37 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Opening the
32. right multifunction display This default setting is referred to as the standard dis play T2 F gt 26753miles g gt P54 30 8433 31 1 Main odometer 2 Outside temperature 3 Current gear selector lever position 4 Trip odometer 6 Automatic transmission program mode Controls in detail Control system Multifunction steering wheel The displays in the multifunction display and the settings in the control system are controlled by the buttons on the multifunc tion steering wheel Q Left multifunction display in the speedometer 2 Right multifunction display in the tachometer Operating the control system 3 Selecting the submenu or setting the volume Press button E down to decrease up to increase 4 Telephone Press button to take a call to end a call Menu systems Press button for previous menu for next menu Moving within a menu Press button Wag for next display B for previous display Pressing any of the buttons except for the telephone buttons on the multifunction steering wheel will alter what appears in the multifunction display The information available in the multifunc tion display is arranged in menus each containing a number of functions or sub menus The individual functions are then found within the relevant menu radio or CD op erations under AUDIO for example These functions serve to call up relevant informa tion
33. 110 Vehicle in an emergency 387 Low beam headlamps 53 123 392 Replacing bulbs 394 Lowering Load assist manually 388 Roll bar 76 Luggage compartment rear 231 Luggage cover 196 Messages in display 382 Opening closing 196 Lumbar support adjustment 116 M Main fuse box 425 Maintenance Calling up maintenance service indica tor display 319 Clearing maintenance service indicator message 318 Maintenance service indicator message 318 Maintenance service term exceeded 319 Resetting maintenance service indicator 320 Maintenance service When due 318 Maintenance service indicator 318 Maintenance System U S vehicles 318 456 Malfunction memory 144 Calling up 145 Clearing 145 Manual operation Interior lighting control 131 Locking the vehicle 387 Lowering load assist 388 Unlocking storage compartments 386 Unlocking the drivers door 385 Unlocking the trunk 386 Manual shift program SL 55 AMG and SL 65 AMG 173 Massage function 117 Maximum cooling MAXCOOL 186 Maximum inflation pressure 311 Maximum load rating 311 456 Maximum loaded vehicle weight 456 Maximum tire inflation pressure 456 Memory function 456 Menus 137 AUDIO 141 Distronic NAV 143 Standard display TEL 159 Trip computer 157 Vehicle status message memory Menus see Control system menus Microphone Hands free microphone 31 Miles kilometers in speedometer Minimum distance Parktronic Mirrors 44 177 Adjusting interior rear view mirror Exterior
34. 312 458 Rollbar 75 458 Lowering 76 Messages in display 379 Raising 76 Warning lamp 27 Roll bar buttons 30 RON 270 458 Roof see Retractable hardtop Run Flat Indicator Canada only 293 S Satellite radio 141 Seat belt force limiter 74 Seat belts 46 64 71 Cleaning 330 Messages in display 379 Warning lamp 340 Seat heating Switching on 117 Seat ventilation 120 Switchingon 120 Seating capacity 286 Seats Adjusting height 40 Adjusting lumbar support 116 Adjusting shoulder support 116 Heating 117 Massage function 117 Moving 115 Service Basic service Service A 318 Batteries 413 Extended service Service B 318 Types 318 Service life tires 282 Service System see Maintenance Setting 151 Convenience functions 156 Daytime running lamp mode 152 Interior lighting delayed switch off 155 Lamps and lighting control system 152 Language multifunction display 150 Locator lighting 153 Lower speed in cruise control 206 Miles kilometers in speedometer 149 Night security illumination 154 Radio station 141 Slower speed in cruise control 206 Speedometer display mode 149 Time control system 150 Units in speedometer 149 Setting the time hours 151 Setting the time minutes 151 Settings Convenience functions 156 Resetting all control system 146 Selective SmartKey 98 Settings menu Submenus 147 Shelf below rear window cleaning 330 Shifting Gear selector lever 162 Gear selector lever positions 164 Into optimal g
35. 421 Unlocking 29 Unlocking in an emergency 385 Vehicle capacity weight 313 459 Vehicle care Leather upholstery 330 Ornamental moldings 325 Upholstery 330 Wood trims 330 Vehicle Identification Number see VIN Vehicle level 459 Changing 222 Setting 222 Vehicle level control 459 Vehicle level control ABC 220 Vehicle level control switch 30 Vehicle lighting Checking 271 Vehicle loading terminology 310 Vehicle maximum load on the tire 459 Vehicle status messages 345 Vehicle tool kit 383 VIN 430 VIN vehicle identification number 459 Voice control system 23 459 Hands free microphone 31 313 W Warning sounds Distance warning function 215 Distronic 209 Drivers seat belts 71 Parking brake 52 Warranty coverage 429 Washing the vehicle 323 Wear pattern tires 313 Wheel bolts Tightening torque 410 Wheel change 404 Tightening torque 410 Wheel wrench 384 Wheels Windshield wipers 23 54 Tires and wheels 281 Fast wiper speed 54 Wind screen 201 459 Intermittent wiping 54 Installing 201 Replacing wiper blades 397 Removing 202 Wiping with windshield washer Windows see Side windows fluid 55 Windows cleaning 327 Winter driving Windshield Snow chains 317 Cleaning wiper blades 327 Tires 315 Defogging 187 Winter driving instructions 264 Refilling washer fluid 280 Winter tires 315 Washer fluid 55 280 Wood trims Washer system 280 Cleaning 330 Windshield and headlamp washer Wrench wheel vehicle tool kit 384 system 452 X
36. AMG and SL 65 AMG only gt page 173 If the operating conditions change the automatic transmission reacts by adjusting its shift program 7 e the position of the accelerator pedal gt page 166 e the vehicle speed Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission t2 F 26r miles D 149 5miles PS4 30 6450 31 1 Current gear range gear selector lever position 2 Current program mode The current gear range gear selector lever position and program mode C S or M C S appear in the right multifunction display Warning A N It is dangerous to shift the gear selector lever out of P or N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal Controls in detail Automatic transmission Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty When the g
37. Although ornamental moldings may have chrome appear ance they could be made of anodized aluminum that will be damaged when cleaned with chrome cleaner Instead use damp cloth to clean those orna mental moldings Very dirty ornamental moldings of which you are sure are chrome plated use a chrome cleaner If in doubt whether an ornamental molding is chrome plated contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Mercedes Benz approved Car Sham poo with plenty of water Only use window cleaning solutions that are suitable for plastic lamp lens es Window cleaning solutions which are not suitable may damage the plas tic lamp lenses of the headlamps Therefore do not use abrasives sol vents or cleaners that contain solvents Never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when clean ing the lenses Do not attempt to wipe dirty lenses with a dry cloth or sponge Otherwise you may scratch or damage the lens surface 1 Distronic system sensor cover gt gt Switch off the ignition gt page 36 Use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Sham poo with plenty of water and a non scratching cloth to clean sensor cover 1 b gt b gt Operation Vehicle care To prevent scratches or damage never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when cleaning the sensor cover 1 Do not attempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or
38. Anti theft systems Immobilizer The immobilizer prevents unauthorized persons from starting your vehicle Activating With the SmartKey gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch With KEYLESS GO gt Press the start stop button on the gear selector lever once The engine is turned off gt Open the driver s door Deactivating With the SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 gt page 36 With KEYLESS GO gt Switch on the ignition gt page 38 Starting the engine will also deactivate the immobilizer In case the engine cannot be started yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Safety and Security Anti theft systems Anti theft alarm system Once the alarm system has been armed a visual and audible alarm is triggered when someone opens e adoor e the trunk lid e the hood e a storage compartment in the rear e the glove box e the storage compartment under the armrest The alarm will stay on even if the activat ing element a door for example is imme diately closed Safety and Security Anti theft systems The alarm system will also be triggered when e someone attempts to raise the vehicle e unlocking and opening the driver s door with the mechanical key e someone opens a
39. Calling up range distance to empty gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the trip computer menu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the left multifunction display Range In the right multifunction display you will see the calculated range based on the current fuel tank level P54 32 3196 31 TEL menu A A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we rec ommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a tele phone call If you choose to use the tele phone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the tele phone when weather road and traffic con ditions permit Warning Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a cellular telephone while driving a ve hicle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury You can use the functions in the TEL menu to operate your telephone p
40. Grasp the door handle on the passen ger side All turn signals flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is disarmed Global locking gt Press lock button on an outside door handle or trunk lid With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signals flash three times The lock ing knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed Restoring to factory setting gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about 6 seconds until battery check lamp G gt page 101 flashes twice If you can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO then the battery in the SmartKey is discharged the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is malfunctioning or the vehicle battery is drained e Check the battery in the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 99 and replace it if necessary gt page 389 e Use the mechanical key to unlock the driver s door gt page 385 and the trunk gt page 110 e Have the vehicle batteries and their connections checked gt page 413 e Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors gt page 387 If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is malfunctioning contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Global locking using the lock button on the trunk lid ab Vehicles with KEYLESS GO To pre vent a possible inadvertent lockout the trunk lid will open automatically if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recog nized in
41. If you plan to drive into areas which are not listed in the index of your Mercedes Benz Center directory you should request pertinent information from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Control and operation of radio trans mitters COMAND radio and telephone Warning Please do not forget that your primary re sponsibility is to drive the vehicle safely Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Man agement and Data System radio or tele phone if road weather and traffic conditions permit Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second Observe all legal requirements Telephones and two way radios Warning Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury Radio transmitters such as a portable tele phone or a citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they are con nected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle Refer to the radio transmitter operation in structions regarding use of an external an tenna Catalytic converter Your Mercedes Benz is equipped with monolithic type catalyt
42. Roadside Assistance button and or in the Information button do not come on dur ing the system self check or if any of these indicators remain illuminated continuously in red and or the message TeleAid malfunction Visit workshop is dis played in the multifunction display after the system self check a malfunction in the sys tem has been detected Warning If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as ex pected Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Controls in detail Useful features Emergency calls An emergency call is initiated automatically following an accident in which the emergency tensioning devices ETDs or airbags deploy An emergency call can also be initiated manually by opening the cover next to the interior rear view mirror labeled SOS then briefly pressing the button located under the cover See gt page 241 for instruc tions on initiating an emergency call man ually Once the emergency call is in progress the indicator lamp in the SOS button will begin to flash The message Connecting call appears in the multifunction display and the audio system is muted When the con nection is established the message Call connected appears in the multifunc tion display All information relevant to the emergency such as the location of the ve hicle determined by the GPS satellite loca tion system vehicle model ident
43. Show route Calling up Calling up vehicle Resetting to Fuel consump Loading eter Outside radio station guidance settings malfunction warn factory set tion statistics phone book temperature instructions ing and system sta tings after start current tus messages direction stored in memory traveled 5 Calling up main Selecting Instrument Fuel consump Searching for tenance service satellite radio cluster sub tion statistics name in gt indicator station menu since the last phone book P USA only reset c Checking tire in Operating CD Time Calling up flation pressure player submenu range amp Checking engine Lighting sub oil level menu Vehicle sub menu Convenience submenu Controls in detail Control system I O The headings used in the menus table are designed to facilitate navigation within the system and are not neces sarily identical to those shown in the control system displays The first function displayed in each menu will automatically show you which part of the system you are in Standard display menu T2 F 26 fJomiles j P54 30 8433 31 1 Main odometer 2 Outside temperature 3 Current gear selector lever position 4 Trip odometer 6 Automatic transmission program mode gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the standard display menu in the multifunction display You can modify the standard display menu Instead of the outside temperature you can choose
44. Special BabySmart compatible child seats designed for use with the Mercedes Benz system and available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center are required for use with the BabySmart air bag deactivation system With the special child seat properly installed the passenger front airbag will not deploy The indicator lamp located on the glove box will be illuminated except with the SmartKey removed or in starter switch position 0O The system does not deactivate the head thorax airbag and the emergency tensioning device Self test BabySmart without special child seat installed After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice the indicator lamp located on the glove box comes on for approximately 6 seconds and then goes out If the indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit the system is not func tioning You must see an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the passenger seat Warning A N The BabySmart airbag deactivation sys tem will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart compatible Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the deactivation sys tem The bottom of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushio
45. Useful features gt D gt A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established gt Describe the nature of the need for as sistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will either dispatch a qualified Mercedes Benz technician or arrange to tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center For services such as labor and or towing charges may ap ply Refer to the Roadside Assistance Manual for more information The following is only available in the USA Sign and Drive services Services such as jump start a few gallons of fuel or the replacement of a flat tire with the vehicle spare tire are obtainable The indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button remains illuminated in red for approximately 10 seconds during the system self check after switching on the igni tion together with the SOS button and the Information button B See system self check gt page 239 if the indicator lamp does not come on in red or stays on longer than approxi mately 10 seconds If the indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button is flashing con tinuously and there was no voice con nection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate a Roadside Assis tance call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call failed appears in the multifunction display Road
46. Windshield and headlamp washer system 452 Tele Aid 238 Emergency calls 240 Information 243 Initiating an emergency call manually 241 Messages in display 379 Roadside Assistance 241 SOS button 31 241 Tele Aid system 238 Tele Aid System 458 Telephone 28 237 Answering a call 160 Dialing 160 Ending a call 160 Hands free microphone 31 Loading phone book 160 Messages in display 379 Operating 159 Redialing 161 Telephones and two way radios 266 Temperature Outside temperature indicator 134 Sensor Interior 31 Tires 292 Tightening torque 410 458 Time Settings control system 150 TIN 312 458 Tire Vehicle maximum load on 313 Tire and Loading Information 285 Tire and loading terminology 310 Tire care and maintenance 282 Tire Identification Number see TIN Tire inflation pressure 401 Checking 271 291 293 Tire inflation pressure see the placard on the fuel filler flap Tire inspection 282 Tire load rating 312 458 Tire ply composition and material used 312 Tire Pressure Monitoring System see TMPS USA only Tire speed rating 263 303 312 459 Tire terminology 310 Tire traction 263 TIREFIT Instructions foruse 399 TIREFIT kit 384 399 Tires 281 Cleaning 283 Direction of rotation 284 Driving instructions 261 Low tire pressure telltale 342 Messages in display 380 Messages in the display 357 MOExtended system 411 Retreads 281 Rims and tires 434 Rotating 313 Run Flat Indicator 293 Service life 282 Tem
47. You can reactivate this function within 10 minutes by opening a door gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting sub menu gt Press button JM or R repeatedly until you see Headlamps delayed Switch off in the multifunction dis play The selection marker is on the current setting Hesd amps delayed suitch off P54 30 8379 31 gt Press button or E to switch the delayed switch off feature On or OTT gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to posi tion R before turning off the engine gt page 49 You can temporarily deactivate the de layed switch off feature gt Before exiting the vehicle turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Then turn it to position 2 and back to O The delayed switch off feature is deac tivated It will reactivate as soon as you reinsert the SmartKey in the starter switch Interior lighting delayed switch off Use this function to set whether you would like the interior lighting to remain lit during darkness for approximately 10 seconds after you have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting sub menu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until you see Int lighting delayed Switch off in the multifunction dis play The selection marker is on the current setting Int lighting delayed switch off P54 30 8380 31 gt Pres
48. accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Only use belts in stalled or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Airbags and ETDs Emergency Tension ing Devices are designed to function on a one time only basis An airbag or ETD that was activated must be replaced No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS This includes changing or re moving any component or part of the SRS the installation of additional trim material badges etc over the steering wheel hub passenger front airbag cov er outboard sides of the front seat backrests door trim panels or door frame trims and installation of additional electrical electronic equip ment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between airbags and occupants free from objects e g pack ages purses umbrellas etc Do not pass belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide ade quate protection Airbag system components will be hot after an airbag has inflated Do not touch Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Safety and Security Occupant safety e In addition improper repair work on the SRS cre
49. afford if the occupants are using their seat belts gt page 64 Warning A N Children 12 years old and under must never ride in this vehicle except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the ve hicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it in flates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result Infants and small children must be seated in an appropriate BabySmart compatible in fant or child restraint system which is prop erly secured with the vehicle s seat belt fully in accordance with the child seat man ufacturer s instructions A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Warning A N Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the ab domen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a nearly upright position and the belt is properly positioned on the body Warning Never let more people ride
50. air volume adjustment Nine blower speeds are available gt Press control button io gt page 181 The control button sticks up slightly The Eig symbol on the control button goes out Automatic air volume control is switched off The air volume is ad justed corresponding to the set blower speed Maximum cooling MAXCOOL If the left and right air distribution controls as well as the airflow volume control are set to EGiZJ and there is a high need for cooling MAXCOOL is activated MAXCOOL appears on the temperature controls Q and 7 gt page 181 This provides the fastest possible cooling of the vehicle interior when retractable hardtop is closed Automatic climate control panel with MAXCOOL activated Front defroster You can use this setting to defrost the windshield for example if it is iced up You can also defog the windshield and the side windows ab Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or the side windows are clear again Activating gt Press button Keg gt page 181 The indicator lamp on the button comes on The air conditioning switches to the fol lowing functions automatically e cooling on to dehumidify e maximum blower speed and heating power e air flows onto the windshield and the front side windows e the air recirculation mode is switched off Deactivating gt Press button Keg gt page 181 The indicator lamp on the button
51. and the A symbol on the control button is out Automatic air distribution for the re spective side of the passenger com partment is switched off gt Turn control button to the desired sym bol The air distribution is adjusted accord ing to the chosen setting You can also turn the air distribution control to a position between two sym bols Opening the center air vents gt Turn the thumbwheel 7 gt page 180 upward to the first stop Center air vents 1 and page 180 are open Opening the cockpit air vent and center air vents gt Turn the thumbwheel 7 gt page 180 upward all the way Cockpit air vent 2 and center air vents 1 and gt page 180 are open Controls in detail Automatic climate control Closing the cockpit air vent and center air vents gt Turn the thumbwheel 7 gt page 180 downward Cockpit air vent 2 and center air vents 1 and gt page 180 are closed Opening the side air vents gt Turn the thumbwheel and gt page 180 upward The corresponding side air vent is open Closing the side air vents gt Turn the thumbwheel 6 and gt page 180 upward The corresponding side air vent is closed The air vents are continuously variable Controls in detail Automatic climate control Adjusting air volume Use air volume control 10 gt page 181 for both automatic gt page 183 and manual
52. available at your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ibs 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front or side impact airbag on the passenger side and with the seat belt fastened to secure the object the ETD to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deployment threshold Automatic comfort fit feature seat belt The automatic comfort fit feature reduces the retracting force of the seat belts when they are in normal use Roll bar A This vehicle is a two occupant vehicle The rear storage area is not intended for use by occupants and is not equipped for properly seating or restraining occupants Thus this area should never be used by any persons Warning Before operating the roll bar switch make sure that the roll bar s path is clear and no persons are injured by the moving roll bar due to inattention Raising or lowering of the roll bar could injure someone inadvertently occupying the rear storage area For your own safety we recommend to drive with the roll bar raised if the outside temper ature is below 5 F 15 C If the outside temperature falls below 5 F 15 C the roll bar must be raised manually using the buttons pro vided to avoid damaging the hydraulics Safety and Security Occupant safety The roll bar raises automatically in an acci dent or in a critical driving situation You can also raise and lower the roll bar manu
53. be come visible at a tread depth of approxi mately 1 46 in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be replaced Operation Driving instructions The treadwear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread A Although the applicable federal motor vehi cle safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI be come visible at approximately Vee in 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not al low your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches We in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced Warning Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Specified tire inflation pressures must be maintained This applies particularly if the tires are subjected to extreme operating conditions e g high speeds heavy loads high ambient temperatures Warning A N Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Hydroplaning Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road hydroplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires Reduce vehicle speed avoid track grooves in the road and apply brakes cautiously in the rain Tire traction The safe spee
54. button gt page 222 gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location and press the vehicle level control button to select a higher vehicle level gt page 222 If the vehicle does not raise observe the following when you continue to drive gt Do not turn steering wheel too far to avoid damaging the front fenders gt Listen for scraping noises Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph 80 km h gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Left display ABS Cruise control Right display Malfunction NES workshop Display malfunction HST workshop HSA workshop Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Possible solution The ABS has detected a malfunction Continue driving with added caution and has switched off Wheels may lock during hard braking The ESP and the BAS are also deacti racune GMCS Hinks Cs selon vated gt Have the system checked at an authorized The electro hydraulic brake system is a ccs eckz ai ass Oias possible still functioning normally but without the ABS available Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident The ABS or the ABS display is malfunc gt Continue driving with added caution tioning Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk o
55. by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution PI eeISe SCI Ty The tire inflation pressure is too Check and correct tire inflation pressure as required tire pressure low in one or more tires gt page 293 Tire pressure One or more tires is deflating gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt Caution steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic Tire defect Warning A N Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire situation around you If necessary change the wheel gt page 399 Vehicles with TIREFIT Temporarily repair tire using TIREFIT gt page 399 or contact Roadside Assistance If tire cannot be temporarily repaired using TIREFIT contact Roadside Assistance Have the damaged wheel repaired or replaced at an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution Tire pressure The tire pressure in one or more Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt Check tires tires is already below the mini steering and braking maneuvers mum value gt Check and adjust tire pressure as required gt If
56. dividing it by two Rotating tires A Warning Rotate front and rear wheels only if the tires are of the same dimension If your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimensions front vs rear tire rotation is not possible Tire rotation can be performed on vehicles with tires of the same dimension all around If your vehicle is equipped with tires of the same dimension all around tires can be rotated observing a a front to rear rotation pattern that will maintain the intended rotation spinning direction of the tire gt page 284 In some cases such as when your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimension front vs rear tire rotation is not possible Operation Tires and wheels If applicable to your vehicle s tire configu ration tires can be rotated according to the tire manufacturer s recommended in tervals in the tire manufacturer s warranty pamphlet located in your vehicle literature portfolio If none is available tires should be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or sooner if neces sary according to the degree of tire wear The same rotation spinning direction must be maintained gt page 284 Rotate tires before the characteristic tire wear pattern becomes visible shoulder wear on front tires and tread center wear on rear tires Thoroughly clean the mounting face of wheels and brake disks i e the inner side of t
57. door from the inside e someone opens the trunk lid with the emergency release button If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call to the Response Center is initiated automatically by the Tele Aid system gt page 240 provided Tele Aid service was subscribed to and properly activated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are available Arming the alarm system The alarm system is armed after locking the vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash three times to indicate that the alarm sys tem is activated The indicator lamp in the central locking switch gt page 29 begins to flash after arming the alarm sys tem If the turn signal lamps do not flash three times a door or the trunk lid may not be properly closed Close the respective element and lock the vehicle again Disarming the alarm system The alarm system is disarmed when you unlock your vehicle with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash once to indicate that the alarm system is disarmed The alarm system will rearm automati cally again after approximately 40 sec onds if no door was opened Canceling the alarm To cancel the alarm With the SmartKey gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch or gt Press the or button on the SmartKey With KEYLESS GO gt Grasp an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 ft
58. e Check the starter battery and charge it if necessary gt page 413 e Geta jump start gt page 419 To prevent accelerated battery dis charge or a completely discharged bat tery always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch when the engine is not in operation SmartKey with KEYLESS GO You can also use the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO like a normal SmartKey lt i p F a af m y 5 a S F KEYLESS GO start stop button 1 USA only 2 Canada only The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located in the vehicle gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to P gt Do not depress the brake pedal Getting started Unlocking Position 0 Before you press the KEYLESS GO start stop button the vehicle s on board electronics have the status O as with SmartKey removed Position 1 gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton once This supplies power for some electrical consumers such as seat adjustment aD If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e once again the ignition position 2 is switched on e twice the power supply is again switched off Getting started Unlocking Ignition or Position 2 gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but o When you switch on the ignition the in ton twice This supplies power for all electrical consumers All lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless a
59. found You can only store new stations using the designated feature on the radio Refer to the separate operating instruc tions Controls in detail Control system Selecting satellite radio station USA only The satellite radio is treated as a radio ap plication gt Select satellite radio with the corre sponding key on the COMAND control panel SAT gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the currently tuned sta tion in the right multifunction display P 4 32 2773 31 C SAT mode 2 Channel name or number gt Press button BVA or EAN repeatedly until the desired channel is found Controls in detail Control system I O Selecting MP3 CD track Additional optional satellite radio gt Turn on COMAND and select MP3 CD equipment and a subscription to satel Selecting CD track Refer to the separate COMAND operat lite radio service provider are required Turn on COMAND and select CD Refer ing instructions Operating the CD player for satellite radio operation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details and availability for your vehicle For more information refer to separate COMAND operating instructions to the separate COMAND operating in structions Press button or repeatedly until the settings for the CD currently being played appear in the right multi Press button or repeatedly until the settings for the MP3 CD cur rently being played app
60. gt 211 cle proceeding directly ahead of it in the as 2 a e E E page same travel direction is detected e g fol C NNE lowing another vehicle ahead of you at a dis Deactivating As required by the traffic situation apply the brakes and navigate around a possible ob gt Press switch Q once more stacle However do not drive by relying on tance set by Distronic This means that e Your vehicle can pass another vehicle l l l ie The indicator lamp on the switch goes after you change lanes the distance warning function as this will re a S out No loudspeaker symbol appears in e While in a sharp turn or if the vehicle in sult in an emergency braking application i ae the speedometer display front is in a sharp turn Distronic could Especially depending on road surface condi tions and driver reaction this will not always enable you to avoid a collision lose sight of a vehicle traveling in front of it Your vehicle could then accelerate to the previously selected speed Distronic regulates only the distance be tween your vehicle and those directly ahead of it but does not register stationary objects in the road e g e a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam e a disabled vehicle e an oncoming vehicle The driver must always be on the alert ob serve all traffic and intercede as required by steering or braking the vehicle Warning A N Distronic should not be used in snowy or icy road conditions The mos
61. in dicator lamp will only start flashing af ter 20 seconds Step 5 gt After the indicator lamp changes from a slow to a rapidly flashing light release the hand held remote control button and the signal transmitter but ton Step 6 gt Press and hold the just trained signal transmitter button or and observe the indicator lamp Q If the indicator lamp Q stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the respective signal transmitter button or is pressed and re leased If the indicator lamp Q flashes rapidly for about 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with programming steps 8 through 12 as your garage door opener may be equipped with the rolling code feature Step 7 gt To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Controls in detail Useful features Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code devices with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after completing the Programming portion steps 1 through 6 of this text A second person may make the following training procedures quicker and easier Step 8 gt Locate training button on the garage door opener motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand Depending on manufactu
62. maneuvering Other wise you run the risk of causing injury Warning The Parktronic system is an electronic aid designed to assist the driver during park ing maneuvers It visually and audibly indi cates the relative distance between the vehicle and an obstacle The Parktronic system is automatically ac tivated when you switch on the ignition re lease the parking brake or place the gear selector lever in position D R or N The Parktronic system deactivates at speeds above 11 mph 18 km h At lower speeds the Parktronic system turns on again The Parktronic system also deactivates when you place the gear selector lever in position P or depress the brake pedal Controls in detail Driving systems The Parktronic system monitors the sur roundings of your vehicle with six sensors in the front bumper and four sensors in the rear bumper 1 Sensors in the front bumper Controls in detail Driving systems Range of the sensors p During parking maneuvers pay special attention to objects located above or below the height of the sensors e g planters or trailer hitches The Parktronic system will not detect such objects at close range and dam To function properly the sensors must be free of dirt ice snow and slush Clean the sensors regularly being careful not to scratch or damage the sensors see Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors gt page 326 100 6 D tem See ahin
63. may ap pear in the multifunction display For your convenience the messages are di vided into two sections e Text messages gt page 347 e Symbol messages gt page 359 Practical hints What to do if Text messages Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution ABC Drive carefully The capability of the ABC system is re gt Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph stricted This can impair handling 80 km h gt Visitan authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The vehicle is losing oil gt Stop your vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so ABC Display malfunction The ABC display or the ABC system it gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Visit self is malfunctioning as soon as possible workshop Visit The capability of the ABC system is re gt Do not exceed a speed of 50 mph workshop stricted 80 km h gt Visitan authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Left display ABC Right display SOI car too low Possible cause consequence The car is parked on an extremely uneven surface and or is heavily laden ABC is malfunctioning Possible solution gt Press the vehicle level control button to select level 2 gt page 222 You can continue to drive after the vehicle has raised and the message disappears gt Set the desired vehicle level using vehicle level control
64. more information see Exterior lamp switch gt page 123 Getting started Parking and locking Turning off the engine Turning off with the SmartKey Turning off with KEYLESS GO gt Turnthe SmartKey inthe starter switch Place the gear selector lever in P gt Place the gear selector lever in position P no Posten dessa gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but gt Apply the parking brake gt page 59 gt fella the SmartKey from the starter ton gt page 37 to turn off the engine eo With the driver s door closed the start The immobilizer is activated er switch is now in position 1 With the Always set the parking brake in addi driver s door opened the starter switch tion to shifting to position P is set to position 0 same as SmartKey On slopes turn the front wheels to pean ea my eles POON ES MomretanerSniten from the starter switch with the gear gt page 36 wards the road curb a selector lever in position P With the SmartKey removed and the driver s door open a warning sounds if the vehicle s exterior lamps are not switched off Releasing seat belts gt Press the seat belt release button gt page 47 Allow the retractor to completely re wind the seat belt by guiding the latch plate Make sure the seat belt retracts fully so that the seat belt and or latch plate cannot get caught or pinched in the door or in the seat mechanism This can damage the s
65. normal driving conditions Normal occupant weight The number of occupants the vehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 68 kilograms 150 Ibs Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Production options weight The combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing over 5 Ibs 2 3 kilograms in excess of those standard items which they replace not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim Operation Tires and wheels PSI Pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for air pressure gt bar kilopascal kPa Recommended tire inflation pressure Recommended tire inflation pressure listed on placard located on driver s door B pillar for normal driving conditions Provides best handling tread life and riding comfort Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead TIN Tire Identification Number Unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufacturers to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchases the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s identifica tion mark Tire si
66. of Transportation GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum permissible axle weight The gross vehicle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR for the front and rear axle indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The GVW comprises the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load The GWV must never exceed the GWVR indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating This is the maximum permissible vehicle weight of the fully loaded vehicle weight of the vehicle including all options passen gers fuel and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load It is indicated on certification label located on the driver s door B pillar Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure There are 6 9 kPa to 1 psi another metric unit for air pressure Is bars There are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Maximum load rating The maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum loaded vehicle weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight vehicle capacity weight and production options weight Operation Tires and wheels Maximum tire inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under
67. of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident Warning Be certain to read and observe the warning notices on brake pad replacement gt page 89 When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power This helps pre vent overheating of the brakes and re duces brake pad wear After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than to park im mediately so the air stream will cool down the brakes faster Operation Driving instructions High performance brake system SL 65 AMG only The high performance brake system is de signed to operate under the extremely high operating demands required to accommo date the performance capabilities of the vehicle The brakes may produce a squeak ing type noise depending on the e vehicle speed e brake force applied e ambient conditions e g temperature and humidity As with any brake system the wear of indi vidual brake system components such as brake pads or disks strongly depends on your driving style and the conditions under which you operate the vehicle Thus a driv ing style calling for high demand braking will cause your vehicle s brakes to wear more quickly Warning A N New vehicle brake pads and discs and replacement brake pads and discs may take several hundred mil
68. on the ESP gt Press ESP switch The ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out You are now again in normal driving mode with the ESP switched on Safety and Security Driving safety systems Electro hydraulic brake system The electro hydraulic brake system com bines a hydraulic brake circuit with elec tronically controlled brake servo assistance You have increased braking safety and improved braking comfort Warning A N Never ignore a brake malfunction indicated in the speedometer display for example by the USA only or Canada only indicator lamp Refer to the Practical hints section gt page 334 Also read and ob serve the messages in the instrument clus ter multifunction display gt page 361 Warning The electro hydraulic brake system requires electrical power to operate A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake sys tem operation and switch it into its emer gency operation mode In such a case the red brake warning lamp gt page 334 comes on and warning messages gt page 361 appear in the multifunction display while driving To brake the driver must then apply significantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further to obtain the expected braking ef fect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes are only applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is in cr
69. on the driver s door pad 00 2051 31 C Remote trunk lid release switch 2 Indicator lamp gt Pull remote trunk lid release switch 1 The trunk lid unlocks Indicator lamp 2 comes on and remains lit until the trunk is closed again Lift the trunk lid To facilitate trunk loading and unload ing when the hardtop Is retracted you can raise the hardtop from its storage position in the trunk using the loading aid feature gt page 236 You may also unhook the luggage cover Remember to resecure the luggage cover after loading unloading the trunk Otherwise you will not be able to lower the retractable hardtop The trunk can also be opened using the SmartKey see Locking and un locking gt page 96 the remote trunk lid release switch see Opening the trunk from the inside gt page 108 the trunk lid emergency release button see Trunk lid emergency release gt page 111 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Closing the trunk A To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk lid Be espe cially careful when small children are around Warning 1 Handle gt Lower trunk lid by firmly pulling on handle 1 b gt Controls in detail Locking and unlocking gt gt Close trunk lid with hands placed flat amp Valet locking on trunk lid Warning A N Only dr
70. operating condition Tire pres sure should only be adjusted on cold tires Observe the recommended tire inflation pressure on the placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 285 Some vehicles may have supplemental tire pressure information for driving at high speeds gt page 292 or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition gt page 292 If such information is provided it can be found on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt gt Press button or on the mul tifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display menu ap pears in the multifunction display gt page 140 Press the JANG or Ref button repeat edly until you see the flowing message Tire pressure monitor active Reactivation possible R button Press the reset button The following message will appear in the multifunction display Check current tire pressure gt Press the button The following message will appear in the multifunction display Tire pres monitor reactivated After driving a few minutes the system verifies that the current tire inflation pressures are within the system s specified range Afterwards the current tire inflation pressures are accepted as reference pressures and then moni tored If you wish to cancel activation gt Press the E button Potential problems associated with underinflated and overinflated tires Underinflated tire inflation pressure Underi
71. or Run Flat Indicator Canada vehicles only 3 Must not be used with snow chains 4 Not available as factory equipment Rim Wheel offset Collapsible tire Spare wheel SL 500 6 B x 17 H2 0 98 in 25 mm 185 60 17 93P Must not be used with snow chains Please compare the recommended tire inflation pressure for your vehicle with the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label located on the spare wheel rim If the tire inflation pressure on the yel low label on the spare wheel rim differs from the values given in this Operator s Manual inflate the spare wheel tire to the recommended tire inflation pres sure given on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim SL 600 6Bx 18 0 98 in 25 mm 175 55 18 91P Please note that the tire inflation pres sure of the collapsible tire differs from the tire inflation pressure of the road tires Inflate the collapsible tire to approxi mately 51 psi 3 5 bar Technical data Rims and tires SL 55 AMG 6Bx 18 0 98 in 25 mm 175 55 18 91P The SL 65 AMG and the SL 55 AMG with Performance Package do not have a spare wheel The SL 65 AMG and the SL 55 AMG with Performance Package are equipped with TIREFIT gt page 399 Technical data Electrical system Model Generator alternator Starter motor Battery Starter battery Battery for electrical consumers Spark plugs Electrode gap Tightening torque SL 500 14V 1
72. or to customize the settings for your vehicle It is helpful to think of the menus and the functions within each menu as being ar ranged in a circular pattern e If you press button or re peatedly you will pass through each menu one after the other e If you press button B or EAN re peatedly you will pass through each function display one after the other in the current menu Controls in detail Control system Inthe Settings menu instead of functions you will find a number of submenus for calling up and changing settings For in structions on using these submenus see Settings menu gt page 146 The number of menus available in the sys tem depends on which optional equipment is installed in your vehicle The menus are described on the following pages Controls in detail Control system Menus This is what you will see when you scroll The table below provides an overview of through the menus the individual menus 26753miles Malfunction memor S 2 messages P54 37 3593 31 Controls in detail Control system Menus submenus and functions Menu 1 Menu 2 Menu 3 Menu 4 Menu Menu 6 Menu 7 Menu Standard dis AUDIO NAV Distronic Vehicle status Settings Trip computer Telephone play message memory gt page 140 gt page 141 gt page 143 gt page 143 gt page 144 gt page 146 gt page 157 gt page 159 Digital soeedom Selecting
73. page 306 tires 4 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 307 Manufacturer 6 Tire ply material gt page 310 7 Tire size designation load and speed rating gt page 301 Load identification gt page 304 9 Tire name For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Following are some explanations for the You may only use the MOExtended system markings on your vehicle s tires in conjunction with the Run Flat Indicator Canada vehicles gt page 293 or TPMS U S vehicles gt page 296 For information on driving in case of pres sure loss in one or more tires emergency mode see the Operation section gt page 411 For more information see Rims and tires gt page 434 P40 10 3561 31 Tire size designation load and speed rating C Tire width 2 Aspect ratio in 3 Radial tire code 4 Rim diameter Tire load rating 6 Tire speed rating For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration General Depending on the design standards used the tire size molded into the sidewall may have no letter or a letter preceding the tire size designation No letter preceding the size designation as illustrated above Passenger car tire based on European design standard
74. properly secured with the ve hicle s seat belt fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Seat adjustment i The memory function gt page 121 lets you store the settings for the seat posi tion together with the settings for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors The seat adjustment switch is located in the door Seat fore and aft adjustment gt Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow Adjust seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The position should be as far to the rear as possible consistent with ability to properly operate controls P54 25 3575 31 1 Head restraint height 2 Seat height 3 Seat cushion tilt 4 Seat cushion depth Seat fore and aft adjustment T 6 Backrest tilt gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 When moving the seats make sure there are no items in the footwell or be or hind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats gt Open the respective door Seat height gt Press the switch up or down in direc tion of arrow 2 Seat cushion tilt gt Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow until y
75. reappears in the right multifunc tion display The transmission will shift from the current gear range directly to gear range D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Press and hold the inside 2 of one of the buttons on the steering wheel The transmission will automatically select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration This may involve shifting down one or more gears Controls in detail Automatic transmission Steering wheel gearshift control SL 55 AMG and SL 65 AMG The steering wheel gearshift buttons are located to the left and right of the steering wheel 1 Left button downshift 2 Right button upshift o You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift buttons when the gear selector lever is in position P N or R The last selected program mode C or S is switched on when the engine is restarted in the automatic program mode The following instructions describe opera tion of the steering wheel gearshift control when driving in the automatic program mode C or S For instructions on operating the steering wheel gearshift control and gear selector lever in the program mode MANUAL see Manual shift program SL 55 AMG and SL 65 AMG gt page 173 Downshifting A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent
76. start stop button gt page 37 Grasp the outside door handle ve hicles with KEYLESS GO only Unlocking the glove box Lockable storage areas in the passenger compartment include e the glove box e the storage compartment under the armrest e the rear storage compartments If these cannot be unlocked by means of the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO use the mechanical key to unlock the glove box To unlock the remaining storage com partments the cause for the malfunc tion of the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be deter mined and corrected see gt page 99 and gt page 104 Practical hints Locking unlocking in an emergency a Locking the vehicle Unlocking the glove box with the me chanical key will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm do one of the following e Press button or on the SmartKey If you cannot lock the vehicle with the SmartKey lock it with the mechanical key as follows gt Close the passenger door and the trunk e Insert the SmartKey in the starter gt Press the central locking switch in the i WPa0 20 2740 31 no center console gt page 113 Separately unlocking the glove box e Press the KEYLESS GO start stop Check whether the locking knob on the gt Slide mechanical key out of SmartKey button gt page 37 passenger door has moved down housing gt page 385 i g gt pag aeae rde If necessary pus
77. storage position and fold in the arm Replacing jack support tube cover gt Slide tongue of cover under the upper edge of the tube opening gt Applying even pressure press cover until it snaps into place Be careful not to damage the locking tabs or clamp the plastic retaining strap Practical hints Flat tire MOExtended system The MOExtended system allows you to continue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunction with the Run Flat Indicator Canada vehicles gt page 293 or TPMS U S vehicles gt page 296 The maximum distance in emergency mode depends on the vehicle s load It is 30 miles 50 km if the vehicle is par tially loaded and 18 miles 30 km if the vehicle is fully loaded The point at which the maximum driv ing distance begins in emergency mode is when the warning message appears in the multifunction display indicating that there is a loss of tire inflation pressure Do not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h Practical hints Flat tire Warning A o not continue driving in emergency mode i In emergency mode your vehicle s driving e you notice knocking sounds characteristics are diminished in such situa e the vehicle starts to shake tions as e smoke develops and you smell rubber e driving around curves one 6 e ESP is intervening continuously e wh
78. switch or press the start stop button vehicles with KEYLESS GO Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO and lock vehicle when leaving Parking brake E k T A _ wW i To tooo A O O Seo a a gt S P42 20 2086 31 1 Parking brake pedal 2 Release handle gt Step firmly on parking brake pedal Q When the engine is running the indica tor lamp USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster will be illuminated Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could release the parking brake and or move the gear selector lever from position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious injury Getting started Parking and locking Warning A N Getting out of your vehicle with the gear se lector lever not fully engaged in position P is dangerous Also when parked on an incline position P alone may not prevent your vehi cle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P page 164 When parked on an incline also turn front wheels towards the road curb Switching off headlamps gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to posi tion W gt page 53 For
79. the SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO button on the gear se lector lever once gt page 60 Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again Open door only when conditions are safe to do so Have any passenger exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway Practical hints Flat tire Sealing tires with TIREFIT SL 55 AMG with Performance Package and SL 65 AMG only A Keep TIREFIT away from sparks open flame or heat source Warning Do not smoke Small tire punctures particularly those in the tread can be sealed with TIREFIT TIREFIT can be used in ambient tempera tures down to 4 F 20 C Practical hints Flat tire gt gt Warning TIREFIT is a limited repair device TIREFIT cannot be used for cuts or punctures larger than approx 0 16 in 4 mm and tire dam age caused by driving with extremely low tire inflation pressure or on a flat tire or a damaged wheel Do not drive the vehicle under such circum stances Contact your nearest Mercedes Benz Center for assistance or call Roadside Assistance Foreign objects e g screws or nails should not be removed from the tire Take TIREFIT the sticker and the elec tric air pump out of the t
80. the driver s door B pillar or fuel filler flap The Run Flat Indicator does not replace reg ular checks of the tire inflation pressures since a gradual pressure loss in all four tires cannot be detected by the Run Flat Indicator The Run Flat Indicator is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of tire inflation pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by carefully apply ing the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers Reactivating the Run Flat Indicator The tire inflation pressure monitor must be reactivated in the following situations If you have changed the tire inflation pressure If you have replaced the wheels or tires If you have installed new wheels or tires Using the tire placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the inside of the fuel filler flap make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is cor rect Warning A N The Run Flat Indicator can only warn you in a reliable manner if you have set the correct tire inflation pressures for each tire If an incorrect tire inflation pressure was set the system will monitor the pressure ac cording to the incorrect value Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Make sure the standard display menu appears in the multifunction display gt page 140 Press button Vg or FA repeatedly until the following message appears in the multifunction displa
81. the mirror in the usual manner The memory function gt page 121 lets you store the setting for the exterior rear view mirrors together with the set tings for the steering wheel and the seat position For more information see Good visibility gt page 177 Getting started Driving Warning A N Do not lay any objects in the driver s foot well Be careful that floor mats or carpets in the driver s footwell have sufficient clear ance for the pedals During sudden driving or braking maneu vers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate Fastening the seat belts Warning A N Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure your passengers are properly restrained even pregnant women Failure to wear and properly fasten and po sition your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passenger should al ways wear seat belts If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are wearing your seat belt The airbags can only provide the protection they were designed to
82. the roof hydraulics will lose pressure and the retractable hardtop is lowered e after approximately 7 minutes when the ignition is switched on e after approximately 15 seconds when the ignition is switched off Shortly before the hardtop is lowered a warning will sound and the hardtop switch lamp will flash In the soeedometer display you will see EB in the tachometer display you will see the message being lowered e Properly lock the retractable hardtop gt page 198 before continuing to drive Opening the retractable hardtop with the SmartKey Summer opening feature Warning A N Before operating the retractable hardtop make sure there is no danger of anyone being injured by the moving parts retract able roof roof frame and trunk lid due to in attention Hands must never be placed near the roof frame upper windshield area hardtop shelf behind roll bars or trunk lid while the re tractable hardtop is being raised or lowered Serious personal injury may occur If potential danger exists release the re spective button on the SmartKey This im mediately interrupts the raising or lowering procedure You then can operate or to raise or lower the hardtop away from the danger zone Controls in detail Retractable hardtop P80 00 2061 31 Aim the transmitter eye at the door handle The SmartKey must be in close proxim ity to the outside door handle Press and hold button until the retract
83. tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Operation Tires and wheels If a condition causing the TPMS to mal function develops it may take up to 10 minutes for the system to signal a malfunction using the TPMS telltale flashing and illumination sequence The telltale extinguishes after a few minutes driving if the malfunction has been corrected Operating radio transmission equip ment e g wireless headsets two way radios in or near the vehicle could cause the TPMS to malfunction Operation Tires and wheels Reactivating the TPMS A It is the driver s responsibility to calibrate the TPMS on the recommended cold infla tion pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might loose control over the vehicle Warning The TPMS must be reactivated when you have adjusted the tire inflation pressure to a new level e g because of different load or driving conditions The TPMS is then recalibrated to the current tire inflation pressures gt Using the tire placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 285 or if avail able the supplemental tire pressure information on the inside of the fuel fill er flap gt page 269 make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is cor rect Reactivate the TPMS after adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the infla tion pressure recommended for the vehicle
84. to provide the steering braking and other driving inputs necessary to retain control of the vehicle A Distronic is a convenience system its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control more effective and usable when traffic speeds vary It is not however intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibili ty for the vehicle speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead including most impor tantly brake operation to assure safe stop ping distance always rests with the driver Warning Distronic cannot take street and traffic con ditions into account A Distronic requires familiarity with its opera tional characteristics We strongly recom mend that you review the following information carefully before operating the system Warning iy USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter f
85. to the Time submenu gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until the message Set time Hours appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the hour setting Set time Hours P54 304915 31 gt Press button or E to set the hour Biot am 5 Controls in detail Control system Setting the time minutes This function is only available if the func tion Time sync with head unit gt page 150 has been set to Off The time is then not set automatically by the COMAND and must be set manually if re quired gt Move the selection marker with the or SH button to the Time submenu gt Press button JM or Red repeatedly until the message Set time Minutes appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the minute setting Set time Minutes 5 3 fi am P34 30 4918 31 gt Press button or E to set the hour Controls in detail Control system Lighting submenu Access the Lighting submenu via the Settings menu Use the Lighting sub menu to change the lamp and lighting set tings on your vehicle The following functions are available Function Page Setting daytime running lamp 152 mode USA only Setting locator lighting 153 Setting night security illumina 154 tion Setting interior lighting delayed 155 switch off Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only This function is not availa
86. warning Infant and child restraint systems 76 Infant and child restraint systems see Chil dren in the vehicle Inflation pressure see Tires Inflation pres sure Inside door handle 107 Instrument cluster 24 132 456 Cleaning 329 Illumination brightness 132 Lamps 332 Language 150 Messages in the multifunction display 24 345 Multifunction display 135 Instrument lighting see Instrument cluster Illumination brightness Instrument panel see Instrument cluster Instruments and controls see Cockpit Interior lighting 130 Delayed switch off 155 Interior rear view mirror 44 Antiglare position 177 Auto dimming 177 J Jack 384 Jacking up the vehicle 404 Jump starting 419 K Key Mechanical 385 Valet locking 110 Key SmartKey Battery check lamp 96 Factory setting 98 Locking unlocking 34 61 96 Messages in the multifunction display 372 Opening retractable hardtop 199 Positions in starter switch 36 Remote control 96 Replacing batteries 389 Selective setting 98 468 Turning off the engine 60 Unlocking Trunk lid 99 Key SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 100 Battery check lamp 101 Factory setting 103 Locking unlocking 35 61 100 Messages in the multifunction display 372 Opening retractable hardtop 199 Remote control 100 Replacing battery 390 Selective setting 104 Starter switch positions 37 Turning off the engine 60 Unlocking Trunk lid 99 KEYLESS GO 456 Closing windows 194 Important notes 1
87. with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is com bined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the mal function indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended Practical hints What to do if TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of in compatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing One or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Practical hints What to do if AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp Problem AIRBAG OFF AIRBAG OFF Possible cause consequence The AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp A BabySmart child seat is installed on the comes on and remains illuminat front passenger seat Therefore the passen ed ger front airbag is switched off The system is malfunctioning if the indicator lamp comes on with no BabySmart child seat installed on the front passenger seat T
88. 0 SL 65 AMG Fuel tank All models including a reserve of SL 500 SL 600 SL 55 AMG SL 65 AMG Air conditioning system Hydraulic system for retractable hardtop Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system Capacity approx 12 3 US qt 11 6 approx 13 6 US gt 12 9 approx 14 5 US qt 13 7 approx 16 4 US qt 15 5 approx 2 2 US qt 2 1 I approx 3 1 US qt 2 9 I 21 1 US gal 80 01 2 6 US gal 10 01 2 6 US gal 10 01 3 7 US gal 14 01 3 7 US gal 14 01 0 42 US gt 0 41 7 4 US qt 71 z S r Fuels coolants lubricants etc MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze Premium unleaded gasoline Minimum Posted Octane 91 Avg of 96 RON 86 MON R 134a refrigerant and special PAG lu bricant oil never R 12 MB Hydraulic Fluid MB Windshield Washer Concentrate 1 Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water for temperatures above freezing or MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available pre mixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing Follow suggested mixing ratios gt page 452 Engine oils Engine oils are specifically tested for their suitability in our engines and durability for our service intervals Therefore only use approved engine oils and oil filters re quired for vehicles with Maintenance system U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehicles For a listing of approved engine oils
89. 0 of the maximum decel system calculates that the distance to the eration ability of your vehicle vehicle ahead and your vehicle s current speed indicate that Distronic will not be ca pable of slowing the vehicle sufficiently to maintain the preset following distance which creates a danger of a collision Distronic brakes the vehicle in an effort to restore the preset distance or to maintain the speed Immediately brake the vehicle to increase the distance to the vehicle in front of you The warning sound is intended as a final cau tion that you have not interceded with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially dangerous situation Do not wait for the op eration of the warning signal to intercede with your own braking as that will result in potentially dangerous emergency braking which will not always result in an impact be ing avoided Tailgating increases the risk of an accident Distronic menu in the control system In the Distronic menu you can read the cur rent settings for Distronic What appears in the left multifunction display depends on whether the Distronic is turned on or off gt Press button or repeatedly until you see one of the following dis plays Distronic deactivated When Distronic is deactivated you will see the standard display in the left multifunc tion display a p 1 Vehicle ahead if detected 2 Actual distance to vehicle ahead 3 Preset distance threshold to ve
90. 0 states the District of Columbia the U S territories and all Ca nadian provinces Infants and small children should be seat ed in an appropriate infant or child re straint system which is properly secured by a lap shoulder belt and that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 A statement by the child restraint manu facturer of compliance with this standard can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruction manual provided with the restraint Safety and Security Occupant safety When using any infant or child restraint system be sure to carefully read and fol low all manufacturer s instructions for in stallation and use Please read and observe warning labels af fixed to inside of vehicle and to infant or child restraints A Children 12 years old and under must never ride in this vehicle except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the ve hicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it in flates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result Warning b gt b gt Safety and Security Occupant safety Infants and small children must be seated in an appropriate BabySmart compatible in fant or child restra
91. 00 rpm 738 b ft 2000 4000 rpm 1000 Nm 2000 4000 rpm 9950 rpm 1 12 5 8 3 10 6 7 2 1 1 4 9 2335 mm The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment 2 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating Technical data Rims and tires Only use tires which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Tires approved by Mercedes Benz are devel oped to provide best possible perfor mance in conjunction with the driving safety systems on your vehicle such as ABS or ESP Tires specially developed for your vehicle and tested and ap proved by Mercedes Benz can be iden tified by finding the following on the tire s sidewall e MO Mercedes Benz Original equipment tires AMG vehicles Does not apply to all approved tires on AMG vehicles For information on tested and approved tires for AMG vehicles contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires with limited run flat characteristics original equipment tires Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz may result in dam age that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For information on driving with MOExtended tires see MOExtended system gt page 300 Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz can have detrimen ta
92. 02 Locking unlocking 35 61 100 Messages in the multifunction display 372 Start stop button 29 37 50 Starter switch positions 37 Starting the engine 50 Turning off the engine 60 Unlocking Trunk lid 106 Kickdown 166 456 Kilopascal 311 Kilopascal kPa 456 Knee bag 70 kPa see Kilopascal L Labels identification 430 Lamp bulbs exterior 391 Lamps exterior Delayed switch off 154 Exterior lamp switch 23 53 Front 392 Light sensor 376 Replacing bulbs forrear 392 396 Switching off 123 Switching on 123 Lamps indicator and warning ABS 27 333 ABS ESP 332 AIRBAG OFF 344 Airbag Off 70 Brakes 334 CHECK ENGINE 335 336 Coolant 336 DTR 209 Electro hydraulic brake system 88 Engine diagnostics 335 336 Engine malfunction 27 ESP 85 Fuel reserve 338 Seat belts 340 SRS 65 341 Turn signals 25 Language Multifunction display 150 Leather upholstery Cleaning 330 License plate lamps 152 392 396 Light alloy wheels cleaning 329 Light sensor 376 Lighter see Cigarette lighter Lighting Instruments 132 Interior 130 Settings control system 152 Trunk 131 Limiting the gearrange 167 Limp Home Mode 176 Load assist 236 Lowering manually 388 Loading terminology 310 Loading the vehicle 284 Lock buttons 34 Door handle KEYLESS GO 62 Trunk KEYLESS GO 105 Locking 58 Centrally from inside 113 Global SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 104 Global SmartKey 98 Storage compartments 230 Trunk lid Valid locking
93. 1 m of the vehicle or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton gt page 37 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Tow away alarm Once the tow away alarm is armed a visual and audible alarm will be triggered when someone attempts to raise the vehicle The tow away protection alarm is trig gered for example if the vehicle is lift ed on one side If the alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call to the Response Center is initiated automatically by the Tele Aid system gt page 240 provided Tele Aid service was subscribed to and properly activated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are available Safety and Security Anti theft systems Arming tow away alarm When you lock your vehicle the tow away alarm is automatically armed after about 30 seconds When you unlock your vehicle the tow away protection disarms automatical ly Disabling tow away alarm To prevent triggering the tow away alarm disable the tow away alarm feature before towing the vehicle or when parking on a surface subject to movement such as a ferry or auto train The button is located on the center con sole between the driver s seat and the pas senger seat Safety and Security Anti theft systems gt Press button Q Canceling the alarm The indicator lamp 2 in the switch To cancel the alarm comes on briefly gt Exit and lock your vehicle with
94. 23058443 44382 Order No 6515 3055 13 Part No 230 584 43 82 USA Edition A 2006 Operator s Manual SL Class Operator s Manual SL Class 2 Mercedes Benz SL 500 SL 55 AMG SL 600 SL 65 AMG Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demon stration of your trust in our company name Furthermore it exemplifies your de sire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and provide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the ef forts of many skilled engineers and crafts men To help assure your driving pleasure and also the safety of you and your passen gers we ask you to make a small invest ment of time e Please read this manual carefully then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference e Please follow the recommendations contained in this manual They are de signed to acquaint you with the opera tion of your Mercedes Benz Please pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and oc cupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving Mercedes Benz USA LLC A DaimlerChrysler Company Introduction ccccceecececcsceceecees 9 Product information c ccccesesceceeees 9 Operators Manual ccccsseeeeceeeees 10 Serv
95. 257 Problems 56 Safety systems 82 Systems 204 Through standing water 265 With Distronic 216 Driving safety systems 82 ABS 82 83 BAS 82 84 Electro hydraulic brake system 82 88 ESP 82 85 Driving systems 204 ABC 219 Cruise control 204 Distronic 207 Parktronic 223 DTR see Distronic E Easy entry exit feature 43 156 Messages in the multifunction display 369 Electric air pump 384 408 Electrical outlet see Power outlet Electro hydraulic brake system 82 88 454 Activation 89 Deactivation 90 Driving hints 90 Messages in the multifunction display 361 362 Self check 89 Warning lamp 88 Electronic Stability Program see ESP Emergency calls Tele Aid 238 240 Emergency engine shut down 426 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode 176 Emergency operations Automatic transmission Limp Home Mode 176 Glove box Unlocking 386 Load assist Lowering 388 Locking unlocking the vehicle 385 387 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 245 Trunk lid Releasing from the inside 111 Trunk lid Unlocking 386 Emergency Tensioning Device see ETD Emission control 267 Information label 430 system warranties 10 Vacuum line routing diagram label 430 Engine Block heater Canada only 316 Break in recommendations 256 Cleaning 323 Compartment 272 Malfunction indicator lamp 27 335 Number 430 455 Poly V belt layout 431 Starting 49 Tachometer 27 Technical data 432 Turning off 60 Engine coolant see Coolant Engine oil 274 447 Adding 27
96. 29 Interior lighting eee ee eeeeeees 130 Courtesy lighting cccceeccceeeees 131 Instrument CIUStED cece ceeeeeee eens 132 Instrument cluster illumination 132 Coolant temperature gauge 133 Trip odometer ccccceseceeeeees 133 TACNOMEtEl cccceeeecceeeeeeeeeeees 133 Outside temperature indicator 134 Control system cscecccseeceeeeeeeeeees 135 Multifunction display 08 135 Multifunction steering wheel 136 MENUS sci acasenetvoseeutnnesonennesemuanieaecess 138 Standard display menu 140 AUDIO AVG Glesgtsnies consid dlesieteageatsavinens 141 NAV MONU c ccccceescceeesesceees 143 DIStrONIC MENU ceeeeeeeeeeeees 143 Vehicle status message memory GING Uso cece cues seueeoteeeteametteececeeaceeat 144 Rear window defroster 179 Settings MENU cccccsssscceeeeeees 146 Automatic climate control 180 Trip computer MeNU 06c008 157 Deactivating the automatic MELO MIU wsasrncsmaceasase aceaueacncanessios 159 climate control system 00 183 Automatic tranSMiISSION ccceeee 162 Operating the climate control Gear selector lever position 164 system in automatic mode 183 Driving Upseri 166 Setting the temperature 184 Gear ranges ccesseccceesecceeeseees 167 Adjusting air distribution 185 Automat
97. 50A 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 35 Ah 12 V 70 Ah Bosch F 8 DPP 33 NGK PFR5R11 0 039 in 1 0 mm 15 22 lb ft 20 30 Nm SL 600 14V 180A 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 35 Ah 12 V 70 Ah NGK IFR6QG 0 028 in 0 7 mm 18 22 lb ft 25 30 Nm SL 55 AMG 14 V 180 A 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 35 Ah 12 V 70 Ah NGK ILFR6A 0 031 in 0 8 mm 18 22 lb ft 25 30 Nm SL 65 AMG 14 V 180 A 12 V 1 7 kW 12 V 35 Ah 12 V 70 Ah NGK IFR6QG 0 028 in 0 7 mm 18 22 lb ft 25 30 Nm Technical data Main dimensions Y Main dimensions Model SL 500 SL 600 SL 55 AMG SL 65 AMG Overall vehicle length 178 5 in 4535 mm 178 5 in 4535 mm 178 5 in 4535 mm 178 5 in 4535 mm Overall vehicle length when 185 6 in 4713 mm 185 6 in 4713 mm 185 6 in 4713 mm 185 6 in 4713 mm opening closing hardtop Overall vehicle width 80 5 in 2045 mm 80 5 in 2045 mm 80 5 in 2045 mm 80 5 in 2045 mm exterior rear view mirrors folded out Overall vehicle height 51 0 in 1295 mm 51 0in 1295 mm 51 0in 1295mm 51 0 in 1295 mm Overall vehicle height when 65 9 in 1674mm 65 9in 1674mm 65 9in 1674mm 65 9 in 1674 mm opening closing hardtop Wheelbase 100 8 in 2560 mm 100 8 in 2560 mm 100 8 in 2560 mm 100 8 in 2560 mm Track front 61 4in 1559mm 61 4in 1559mm 61 8in 1569mm 61 8 in 1569 mm Track rear 60 5 in 1537 mm 60 5in 1537mm 61 1in 1551mm 61 1in 1551 mm Technical data Weights Trunk load max 220 Ibs 100 k
98. 6 445 Additives 447 Checking level 274 Consumption 274 Fillerneck 276 Messages in the multifunction display 275 369 Recommended engine oils and filters 447 ESP 82 85 455 Switch 30 Switching off 86 Switching on 87 Synchronizing 354 Warning lamp 25 332 ETD 74 455 Safety guidelines 69 Warning and indictor lamps 341 Exterior lamp switch 123 Exterior rear view mirrors 44 177 F Filler neck Engine oil 276 First aid kit 383 Flat tire 399 Preparing the vehicle 399 Spare wheel 383 404 TIREFIT kit 384 399 Flexible Service System see FSS Fluids Automatic climate control system 445 Automatic transmission 277 445 Brake system 271 445 447 Capacities 445 Engine coolant 278 445 450 Engine oil 274 445 447 Power steering 445 Retractable hardtop Hydraulics 445 Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system 445 Foglamps 126 Messages in the multifunction display 375 377 Replacing bulbs 392 Front airbags 70 Front lamps see Headlamps Front passenger front airbag off indicator lamp 78 FSS Canada only 318 455 Fuel 269 Additives 449 Capacity Fuel tank 445 Consumption statistics 157 Filler flap 269 Fuel reserve warning lamp 27 338 Gasoline additives 449 Gauge 27 Premium unleaded gasoline 270 446 448 Refuelling 269 Requirements 448 Fuel cap Messages in the multifunction display 371 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities 445 Functions control system 137 Fuse chart see Vehicle t
99. 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year For additional information refer to the Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure in your vehicle literature portfolio Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Informa tion Booklet or simply call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Ser vice in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 It is in your own interest that we can contact you should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it avail able to the next operator If you bought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Car found in the Service and Warranty In formation Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Cen ter in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in for eign countries please be aware that e Service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded gasoline for vehicles with cat alytic converters may not be available the use of leaded fuels will damage the catalysts e gasol
100. BS cannot prevent acci dents including those resulting from exces sive speed in turns following another vehicle too closely or hydroplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can pre vent accidents The capabilities of an ABS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 332 gt Apply continuous full braking pressure until the emergency braking situation is over The ABS will prevent the wheels from locking When you release the brake pedal the brakes function again as normal The BAS is then deactivated Warning A N If the BAS is malfunctioning the brake sys tem is still functioning normally but without the additional brake boost available that BAS would normally provide in an emergen cy braking maneuver Therefore the braking distance may increase cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessive speed in turns fol lowing another vehicle too closely or hydro planing Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabili ties of a BAS equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others ESP The Electronic Stability Program ESP is operational as soon as the engine Is run ning and m
101. Instrument cluster submenu 149 Time submenu 150 Lighting submenu 152 Vehicle submenu 155 Convenience submenu 156 Resetting all settings You can reset all the functions of all sub menus to the factory settings gt Press the reset button in the instru ment cluster for approximately 3 seconds In the right multifunction display you will see the request to press the reset button again to confirm gt Press the reset button again The functions of all the submenus will reset to factory settings The settings you have changed will not be reset unless you confirm the action by pressing the reset button a second time Submenus in the Settings menu gt Press button Fag In the right multifunction display you see the collection of submenus Inst cluster T ime BLighting Settings PLAAT 3 gt Press button Sg The selection marker moves to the next submenu The submenus are arranged by hierarchy Scroll down with the EE button scroll up with the button With the selection marker on the desired submenu use the MM button to access the individual functions within that sub menu Once within the submenu you can use the amp button to move to the next function or the RY button to move to the previous function within that submenu The actual settings are made with button Eo Ed Controls in detail Control system Resetting the functions of a submenu For each submenu you c
102. KEYLESS GO If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is valid your vehicle unlocks If you lose a SmartKey or mechanical key Vehicl i ith KEYLESS GO you should do the following ehicles equipped wit come with two SmartKeys with KEYLESS GO gt Have the SmartKey deactivated by an each with remote controls and a remov e the trunk lid authorized Mercedes Benz Center able mechanical key the doors e the glove box gt Report the loss of the SmartKey orthe The locking tabs for the mechanical key l i e the storage compartment under the mechanical key to your car insurance portion of the two SmartKeys with armrest company immediately KEYLESS GO are a different color to help istingul i e the storage compartment in the rear gt If necessary have the mechanical lock distinguish each SmartKey with 8 p replaced KEYLESS GO unit e the fuel filler flap Vou authorized Mercedes Benz Center The function of the SmartKey overrules the will be glad to supply you with a replace KEYLESS GO function ment The KEYLESS GO function is integrated into the SmartKey On these vehicles the validity of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is checked every time you grasp a door handle P80 35 2087 31 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Lock button 2 Unlock button for the trunk lid 3 Mechanical key locking tab 4 Unlock button Battery check lamp 6 Panic button gt page 81 For information on using the SmartKey buttons see Sm
103. P68 00 272 il Controls in detail Useful features gt Press release button Q Storage compartment lid lid opens upwards Locking storage compartments The storage compartments are centrally locked when you lock the vehicle from the outside You can also lock the storage compart ments separately see Locking the stor age compartments separately gt page 230 Controls in detail Useful features Locking the storage compartments gt separately You can lock the storage compartments gt separately e g when the vehicle is in the shop for service k Ee l pel 1 E Biaj _ fi zi sk Fir J T ay d 7 1 Separately unlocking storage compart ments 2 Separately locking storage compart ments gt Remove the mechanical key from the SmartKey gt page 385 Insert the mechanical key into the glove box lock Turn the mechanical key to position 2 The following storage compartments will be locked They remain locked even when the vehicle is unlocked with the SmartKey or with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e Glove box e Armrest storage compartments e Rear storage compartments The separate locking status of these storage compartments can only be canceled with the mechanical key The storage compartments in the doors cannot be locked If the glove box cannot be unlocked using the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO se
104. Safety Act of 1966 Step 1 Vehicles equipped with placard Example A gt Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard Step 1 Vehicles equipped with placard Example B gt Locate the heading Vehicle Capacity Weight on your vehicle s placard gt gt Operation Tires and wheels gt gt Step 2 gt Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Step 3 gt Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilo grams or XXX lbs Step 4 gt The resulting figure equals the avail able amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Step 5 gt Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 Step 6 if applicable gt If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be trans ferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 290 The following table shows examples on
105. Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Step 2 gt If you have previously programmed an signal transmitter button and wish to retain its programming proceed to step 3 If you are programming the integrated remote control for the first time press and hold the two outer signal transmit ter buttons 2 and 4 and release them only when the indicator lamp begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds do not hold the button for longer than 30 seconds This proce dure erases any previous settings for all three channels and initializes the memory If you later wish to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two signal transmitter buttons do not repeat this step and be gin directly with step 3 Step 3 gt Hold the end of the hand held remote control of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 5 in 5 to12 cm away from the signal trans mitter button or to be pro grammed while keeping the indicator lamp in view Step 4 gt Using both hands simultaneously press the hand held remote control button 6 and the desired signal trans mitter button or Do not release the buttons until step 5 is com pleted The indicator lamp Q will flash first Slowly and then rapidly The indicator lamp Q flashes immedi ately the first time the signal transmit ter button is programmed If this button has already been programmed the
106. TIP Printed in Germany
107. The fuse box cover must be properly positioned with the slide at the symbol to prevent moisture or dirt from entering the fuse box and possibly im pairing fuse operation Technical data Parts service Warranty coverage Identification labels Layout of poly V belt drive Engine Rims and tires Electrical system Main dimensions Weights Fuels coolants lubricants etc Technical data Parts service The Technical data section provides the necessary technical data for your vehicle All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers maintain a stock of Genuine Mercedes Benz parts required for mainte nance and repair work In addition strate gically located parts distribution centers provide quick and reliable parts service More than 300 000 different parts for Mercedes Benz models are available Genuine Mercedes Benz parts are subject ed to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed man ufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore Genuine Mercedes Benz parts should be installed The use of non genuine Mercedes Benz parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz could damage the vehicle which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or could compromise the vehicle s dura bility or safety Y Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and Warranty Informatio
108. The jack support tubes are located behind the front wheel housings and in front of the rear wheel housings Practical hints Flat tire Warning A N When turning the wheel wrench to loosen the wheel bolts make sure you position hands on the wrench in such a way that you avoid injury to yourself such as scraping your hands against the wheel Make sure turning the wheel wrench will not scratch or damage the wheel rim b gt Practical hints Flat tire P40 10 3883 31 P40 10 2919 31 P40 10 4349 31 1 Jack support tube cover except 2 Jack support tube hole SL 55 AMG Q Jack arm SL 55 AMG SL 65 AMG and vehicles SL 65 AMG and vehicles with 2 Jack support tube hole with Sport Package Sport Package only 3 Crank gt Open cover Q by pressing at pointin gt Insert a flat blade screwdriver in the gt Insert jack arm Q fully into tube dicated by arrow opening of cover 2 and pry it out hole 2 up to the stop gt Remove cover 1 taking care not to gt Remove cover 2 taking care not to damage the locking tabs damage the locking tabs Warning A N Insert the jack arm fully into the jack sup port tube hole up to the stop Otherwise the vehicle may fall from the jack and cause per sonal injury or damage to the vehicle gt Keeping jack in this position turn crank 3 clockwise until the jack base meets the ground Make sure the jack is vertical plumb line Continue to turn
109. a bility is limited by the speed symbol in the service description Example 245 40 ZR18 97Y In this example 97Y is the service description The letter Y designates the speed rating and the speed capabil ity of the tire is limited to 186 mph 300 km h Operation Tires and wheels e Any tire with a speed capability above All Season and winter tires Load identification 186 mph 300 km h must include a ZR in the size designation AND the service description must be placed in Q M S up to 100 mph 160 km h parenthesis Example 275 40 ZR 18 T M S up to 118 mph 190 km h 99Y The Y speed rating in paren H Mas PE 0 Gael Oana Index Speed rating thesis designates the maximum speed capability of the tire as being above V M S up to 149 mph 240 km h 186 mph 300 km h Consult the tire 1 or M S for winter tires manufacturer for the actual maximum permissible speed of the tire 2 Not all M S rated tires provide special Load identification winter performance Make sure the tires you use show M S and the moun tain snowflake symbol marking For illustration purposes only Actual on the tire sidewall These tires meet data on tires are specific to each vehi specific snow traction performance re cle and may vary from data shown in quirements of the Rubber Manufactur above illustration ers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed spe
110. a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immedi ately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in an accident and or injury to you or to others Practical hints What to do if Problem Combination low tire pres sure TPMS malfunction telltale for the TPMS illuminates contin uously Combination low tire pres sure TPMS malfunction telltale for the TPMS flashes for 60 seconds and then stays illu minated Possible cause consequence The TPMS detects a loss of pressure in at least one tire There is a malfunction in the TPMS Suggested solution gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Read and observe messages in the mul tifunction display If the tire inflation pressure in the respec tive tire s has have been corrected the combination low tire pressure TPMS mal function telltale goes out after few minutes driving gt Read and observe messages in the mul tifunction display gt Have the TPMS checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center After the malfunction has been remedied t
111. a of the footwell next to the park ing brake pedal gt Check the fuel cap gt page 269 If it is not closed properly gt Close the fuel cap If it is closed properly gt Have the fuel system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution USA only Your fuel tank is empty gt After refuelling start turn off and re start the engine three or four times in Cal Canada only l succession The yellow engine malfunction C i The limp home mode is canceled You indicator lamp comes on while do not need to have your vehicle driving 8 checked lt The red coolant warning lamp There is insufficient coolant in the reservoir gt Immediately add coolant to prevent comes on when the engine is engine from overheating running gt page 278 If this warning lamp comes on frequently gt Have the cooling system checked there is a leak in the cooling system If the coolant level is correct the electric ra If the coolant temperature is below diator fan may be broken 248 F 120 C you can continue driving to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Avoid high engine loads e g driving uphill and stop and go driving E The red coolant warning lamp The coolant temperature has exceeded gt Stop ina safe location as soon as pos comes on while driving and you 248 F 120 C sible and allow the engine and
112. able hardtop and the tractable hardtop is being raised or lowered rear shelf Serious personal injury may occur If potential danger exists release the re tractable hardtop switch This immediately interrupts the raising or lowering procedure You then can operate the hardtop switch to raise or lower the hardtop away from the danger zone Controls in detail Retractable hardtop Luggage cover Opening luggage cover Opening the retractable hardtop with the switch The luggage cover is located in the trunk Unhook luggage cover from side hold F a i ers gt While holding on to handle Q guide luggage cover back into its storage compartment To prevent damage to the hardtop or luggage cargo when lowering the roof a e Load trunk only to the height of the PEAR Handle luggage cover Hardtop saa 2 Holders Do not permit luggage cargo to Before pulling on the hardtop switch you push up the closed luggage cover Must make sure Closing luggage cover e Do not load anything ontop oforin the parking brake is engaged gt Pull out the luggage cover using front of the luggage cover gt page 51 handle Q e Do not place anything on the shelf the luggage cover is closed see Lug gt Hook the luggage cover into left and behind the roll bar gage cover right side holders 2 e the trunk lid is closed e the ignition is switched on Controls in detail Retractable hardtop gt
113. able hardtop is completely open The seat ventilation for the driver s seat switches on The rear side windows open Release button to interrupt pro cedure Controls in detail Retractable hardtop Closing the retractable hardtop with the SmartKey Convenience feature gt Aim the transmitter eye at the door handle The SmartKey must be in close proxim ity to the outside door handle gt Press and hold button until the retractable hardtop is completely closed The retractable hardtop and the side windows close In the tachometer dis play you will see the message Retractable roof Closed A If the retractable hardtop does not com pletely open or close a warning sounds and the retractable hardtop switch flashes In the speedometer display you will see PBJ in the tachometer display you will see the message being lowered After about 15 seconds the roof hydraulics lose pres sure Warning Properly lock the retractable hardtop page 198 before continuing to drive Problems when operating the retractable hardtop Indicator lamp in the retractable hard top switch is flashing Several conditions may cause the indicator lamp in the hardtop switch to flash when activated The luggage cover in the trunk is not closed gt Close the luggage cover in the trunk The trunk lid is open gt Close the trunk lid The battery voltage is too low gt Start engine and let run while acti
114. able tire repair In this case TIREFIT cannot properly seal the tire Do not drive the vehicle Contact the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance gt After attaining a tire inflation pressure of 26 psi 1 8 bar press O on electric air pump switch 8 The electric air pump should now be switched off Turn the SmartKey in the ignition to position O gt page 36 or Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 37 on the gear selec tor lever twice Do not depress brake pedal Detach the electric air pump The air hose may still be hot Please ex ercise appropriate caution Place the electric air pump back in the trunk Close the trunk lid Drive away immediately The TIREFIT sealant will distribute itself evenly inside the tire Warning Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h A TIREFIT repair is not designed to operate at higher speeds The sticker must be attached on the instru ment cluster where it will be easily seen by the driver Vehicle handling characteristics may change Adapt your driving accordingly Practical hints Flat tire gt After driving vehicle for an initial gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz 10 minutes check tire inflation pres sure using the pressure gauge on the air pump Warning A N If tire inflation pressure has fallen below 20 psi 1 3 bar do not continue to drive the vehicle Park your vehicle saf
115. age 301 is a numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support For example a load rating of 91 corre sponds to a maximum load of 1356 Ibs 615 kg the tire is designed to support See also Maximum tire load gt page 306 where the maximum load as sociated with the load index Is indicated in kilograms and Ibs Warning The tire load rating must always be at least half of the GAWR gt page 311 of your vehi cle Otherwise tire failure may be the result which may cause an accident and or seri ous personal injury to you or others Always replace rims and tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the placard located on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure For additional information on tire load rating see Load identification gt page 304 Tire load rating gt page 301 and tire speed rating gt page 301 are also referred to as service descrip tion Tire speed rating The tire speed rating gt page 301 indicates the approved maximum speed for the tire A Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the
116. age 76 BabySmart will not however turn off any side impact airbag It should be noted however that there is a possibility for a head thorax airbag related injury if occupants especially children are not properly seated or restrained when next to a head thorax airbag which needs to de ploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow these guidelines 1 Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the head thorax airbag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the head thorax airbag be activated 2 Always sit nearly upright properly use the seat belts and use an appropriately sized infant or child restraint system for all children 12 years old or under 3 Always wear seat belts properly Safety and Security Occupant safety If you believe that even with the use of these guidelines it would be safer for your passenger seat occupants to have the pas senger side head thorax airbag deactivated then deactivation can be accomplished upon your written election to do so at an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center at an addi tional cost Please contact your local authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Safety and Security Occupant safety Airbags are designed t
117. age or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not Warning A N Keep the door storage compartments closed while vehicle is in motion Failure to do so may cause the seat belt to catch at the rear and prevent proper positioning of the pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat eL backs Do not place anything on shelf be miae Col 9 Q Glove box lid release Parcel nets cannot secure hard or heavy ob _ 2 Glove box lid jects Keep compartment lids closed This will help Opening glove box to prevent stored objects from being thrown gt Press glove box lid release Q about and injuring vehicle occupants during A rA Glove box lid 2 opens downward i an accident p d Closing glove box O P68 00 2731 31 gt Push glove box lid 2 up to close 1 Release button 2 Storage compartment lid Opening p gt Press release button Q Storage compartment lid lid opens upwards Armrest storage compartments The buttons are located under the cushion of the armrest 1 Button to open storage tray 2 Button to open storage compartment Opening storage tray gt Press button Q and lift the armrest Opening storage compartment gt Press button 2 and lift the armrest Rear storage compartments The CD changer is located in the left stor age compartment For instructions on the CD changer see separate COMAND Operator s Manual 1 Release button 2 Storage compartment lid
118. ally using the buttons provided a When the roll bar is raised automatical ly you will hear a ratcheting sound The buttons for the roll bar are on the cen ter console under the roof switch 1 Lower roll bar 2 Raise roll bar The roll bar can be moved manually when the ignition is switched on gt page 36 Safety and Security Occupant safety A If the roll bar warning light in the ta chometer remains lit after starting the en gine there is a malfunction In the display you see the message Raise the roll over Dar Warning For safety reasons drive only with the roll bar upright until the malfunction is repaired Have your vehicle checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Raising the roll bar gt Lift the switch for the retractable hard top gt Press and hold button until the roll bar is raised Lowering the roll bar If the roll bar was raised manually gt Lift the switch for the retractable hard top gt Press and hold button Q until the roll bar is lowered If the roll bar was raised automatically gt Press and hold button 2 until you hear the roll bar lock into place gt Press and hold button Q until the roll bar is lowered If you raised the roll bar manually using the button the roll bar will be automat ically lowered and then raised again when you close and open the retract able hardtop Children in the vehicle If an infant or c
119. am a device using a signal trans mitter button previously trained follow these steps gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 gt Press and hold the desired signal transmitter button or Do not release the button gt The indicator lamp Q will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releas ing the signal transmitter button pro ceed with programming starting with step 3 Controls in detail Useful features Operation of integrated remote control gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 gt Select and press the appropriate inte grated signal transmitter button 3 or 4 to activate the remote con trolled device The integrated remote control trans mitter continues to send the signal as long as the button is pressed up to 20 seconds Erasing the integrated remote control memory gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 gt Simultaneously press and hold down the outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and 4 for approximately 20 seconds until the indicator lamp flashes rap idly Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The codes of all three channels are erased If you sell your vehicle erase the codes of all three channels Programming tips If you are having difficulty programming the integrated remote control here are some helpful tips Check the frequency of the hand held remote control typically located on the reverse side of the rem
120. amage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning A N Getting out of your vehicle with the gear selector lever not fully engaged in position P is dangerous Also position P alone is not intended to or capable of preventing your vehicle from moving possibly hitting people or objects Always set the parking brake in addition to shifting to position P gt page 59 When parked on an incline turn the front wheels towards the road curb Do not park this vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Controls in detail Automatic transmission Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could move the gear selector lever from position P which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Automatic transmission Driving tips l Accelerator position Your driving style influences the transmission s shifting behavior Less throttle Earlier upshifting More throttle Later upshifting Kickdown Use kickdown when you want maximum acceleration gt Press the accelerator past
121. amp adjustment is extremely important Have headlamps checked and readjusted at regular intervals and when a bulb has been replaced See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for headlamp ad justment If the headlamps or front fog lamps are fogged up on the inside as a result of high humidity driving the vehicle a dis tance with the lights on should clear up the fogging Practical hints Replacing bulbs Substitute bulbs will be brought into use when the following lamps malfunc tion e Turn signal lamps e Brake lamps e Parking lamps e Tail lamps Observe the messages in the multi _ function display gt page 345 Practical hints Replacing bulbs Front lamps Lamp Type Q Additional turn signal LED Turn signal lamp 1156 NA Low beam D2S 35W 4 Xenon headlamps H7 55W High beam high beam flasher Bi Xenon head H7 55W lamps High beam flasher Parking and standing W5 W lamps Fog lamp Corner illu HB4 51W minating front fog lamp P54 00 2292 31 Side marker lamp W 5 W Vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps Low beam and high beam use the same D2S 35W lamp Do not replace the Xenon and Bi Xenon bulbs your self Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Rear lamps Lamp Rear fog lamp driver s side only replacement High mounted brake lamp Backup lamp replacement Tail parking and standing lamp side marker lamp
122. an be ad justed automatically by the automatic cli mate control system You can also adjust the settings for air distribution and air vol ume manually When operating the climate control system in automatic mode you will only rarely need to adjust the tempera ture air volume and air distribution In automatic mode cooling with dehu midify is switched on This function can be switched off if necessary gt page 181 Controls in detail Automatic climate control Air distribution in automatic mode You can separately adjust the air distribu tion for each side of the passenger com partment Activating gt Press control button or gt page 181 The control button is engaged The EZ symbol on the control button comes on Air distribution for the re spective side of the passenger com partment is adjusted automatically Deactivating gt Press control button 2 or gt page 181 once more The control button sticks up slightly The K symbol on the control button goes out Automatic air distribution for the respective side of the passenger compartment is switched off Adjust the air distribution manually gt page 185 Air volume in automatic mode The air volume settings are the same for the entire passenger compartment Activating gt Press control button 0 gt page 181 The control button is engaged The A symbol on the control button comes on Dea
123. an reset all the functions to the factory settings gt Move to a function in the submenu gt Press the reset button in the instru ment cluster for approximately 3 seconds In the right multifunction display you will see the request to press the reset button again to confirm gt Press the reset button again All functions of the submenu will reset to factory settings Controls in detail Control system The table below shows what settings can be changed within the various menus De tailed instructions on making individual settings can be found on the following pag es Instrument cluster Time Lighting Vehicle Convenience Selecting standard Synchronizing time with Setting daytime running Setting automatic locking Activating display head unit lamp mode USA only easy entry exit feature Selecting speedometer Setting the time hours Setting locator lighting display mode Selecting language Setting the time Setting night security minutes illumination Setting interior lighting delayed switch off Instrument cluster submenu Access the Inst cluster submenu via the Settings menu Use the Inst clus ter submenu to change the instrument cluster display settings The following functions are available Function Page Selecting standard display 149 Selecting speedometer display 149 mode Selecting language 150 Selecting standard display gt Move the selection marker with button or MM tot
124. and calls for the next maintenance service ac cordingly Maximum load rating gt page 311 Maximum loaded vehicle weight gt page 311 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 311 Memory function Used to store three individual seat steering wheel and exterior rear view mirror positions MON The Motor Octane Number for gasoline as determined by a standardized method It is an indication of a gaso line s ability to resist undesired detona tion knocking The average of both the MON Motor Octane Number and RON Research Octane Number is posted at the pump also known as ANTI KNOCK INDEX Multifunction display Two display fields in the instrument cluster used to present information provided by the control system Multifunction steering wheel Steering wheel with buttons for operat ing the control system Normal occupant weight gt page 311 Overspeed range Engine speeds within the red marking on the tachometer dial see Tachome ter gt page 133 Avoid this engine speed range as it may result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Parktronic Parking assist system which uses visual and acoustic signals to assist the driver during park ing maneuvers Poly V belt drive Drives engine components alternator AC compressor etc from the engine Power train Collective term designating all compo nents used to generate and transmit moti
125. and oil filters refer to the Factory Ap proved Service Products pamphlet or con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Using engine oils and oil filters of spec ification other than those expressly re quired for the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehi cles or changing oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehicles will result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Please follow Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehi cles recommendations for scheduled oil changes Failure to do so could re sult in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Engine oil additives Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may damage the engine Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Air conditioning refrigerant R 134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil are used in the air condition er system Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lu bricating oil Otherwise damage to the system will occur Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Brake fluid During vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere A Under extremely strenuous operating condi tions thi
126. anual This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the in structions and warnings contained in this manual Ignoring them could result in dam age to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by fail ure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual Therefore you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about the operation of any equipment your au thorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper proce dures We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore infor mation illustrations and descriptions in this Operators Manual might differ from your vehicle Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instruc tions wherever necessary Since they are special order items the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator s Manual your author
127. ar higher than the cold reading This is normal Do not let air out to match the specified cold tire in flation pressure Otherwise the tire will be underinflated Checking tire inflation pressure manually Follow the steps below to achieve correct tire inflation pressure gt Remove the cap from the valve on one tire gt Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve gt Read tire inflation pressure on tire gauge and check against the recom mended tire inflation pressure on the placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 291 If necessary add air to achieve the recommended tire inflation pressure If you have overfilled the tire release tire inflation pressure by pushing the metal stem of the valve with e g a tip of a pen Then recheck the tire inflation pressure with the tire gauge Operation Tires and wheels gt Install the valve cap gt Repeat this procedure for each tire Run Flat Indicator Canada only While the vehicle is being driven the Run Flat Indicator monitors the set tire inflation pressures by evaluating each wheel s rota tional speed This allows the system to de tect a significant loss of pressure in a tire If a wheel s rotational speed changes due to falling tire inflation pressure you will see a corresponding warning message in the multifunction display The Run Flat Indicator may function in a re stricted manner or with a delay if e snow chains are mo
128. artKey gt page 96 Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury To prevent possible malfunction avoid exposing the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO to high levels of electro magnetic radiation Controls in detail Locking and unlocking USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Locking and unlocking amp Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment You can also close the power windows gt page 192 and t
129. ate loading and unloading A When moving the seats be sure that no one can be caught by them Never place hands under seat or near any moving parts during a seat adjustment procedure To stop the seat from moving when potential danger ex ists Warning e press the switch again e move the seat adjustment switch on the door gt page 39 Controls in detail Seats T Moving the seat forward When moving the seats make sure that there are no items in the footwell or be hind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats gt Press switch at Moving the seat backward gt Press switch at 2 The switch is located on the top side of the seat P91 00 2129 31 1 Seat forward 2 Seat backward Controls in detail Seats Lumbar support Multicontour backrest Shoulder region support You can adjust the contour of the seat s The multicontour backrest has inflatable P ui or Hail on switch O lumbar support to help enhance support to air cushions built into the seat backrest to The air cushion inflates or deflates your spine provide additional lumbar and side sup The thumbwheel is located on the lower port SUMOAF TERON BURP side of the seat The seat backrest cushion height and cur gt Press RVA or BaN on rocker vature can be continuously varied with switch switches on the lower side of the seat a This selects the air cushion you wish to when the ignition is switched on adju
130. ated steering wheel Switching on The steering wheel heating is switched The steering wheel heating warms up the SW ENO Ee Nem Ome eo leather area of the steering wheel gt Turn the switch at the tip of the stalk in aD The stalk is on the lower left hand side of alec r AE L Indicator lamp flashes or switches the steering wheel The steering wheel is heated Indicator off s lamp 2 comes on e incase of power surge or undervolt age a The steering wheel heating is tempo rarily suspended while indicator lamp 2 remains on when e incase of a steering wheel heating malfunction e the temperature of the vehicle inte t i p f i r p f p J i r y rior is above 86 F 30 C The steering wheel heating switches off automatically when you remove the e the PAPETARIE of the steering SmartKey from the starter switch or on Switching on wheel is above 95 F 35 C vehicles with KEYLESS GO when you Indicator lamp When these conditions do not apply switch off the ignition gt page 37 and Switching off anymore steering wheel heating con open the driver s door tinues For more information on the steering Switching off wheel see Multifunction steering wheel gt page 136 gt Turn switch at the tip of the stalk in U pag direction of arrow Controls in detail Useful features Load assist in the trunk To facilitate trunk loading after opening the lid use th
131. ates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the airbag unit or emergency tensioning device our safety instructions must be fol lowed These instructions are available from your authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Given the considerable deployment speed and the textile structure of the airbags there is the possibility of abra sions or other injuries resulting from air bag deployment When you sell your vehicle we strongly urge you to give notice to the subsequent owner that it is equipped with an SRS by alerting them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Safety and Security Occupant safety Front airbags Driver and passenger airbags are de ployed e inthe event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold e independently of the head thorax air bags The airbags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s deploy ment thresholds You will then be protect ed by the fastened seat belts The passenger airbag will only be deployed if e the passenger seat is occupied e the indicator lamp on the glove box is not lit gt page 78 e the impact exceeds a preset deploy ment threshold 1 Driver airba
132. ator lamp re mains lit Controls in detail Seats Switching off rapid seat heating gt Press upper switch position Q twice If one or both of the lamps on the seat heating switch are flashing there is in sufficient voltage available since too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat heating switches off auto matically The seat heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as suffi cient voltage is available Controls in detail Seats Seat ventilation The switch is located on the door The blue indicator lamps on the switch indicate the selected ventilation level Level 3 Three indicator lamps on highest level 2 Two indicator lamps on 1 One indicator lamp on lowest level off No indicator lamp on PO1 30 2074 31 1 Seat ventilation switch gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Switching on seat ventilation gt Press switch 1 Three blue indicator lamps on the switch come on Continue pressing switch Q until the desired seat ventilation level is reached Switching off seat ventilation gt Press switch 1 repeatedly until all in dicator lamps go out If one or all of the lamps on the seat ventilation switch are flashing there is insufficient voltage available since too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat ventilation switches off au tomatically The seat ventilation will switch back on again au
133. ators will be activated Gear selector lever position Warning indicator D Front area activated RorN Front and rear area activated P Neither activated Controls in detail Driving systems As your vehicle approaches an object one or more distance segments will illuminate depending on the distance When the eighth distance segment illuminates you have reached the minimum distance e Front area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound as the first red dis tance segment illuminates and a con stant acoustic warning lasting a maximum of two seconds will sound for the second distance segment The sig nal is canceled when the gear selector lever is placed in position P or the park ing brake is set e Rear area An intermittent acoustic warning will sound when the first dis tance segment illuminates This signal quickens with each additional distance segment lit When the eighth distance segment illuminates the acoustic warning becomes a constant signal The signal is canceled when the gear selector lever is placed in position D or P or the parking brake is set Switching the Parktronic system on off You can switch off the Parktronic system manually The Parktronic switch is located in the low er part of the center console gt page 30 1 Parktronic switch 2 Indicator lamp Switching off the Parktronic system gt Press Parktronic switch Q Indicator lamp 2 comes on Switchi
134. aware of certain risks which may result in an accident and or per sonal injury Warning Introduction Problems with your vehicle Y Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to immediately contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required If the matter is not handled to your satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center management or if necessary contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Introduction Reporting safety defects For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect e
135. ber of plies in the sidewall and under the tread Tire and loading terminology Accessory weight The combined weight in excess of those standard items which may be replaced of automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats radio and heater to the extent that these items are available as factory installed equipment whether installed or not Air pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing outward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa or bars Aspect ratio Dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width expressed in percentage Bar Another metric unit for air pressure There are 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi to 1 bar there are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Cold tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressure when your vehicle has been sitting for at least 3 hours or driv en no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with stan dard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant and if so equipped air conditioning and additional optional equipment but without passen gers and cargo DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol which denotes the tire meets requirements of the U S Department
136. ble in coun tries where the daytime running lamp mode is mandatory and therefore in a constant mode gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting sub menu gt Press button JM or R repeatedly until you see Light circuit Headlamp mode in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting E Constant Light circuit Headlamp mace P54 30 4946 31 gt Press button or E to select manual operation Manual or daytime running lamp mode Constant With daytime running lamp mode activated and the exterior lamp switch at position E or Bg the low beam head lamps are switched on when the engine is running In low ambient light conditions the follow ing lamps will switch on additionally e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps 5 For safety reasons resetting the Lighting submenu to factory settings while driving gt page 147 will not de activate the daytime running lamp mode The following message appears in the multifunction display Cannot be fully reset to factory settings when driving Setting locator lighting With the locator lighting feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in position ES the following lamps will switch on during darkness when the vehicle is un locked with the SmartKey e Parking lamps Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Front fog lamps The locator lighting switches o
137. by re duced throttle and up to 20 brak ing power to maintain the preset minimum following distance DOT Department of Transportation gt page 311 DTR gt Distronic Electro hydraulic brake system Electronically controlled hydraulic braking system for increased braking safety and comfort Engine number FSS Canada vehicles The number set by the manufacturer Flexible Service System and placed on the cylinder block to Maintenance service indicator in the uniquely identify each engine pro multifunction display that informs the duced driver when the next vehicle mainte nance service is due FSS evaluates en gine temperature oil level vehicle speed engine speed distance driven and the time elapsed since your last maintenance service and calls for the ETD next maintenance service accordingly sila Tensioning Device GAWR evice which deploys in certain frontal and rear collisions exceeding the sys TOSS OXP wen RAUNG tem s threshold to tighten the seat pagesi belts Gear range gt SRS Number of gears which are available to the automatic transmission for shifting The automatic gear shifting process can be adapted to specific operating conditions using the gear selector le ver ESP Electronic Stability Program Improves vehicle handling and direc tional stability GPS Global Positioning System Satellite based system for relaying geographic location information to and from vehicles equipp
138. by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution D Reserve fuel The fuel level has dropped below gt Refuel at the next gas station gt page 269 the reserve mark Check A loss of pressure has been detect gt Check the fuel cap gt page 269 fuel cap ed in the fuel system The fuel cap If it is not closed properly See Oper Manual may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky gt Close the fuel cap If it is closed properly gt Have the fuel system checked by an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center being lowered The retractable hardtop is not com gt Make sure the retractable hardtop is com pletely opened or closed The roof pletely opened or closed gt page 195 hydraulics will start to lose pres sure Lock The retractable hardtop is not gt Push or pull on the retractable hardtop switch retractable roof locked properly until the indicator lamp in the switch goes out and the retractable hardtop is completely open or closed gt page 195 locked You have attempted to open the re gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location and try to in driving mode tractable hardtop while driving open the hardtop again Visit The retractable hardtop is malfunc gt Have the retractable hardtop checked by an workshop tioning authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Left display Ri
139. c functions of your vehicle this section will be of particular interest to you E Operation Here you will find all the information you need for the proper operation of your vehi cle EE E Practical hints This section provides fast assistance for dealing with problems you may encounter a Technical data All important technical data for your vehi cle can be found in this section el Indexes The glossary provides explanations of the most important technical terms The table of contents and the index are de signed to help you find information quickly and easily The following publications are part of your vehicle documentation e this Operators Manual e the Maintenance Booklet Separate operating instructions will be provided as required depending on the equipment options installed in your vehi cle Y Symbols Trademarks ESP is a registered trademark of DaimlerChrysler HomeLink is a registered trademark of Prince a Johnson Controls Company BabySmart is a trademark Siemens Automotive Corp The following symbols are found in this Operator s Manual Optional equipment is identified with an asterisk Since standard equipment varies between models the descriptions and illustrations in this manual may differ slightly from the actual equipment of your vehi cle Warning A Warning notices draw your attention to haz ards that may endanger your health or life or the h
140. cator lamp on the button comes on The air recirculation mode is activated automatically e at high outside temperatures e if the concentration of carbon mon oxide and nitrogen oxide in the out side air increases for example in a tunnel The indicator lamp on button is not lit when the air recirculation mode is automatically switched on A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes Never operate the side windows if there is the possibility of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure In the event that the procedure causes po tential danger the closing of the side win dows can be immediately halted by releasing the 3 button Press and hold button R The win dows will close The closing of the windows can be im mediately halted by releasing button sy gt page 181 The indicator lamp on the button goes out The air recirculation mode is deactivat ed automatically e after five minutes if the outside temperature is below approximate ly 41 F 5 C e after five minutes if the air condi tioner is turned off e after 30 minutes if the outside tem perature is above approximately 41 F 5 C 10 Press and hold button R The win dows will open The opening of the windows can be im mediately halted by releasing button sy At outside temperatures above 79 F 26 C the system will not automatically switch back to outside air Air co
141. cator lamp will start flashing if the hardtop is open e Close the retractable hardtop The rear window defroster can then be switched on If the rear window defroster switches off too soon and the indicator lamp starts flashing too many electrical con sumers are operating simultaneously and there is insufficient voltage in the battery The system responds automat ically by switching the rear window de froster off As soon as the battery has sufficient voltage the rear window defroster au tomatically switches back on automati cally Controls in detail Automatic climate control P83 40 3042 31 CMe OHOOHO Item Center air vent adjustable Cockpit air vent fixed Side defroster vent Side air vent adjustable Center air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for right side air vents Thumbwheel for air volume control for center air vents Thumbwheel for air volume control for left side air vents Automatic climate control panel For draft free ventilation move the slid ers for center air vents 4 and G to the middle position Automatic climate control panel Clo Me e eo Mele amp Controls in detail Automatic climate control Item Temperature control left Air distribution left automatic or manual operation Front defroster Air recirculation Rear window defroster Air distribution right automatic or manual operation Temperature co
142. ccccsssscees 234 Heated steering wheel 235 Load assist in the trunk 236 Power Outlet cccccceeseceeeeees 237 Telephone cisnteiivescctncush cet aides 237 Tele Alona 238 Garage door Opener essssessseesssse 247 Operation 0 0 0 eee ccececceesseeeeeeees 255 The first 1000 miles 1500 km 256 Driving INSTFUCTIONS cccceeecceeeeees 257 Drive sensibly save fuel 257 Drinking and driving cccceeee 257 PO ala ensein 257 Power ASSISTANCE ceeeeceeeeeeee ee 258 LAK Co sagccaonteronignsopnareebasteasoneauaeetes 258 Driving Oferece 260 P INE Sciawhaatuncinancestaeacnswsausaneneeneees 261 WINGS EEEE EEE EE 261 Hydroplaning cccssescceseeceeeees 262 Tire TRACTION lt scssssnazosevanshenkasnsunae aens 263 Tire speed rating cccsccccsseeeees 263 Winter driving instructions 264 Standing water ccccccssescceeeeees 265 Passenger compartment 266 Driving ADrOAd ceesecceeeeeeeee eee 266 Control and operation of radio LFANSMItLELS ccceeesecceeeeeeees 266 Catalytic COnVerter cccccce sees 267 EMISSION CONTIOl cccceeeeeeeeee 267 Coolant temperature 006 268 At the gas station ccsecccssseeees 269 Refuelling ccccccccssssseeceeeeeees 269 Check regularly and before a lona dg alewen erent reer eee ee 271 Engine co
143. cifically for use in snow conditions In addition to tire load rating special load information may be molded into the tire sidewall following the letter designating the tire speed rating Q gt page 304 No specification given absence of any text like in above example indicates a standard load SL tire XL or Extra Load designates an extra load or reinforced tire Light Load designates a light load tire C D E designates load range associated with the maximum load a tire can carry at a specified pressure Operation Tires and wheels DOT Tire Identification Number TIN U S tire regulations require each new tire manufacturer or tire retreader to mold a TIN into or onto a sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identifier which facili tates efforts by tire manufactures to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchasers the means to easily identify Q DOT l ae 2 Manufacturer s identification mark such tires an 3 Tire size The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s 4 Tire type code at the option of the tire identification mark Tire size Tire type manufacturer code and Date of manufacture G Date of manufacture For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Operation Tires and wheels
144. cing re quirements For details refer to the Maintenance Booklet Operation Driving instructions A Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause uncon sciousness and possible death Warning Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one win dow fully open at all times Coolant temperature During severe operating conditions e g stop and go city traffic the coolant tem perature may rise close to approx 266 F 130 C The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature over 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious en gine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Warning A Driving when your engine is badly over heated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine com partment to catch fire You could be se riously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Vv At the gas
145. cking The average of both the MON Motor Octane Number and RON Research Octane Number is posted at the pump also known as ANTI KNOCK INDEX Shift lock When the vehicle is parked this lock prevents the gear selector lever from being inadvertently moved out of posi tion P without SmartKey turned and brake pedal depressed Sidewall gt page 312 SRS Supplemental Restraint System Seat belts emergency tensioning de vice and airbags Though independent systems they are closely interfaced to provide effective occupant protection Tele Aid System Telematic Alarm Identification on De mand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response automatic and man ual emergency roadside assistance and information Tele Aid is initially ac tivated by completing a subscriber agreement and placing an acquain tance call The Tele Aid system Is operational pro vided that the vehicle s battery is charged properly connected not dam aged and cellular and GPS coverage is available Tightening torque Force times lever arm e g a lug wrench with which threaded fasteners such as wheel bolts are tightened Tire Identification Number gt page 312 Tire load rating gt page 312 Tire ply composition and material used Vehicle level control Wind screen gt page 312 The ground clearance of the vehicle is Screen for deflecting wind from the ve automatically controlled according to a hicle interio
146. coolant hear a warning sound to cool down Warning A N Driving when your engine is badly overheat ed can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Practical hints What to do if Practical hints What to do if Problem D The red DTR indicator lamp comes on while driving and you hear a warning sound The white DTR indicator lamp comes on while driving The yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp lights while driv ing Possible cause consequence Suggested solution e You are gaining too rapidly on the vehicle gt Apply the brakes immediately ahead of you e The distance warning system has recog nized a stationary obstacle on your prob able line of travel The Distronic distance sensor has recog nized a vehicle in front of you The fuel level has dropped below the reserve gt mark The fuel cap is not closed tightly gt gt Carefully observe the traffic situation You may need to brake or maneuver to avoid hitting an obstacle Refuel at the next gas station gt page 269 Check the fuel cap gt page 269
147. ct if e reverse gear is engaged e the interior lighting is switched on Controls in detail Good visibility Warning A N The auto dimming function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sen sors in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear view mirror and the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side do not react for example if the wind screen is in stalled Glare can endanger you and others A In case of an accident liquid electrolyte may escape from the mirror housing if the mirror glass breaks Warning Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not al low the liquid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or respiratory system In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary Electrolyte drops coming into contact with the vehicle paint finish can be completely removed only while in the liquid state by applying plenty of water Warning A N Exercise care when using the passen ger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved surface for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your in terior rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes Sun visors I The sun visors protect you from sun glare while driving A Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Warning Keep the mirrors in the sun visors c
148. ct or mal function results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that de fect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly notified Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or mal function of a less serious nature than category 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have direct ly notified us in writing of the need for its repair or Introduction Operator s Manual 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different sub stantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Written notification should be sent to us not a dealer at Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Introduction Operator s Manual Maintenance The Maintenance Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Maintenance Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to your au thorized Mercedes Benz Center for ser vice The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1
149. cti vated in the instrument cluster come on If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once the power sup ply is again switched off dicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless acti vated in the instrument cluster come on The indicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps if activated should go out when the en gine is running This indicates that the respective systems are operational For more information see SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 100 For information on starting the engine us ing the KEYLESS GO start stop button see Starting with KEYLESS GO gt page 50 Vv Adjusting Warning A N All seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fas tening of seat belts must be done before the vehicle is put into motion Seats Warning A N Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the ab domen or neck That could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belts provide the best restraint w
150. ctivating gt Press control button 0 gt page 181 again The control button sticks up slightly The A symbol on the control button goes out Adjust the air volume manu ally gt page 186 Setting the temperature Use temperature controls and 7 gt page 181 to separately adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small incre ments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C The automatic climate control will adjust to the set temperature as fast as possible Increasing gt Turn temperature control Q and or 7 gt page 181 slightly clockwise The automatic climate control system will correspondingly adjust the interior air temperature Decreasing gt Turn temperature control Q and or 7 gt page 181 slightly counterclock wise The automatic climate control system will correspondingly adjust the interior air temperature Adjusting air distribution Use air distribution controls 2 and gt page 181 to separately adjust the air distribution on each side of the passenger compartment The following symbols are found on the controls Symbol Function Directs air through the cen ter and side air vents Directs air to the windows Directs air into the entire vehicle interior Directs air to the footwells gt Press control button or gt page 181 until the control button sticks up slightly
151. cturers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance 1 Treadwear 2 Traction 3 Temperature resistance For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration Quality grades can be found where appli cable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear Traction Temperature 200 AA A All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rat ing based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For ex ample a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 A times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Operation Tires and wheels Traction Temperature l Warning A N The traction grades from highest to low The temperature grades are A the high est are AA A B and C Those grades rep est B and C representing the tire s resis E E T resent the tire s ability to stop on wet tance to t
152. curing inte ent down into notch of the electric air Please exercise appropriate caution gt Insert electrical plug into vehicle oo pump cigarette lighter socket gt If this tire inflation pressure is not at Je tained turn off the electric air pump y gt Turnthe SmartKey in the starter switch detach the filler hose from the tire to position 1 gt page 36 valve and drive vehicle back and forth or very slowly approximately 30 ft 10 m gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop This serves to better distribute the i button gt page 37 on the gear selec TIREFIT sealant material inside the tire 4 tor lever once Do not depress brake gt Unscrew the air pump s air hose pedal from flange of the TIREFIT contain P40 10 4351 3 B Press I on electric air pump switch Er D H valve P The electric air pump should now gt Screw air hose onto tire valve 7 Electric D i switch on and inflate the tire Inflate the tire again gt gt 9 Air hose with pressure gauge and vent screw T Filler hose Do not operate the electric air pump longer than 8 minutes without interrup Warning A N tion Otherwise it may overheat You may operate the air pump again af ter it has cooled off Observe safety instructions on air pump la bel Practical hints Flat tire b gt Warning If a tire inflation pressure of 26 psi 1 8 bar is not attained tire is too severely damaged for TIREFIT to provide a reli
153. d reverse the gear range limit by pressing the respective upshift button on the steering wheel gearshift control The selected gear range appears in the right multifunction display gt page 163 If you press on the accelerator when the engine has reached its rpm limit the trans mission will upshift beyond any gear range limit selected Effect WA The transmission shifts through sixth gear only applies to vehicles with 7 speed automatic transmission only The transmission shifts through fifth gear only applies to vehicles with 7 speed automatic transmission only WH The transmission shifts through fourth gear only Controls in detail Automatic transmission Effect The transmission shifts through third gear only With this selection you can use the braking effect of the engine The transmission shifts through second gear only Allows the use of engine s braking power when driving e on steep downgrades e in mountainous regions e under extreme operating conditions The transmission operates in first gear only For maximum use of engine s braking effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades Controls in detail Automatic transmission Automatic shift program The program mode selector switch is located on the lower part of the center console 1 Program mode selector switch C Comfort For comfort driving S Sport For standard driving Never change the program mode
154. d Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Left display 10 e Right display Brake lamp Right Substitute bulb on Brake lamp Drive to workshop Front foglamp Ler Front foglamp Right High beam Left High beam Right Left turn signal Mirror Possible cause consequence The right brake lamp is malfunction ing A substitute bulb has been brought into use Brake lamp illumination is delayed or lamp is permanently on The left front fog lamp is malfunc tioning The right front fog lamp is malfunc tioning The left high beam lamp is malfunc tioning The right high beam lamp is mal functioning The left turn signal in the side mirror is malfunctioning This message will only appear if all light emitting di odes have stopped working Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt Have the LEDs replaced as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Left display oF ows 1 Right display License plate lamp L License plate lamp R Light sensor Drive to work
155. d on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperatures are close to the freezing point A If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution Warning Mercedes Benz recommends winter tires gt page 315 with a minimum tread depth of approximately a in 4 mm on all four wheels for the winter season to ensure normal balanced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance as compared with sum mer tires Stopping distance however is still considerably greater than when the road is not covered with snow or ice Exer cise appropriate caution Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation Driving instructions Tire speed rating Regardless of the tire speed rating local speed limits should be obeyed Use pru dent driving speeds appropriate to prevail ing conditions A Even when permitted by law never operate a vehicle at speeds greater than the maxi mum speed rating of the tires Warning Exceeding the maximum speed for which tires are rated can lead to sudden tire fail ure causing loss of vehicle control and pos sibly resulting in an accident an
156. d or personal injury and possible death for you and for others Operation Driving instructions SL 500 SL 500 with Sport Package Your vehicle is factory equipped with W rated tires which have a speed rating of 168 mph 270 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 155 mph 250 km h SL 600 SL 600 with Sport Package SL 55 AMG SL 65 AMG Your vehicle is factory equipped with Y rated tires which have a speed rating of 186 mph 300 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 155 mph 250 km h SL 55 AMG with Performance Package Your vehicle is factory equipped with Y rated tires which have a speed rating of 186 mph 300 km h An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of 186 mph 300 km h For information on tire speed rating for winter tires see All season and winter tires gt page 304 For additional general information on tire speed markings on tire sidewall see Tire speed rating gt page 303 Winter driving instructions The most important rule for slippery or icy roads Is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding move gear selector lever to position N Try to keep the vehicle under co
157. d wind shield wipers may be damaged as a re sult The intermittent wiping interval is depen dent on the wetness of the windshield gt Turn the combination switch to position I After the initial wipe pauses between wipes are controlled by the rain sensor Intermittent wiping is interrupted when the vehicle is at a standstill and a front door is opened This protects persons getting into or out of the vehicle from being sprayed Intermittent wiping will be continued when e all doors are closed and e the clutch pedal is depressed vehi cles with manual transmission or e the gear selector lever is in position Dor R or e the wiper setting is changed using the combination switch Getting started Single wipe gt Press the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow Q to the resistance point The windshield wipers wipe one time without washer fluid Wiping with windshield washer fluid gt Push the combination switch in direc tion of arrow Q past the resistance point The windshield wipers operate with washer fluid To prevent smears on the windshield wipe with windshield washer fluid every now and then even when it is raining For information on filling up the washer reservoir see Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 280 gt D b gt Getting started Driving If anything blocks the windshield wipers leaves sno
158. da only Possible cause consequence There are malfunctions but the electro hydraulic brake system is operating normally The brake system is overheated due to an excessive load on the brakes You are driving with the parking brake set Possible solution gt viv Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Relieve the load on the brake system Drive more smoothly and think ahead to avoid unnecessary braking When driving down steep grades shift into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power gt page 169 Cautiously continue driving so that the air stream will cool down the brakes Release the parking brake gt page 59 Left display Right display Cal Engine Service Coolant Check level Warning Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You can be seriously burned Possible cause consequence There may be a malfunction in the e fuel injection system e ignition system e exhaust system e fuel system The coolant level is too low Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Have the engine checked as soon as possible by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt page 335 Add coolant gt page 278 If you have to add coolant frequently have the cooling system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not ignore
159. dal much further to obtain the expected braking ef fect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes are only applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is in creased Adapt your driving style according ly For more information see Electro hydraulic brake system gt page 88 With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the ve hicle Adapt your driving accordingly When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground please note the follow ing With the automatic central locking acti vated and the SmartKey in starter switch position 2 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position 2 the ve hicle doors lock if the left front wheel as well as the right rear wheel are turn ing at vehicle speeds of approx 9 mph 15 km h or more To prevent the vehicle door locks from locking deactivate the automatic cen tral locking gt page 112 Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed tow ing eye bolt Never attach tow cable tow rope or tow rod to the vehicle chas sis frame or Suspension parts If the battery is disconnected or dis charged e the SmartKey will not turn in the starter switch the gear selector lever will remain locked in position P For more information see Bat
160. de appears in the right multifunction display The transmission switches to the MANUAL program mode Automatic shifting is switched off The gear range is not limited You can change the gears manually when the gear selector lever is in position D You can upshift or downshift through the gears in Succession The MANUAL program mode will not be stored When the engine is turned off with the MANUAL program mode selected the transmission will go to the automatic program mode C or S when the engine is restarted Upshifting B In the MANUAL program mode the transmission will not upshift even if the engine has reached its overrevving range Shift up to the next gear before the engine has reached its overrevving range Make absolutely certain that the engine speed does not reach the red marking on the tachometer gt page 24 Otherwise the engine could be damaged which Is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or Controls in detail Automatic transmission Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction Briefly press button 2 on the right side of the steering wheel gt page 172 The transmission shifts to the next higher gear If instead of the manual program mode symbol M the symbol appears in the right multifunction display gt page 163 shift to the next higher gear The fuel supply will otherwise be interrupted to prevent the engine from overrevwving
161. der contact spring with the positive terminal facing up gt Return battery compartment into housing until it locks into place gt Slide mechanical key Q back into the SmartKey gt Check the operation of the SmartKey Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Replacement battery Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent When replacing batteries always re place both batteries The required re placement batteries are available at Using a lint free cloth insert the new battery under the contact spring with the plus side facing up Return the battery compartment into the housing until it locks into place Slide mechanical key back into the SmartKey see SmartKey gt page 389 P80 61 2086 31 any authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Check the operation of the SmartKey Q Battery with KEYLESS GO 2 Tilt battery up 3 Mechanical key gt Remove the mechanical key gt page 385 gt Take the battery compartment out of gt Using mechanical key apply pres the SmartKey housing gt page 389 sure to position 2 Battery tilts up slightly gt Pull out battery Q in direction of ar row Y Replacing bulbs Bulbs Safe vehicle operation depends on proper exterior lighting and signaling It is there fore essential that all bulbs and lamp as semblies are in good working order at all times Correct headl
162. ditions per mit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the pre set speed could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever in di rection of arrow 4 gt page 205 The cruise control will resume the last set speed gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The selected speed appears in the mul tifunction display Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic When activated the Distronic adaptive cruise control system increases the driving convenience afforded by the cruise control during travel on expressways and other major roads e Ifthe Distronic distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle directly ahead your vehicle speed will be reduced so that you follow that vehicle at a preset distance e lf there is no vehicle directly ahead of you Distronic will function in the same way as cruise control gt page 204 Warning A N Distronic adaptive cruise control is no sub stitute for active driving involvement It does not react to stationary objects nor recog nize or predict the curvature and lane layout or the movement of vehicles ahead Distron ic can only apply a maximum of 20 of the vehicle s braking power bb 207 b gt Controls in detail Driving systems It is the driver s responsibility at all times to be attentive to road weather and traffic con ditions and
163. ditives Mercedes Benz recommends the use of additives approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles Refer to Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet for a listing of approved product s Follow di rections on product label Do not blend other fuel additives with fuel This only results in unnecessary cost and may be harmful to the engine operation Damage or malfunction resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending addition al fuel additives other than those tested and approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles listed in the Factory Approved Service Products pam phlet are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which pro vides e corrosion protection e freeze protection e boiling protection by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approximately 22 F 30 C and corro sion protection If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 22 F 30 C the boiling point of the cool ant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection and increase in the boil over protection Refer to Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Coolant system des
164. dolly equip ment with SmartKey in starter switch turned to position O Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage radiator and supports To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or suspension parts Switch off the tow away alarm and the automatic central locking When circumstances do not permit the recommended towing methods the vehi cle may be towed with all wheels on the ground or front wheels raised only so far as necessary to have the vehicle moved to a safe location where the recommended towing methods can be employed If the vehicle is towed with the front axle raised the engine must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 Otherwise the ESP will immedi ately be engaged and will apply the rear wheel brakes When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground the gear selector lever must be in position N and the SmartKey must be in starter switch position 2 Practical hints Towing the vehicle When towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground or the front axle raised the vehicle may be towed only for dis tances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h To be certain to avoid a possibility of damage to the transmission however we recommend the drive shaft be dis connected at the rear axle drive flange for any towing beyond a short tow to a nearby garage
165. dvertently reset have an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center correct it Only reset if the proper service has been performed Resetting the system without performing proper service as called for by the maintenance service indicator will result in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Vv Vehicle care Cleaning and care of the vehicle A Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the partic ular container Always open your vehicle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Warning Never use fluids or solvents that are not de signed for cleaning your vehicle Always lock away cleaning products and keep them out of reach of children While in operation even while parked your vehicle is subjected to varying external in fluences which if gone unchecked can at tack the paintwork as well as the underbody and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by ex treme and varying climatic conditions but also by e Air pollution e Road salt e far e Gravel and stone chipping To avoid paint damage you should imme diately remove e Grease and oil e Fuel e Coolant e Brake fluid e Bird droppings e Insects e Tree resins etc Frequent washing reduces and or elimi nates the aggressiveness and potency of the above adverse influences Operation Vehicle care More frequent washings ar
166. e Unlocking the glove box gt page 386 Unlocking the storage compartments separately gt Insert the mechanical key into the glove box lock gt Turn the mechanical key to position 1 You can now open the storage com partments Parcel net in passenger footwell A small convenience parcel net is located in the passenger footwell It is for small and light items such as road maps mail etc Warning A N The parcel net is intended for storing light weight items only Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the parcel net In an accident during hard brak ing or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants The parcel net cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident Parcel net in trunk There are three nets available in the trunk to secure loads a pocket net on each side of the right and left trunk side walls e a trunk floor net gt Pull the trunk floor net from the trunk back wall towards the front over the luggage gt Hang the hooks of the net on the eyes on the trunk floor Controls in detail Useful features Luggage compartment in the rear Warning A N Secure all pieces of luggage in the rear with the luggage straps Unsecured pieces of lug gage can otherwise cause injury during a braking maneuver and can increase the risk of injury in an accident N
167. e mote control Indicator lamp Signal transmitter button Needed for programming not part of vehi cle equipment Hand held remote control of ga rage door opener gate operator or other device 6 Hand held remote control but ton Controls in detail Useful features A Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate operator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent po tential harm or damage When programming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When programming a gate operator the gate opens or closes Warning Do not use the integrated remote control with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards gt D b gt Controls in detail Useful features When programming a garage door opener it is advised to park outside the garage Do not run the engine while programming the integrated remote control Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Programming the integrated remote control Step 1 gt
168. e fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Release the parking brake gt page 51 Read and observe messages in the display gt page 345 Risk of accident Carefully stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so and notify an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem ia If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Problem engine USA only Canada only The yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on while driving Possible cause consequence There is a malfunction in e The fuel injection system e The ignition system e The emission control system e Systems which effect emissions Such malfunctions may result in excessive emissions values and may switch the engine to its limp home emergency operation mode The fuel cap is not closed tightly Practical hints What to do if Suggested solution gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center An on board diagnostic connector is used by the service station to link the vehicle to the shop diagnostics sys tem It allows the accurate identifica tion of system malfunctions through the readout of diagnostic trouble codes It is located in the front left are
169. e information see Lighting gt page 123 Getting started Driving The combination switch resets automati cally after major steering wheel move ments To signal minor directional changes such as changing lanes press combi nation switch only to point of resis tance and release The corresponding turn signals will flash three times Windshield wipers T Do not operate the windshield wipers when the windshield is dry Dust that accumulates on a windshield might scratch the glass and or damage the wiper blades when wiping occurs on a dry windshield If it is necessary to op erate the windshield wipers in dry weather conditions always operate the windshield wipers with windshield washer fluid gt page 55 The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column Vv d Switching on windshield wipers Combination switch gt Turn the combination switch to the de Single wipe sired position depending on the inten Wiping with windshield washer fluid sity of the rain 2 Switching on windshield wipers O Windshield wipers off gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Intermittent wiping Il Normal wiper speed II Fast wiper speed Intermittent wiping Do not leave windshield wipers in inter mittent setting when vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during wind shield cleaning Windshield wipers will operate in the presence of water sprayed on the windshield an
170. e load assist feature to raise the retracted hardtop from its storage position in the trunk Raising the hardtop Warning UN To prevent injuries make sure that there is no possibility of body parts getting caught in moving parts If potential danger exists press the switch again This will immediately stop the movement of the hardtop Lowering the hardtop The hardtop can only be lowered when the luggage cover is closed and the trunk lid is completely opened gt Close the luggage cover gt Press button The hardtop lowers Button 3 is dimly lit The hardtop can only be raised when the H luggage cover is closed and the trunk lid is Only close the trunk if the roof is com completely opened pletely lowered Otherwise you could damage the hardtop gt Press button i j 1 Retracted hardtop 2 Luggage cover 3 Load assist button The hardtop rises a short distance Button 3 comes on brightly You can now open the luggage cover If you begin to close the trunk lid before the hardtop is completely lowered button G will flash and a warning will sound Power outlet P82 00 2165 31 An electrical outlet is located on the right side of the trunk gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 gt Flip up cover and insert electrical plug cigar lighter type The electrical outlet can be used to ac commodate electrical consumers e g air pump auxiliary lam
171. e necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions e near the ocean e in industrial areas smoke exhaust emissions e during winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as possible to prevent corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underbody of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thor ough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Dam aged areas need to be re undercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the facto ry with a wax base rustproofing in the body cavities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompatibility between materials used in the production process and others ap plied later Operation Vehicle care We have selected car care products and compiled recommendations which are specially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved car care products at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the car care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following topics deal with the cleaning and care of your v
172. e number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research R octane num ber and the Motor M octane number R M 2 This is also known as the ANTI KNOCK INDEX Unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE must not exceed 15 The ratio of methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional cosolvents Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 ethanol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Gasoline additives E A major concern among engine manufac turers is carbon build up caused by gaso line Mercedes Benz recommends only the use of quality gasoline containing additives that prevent the build up of carbon depos its After an extended period of using fuels without such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to engine performance problems such as e Warm up hesitation e Unstable idle e Knocking pinging e Misfire e Power loss Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc In areas where carbon deposits may be en countered due to lack of availability of gas olines which contain these ad
173. e object be hind the wheel that is diagonally opposite to the wheel being changed jack on a level surface However should circumstances require you to do so ona hill place a wheel chock or oth er sizable object and the other wheel chock or sizeable object as follows gt Place wheel chocks or other sizable objects on the downhill side block ing both wheels of the axle not be ing worked on Take the vehicle tool kit and the jack out of the storage compartment under the trunk floor gt page 383 Warning A N The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack tubes built into both sides of the vehicle To help avoid per sonal injury use the jack only to lift the ve hicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always firmly set parking brake and block wheels before raising vehicle with jack Do not disengage parking brake while the vehicle is raised Be certain that the jack is always vertical plumb line when in use es pecially on hills Always try to use the jack on level surface Be sure that the jack arm is fully inserted in the jack tube Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jack stands before working under the vehicle P40 10 4348 31 gt On wheel to be changed loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts ap proximately one full turn with wrench
174. e system 88 Anti theft SySteMS ccccsssscccsseneees 91 IMMODINIZEL ec secceesseeeceeseceeeaees 91 Anti theft alarm system 0 91 Tow away alarm ccceeeeecceeeeeeeeees 93 Controls in detail cceeceeeees 95 Locking and UNnIOCKING ceeceee eee 96 SmartKey scsicsrccshcccveaucnnsanennde tied eanniens 96 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 100 Opening the doors from the NG Cll reran eei 107 Opening the trunk seeeeees 108 Closing the trunk ccccceseeeees 109 Valet locking ccceeecccceseeeeeeeeees 110 Trunk lid emergency release 111 Automatic central locking 112 Locking and unlocking from the NSTC E E EEEE E N 113 EALO rri inoin 115 Moving the seats forward and backward sessesssessseessseersseeesssesss 115 Lumbar SUpport seenesensseesseesseess 116 Multicontour backrest 116 Seat NEAtLING ccccesseecceeseceees 117 Seat ventilation sseeseseessseess 120 Memory function esssseessssseeessseeeess 121 Storing positions into memory 122 Recalling positions from memory 122 LTE IEA E A E EEA 123 Exterior lamp Switch 0008 123 Corner illuminating front fog lamps vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps and without Sport PACK ASE ccs snqcaceuebsnenacebledbarvensiaus 127 Combination switch 0006 129 Hazard warning flasher 1
175. e the cruise control After brief acceleration e g for passing the cruise control will resume the last speed set The last stored speed is canceled when you turn off the engine Moving the gear selector lever to position N while driving also cancels cruise control However the gear se lector lever should not be moved to position N while driving except to coast when the vehicle is in danger of skid ding e g on icy roads Setting a higher speed gt Lift the cruise control in direction of arrow 1 gt page 205 and hold it there until the desired speed is reached Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set Setting a lower speed gt Depress the cruise control in direction of arrow 2 gt page 205 and hold it there until the desired speed is reached Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brake system will au tomatically brake the vehicle if the en gine s braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently Fine adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments Faster gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in direction of arrow Q gt page 205 Slower gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in direction of arrow 2 gt page 205 Setting to last stored speed Resume function Warning A N The speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road con
176. e the two vehicles do not touch Turn off all electrical consumers Apply the parking brake gt page 59 Shift gear selector lever to position P Open the hood gt page 272 v v vV yY Yy Remove the red cover from positive ter minal on both vehicles gt page 413 1 Negative terminal of charged battery 2 Negative terminal of discharged battery 3 Positive terminal of discharged battery 4 Positive terminal of charged battery gt Connect positive terminals 3 and of the batteries with the jumper cables Clamp cable to charged battery first Never invert the terminal connections gt Start the engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at idle speed gt Connect negative terminals and 2 of the batteries with the jumper cables Clamp cable to charged battery first gt Start the engine of the disabled vehi cle You can now turn on the electrical con sumers Do not turn on the lights under any Circumstances gt Remove the jumper cables first from negative terminals 2 and and then from positive terminals 3 and 4 You can now turn on the lights gt Have the battery checked at the near est Mercedes Benz Center Do not tow start the vehicle Y Towing the vehicle Mercedes Benz recommends that the vehi cle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment Use flatbed or wheel lift
177. e vehicle battery is drained e Check the batteries in the SmartKey gt page 99 and replace them if necessary gt page 389 e Use the mechanical key to unlock the driver s door gt page 385 and the trunk gt page 110 e Have the vehicle batteries and their connections checked gt page 413 e Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors gt page 387 If the SmartKey is malfunctioning con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Checking the batteries gt Press button or a Battery check lamp gt page 96 comes on briefly to indicate that the SmartKey batteries are in order If battery check lamp does not come on briefly during check then the SmartKey batteries are discharged e Replace the batteries gt page 389 You can obtain the required batteries at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the batteries are checked within sig nal range of the vehicle pressing the or button will lock or unlock the vehicle accordingly Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Unlocking the trunk You can unlock the trunk separately A minimum height clearance of 6 2 ft 1 88 m is required to open the trunk lid gt Press and hold button on the SmartKey until trunk unlocks If the trunk does not unlock it is still locked separately gt page 110 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Loss of SmartKey or mechanical key SmartKey with
178. ealth or life of others Highlights hazards that may result in damage to your vehicle Helpful hints or further information you may find useful Introduction gt Page gt D gt Display Symbols This symbol points to instructions for you to follow A number of these symbols appearing in succession indicates a multiple step procedure This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic This continuation symbol marks an interrupted procedure which will be continued on the next page In the glossary of technical terms this symbol is used to in dicate cross references to term definitions Words appearing in the multi function display are printed in the type shown here Introduction Operating safety Warning Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic components are in terconnected any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other sys tems Electronic malfunctions could seri ously impair the operating safety of your vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for repairs or modifications to electronic components Other improper work or modifications on the vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of the vehicle Some safety systems only function while the engine is running You should therefore nev
179. ear in the right multifunction display function display D O1 AudioTrack 5S PS4 32 2784 31 Press button Vg or FA repeatedly until the desired track is selected a 0 Track 1 Vv gt P54 32 27 74 31 Q Current CD with additional number from 1 to 6 when running from CD changer 2 Current track gt Press button BV or EAN repeatedly until the desired track is selected NAV menu The NAV menu contains the functions need ed to operate your navigation system gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the message NAV in the left multifunction display The message shown in the multifunction display depends on the status of the navi gation system e With COMAND switched off the mes sage NAV off appears in the multifunction display e With COMAND switched on but route guidance not activated the direction of travel and if applicable the name of the street currently traveled on appear in the multifunction display e With COMAND switched on and route guidance activated the direction of travel and maneuver instructions ap pear in the multifunction display Please refer to the COMAND manual for in structions on how to activate the route guidance system Distronic menu Use the Distronic menu to display the cur rent settings for your Distronic system What information is given in the left multi function display depends on whether the Distronic system is active o
180. ear range Automatic transmission 169 Shoulder support Seat adjustment 116 Side marker lamps 392 Cleaning lenses 325 Side windows Automatic closing 194 Automatic opening 193 Closing 192 193 Closing fully 194 Closing with KEYLESS GO 194 Express close 194 Express open 193 Opening 192 193 Opening fully 193 Stopping 194 Synchronizing power windows 194 Sidewall 312 458 459 SmartKey 96 Checking the batteries 99 Closing retractable hardtop 200 Global locking 98 Global unlocking 98 Loss of 100 Positions in starter switch 36 Restoring factory settings 98 104 Selective setting 98 Starting the engine 49 Turning off the engine 60 SmartKey batteries 389 SmartKey positions 36 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Checking the battery 106 Global locking 104 Global unlocking 103 Locking 105 Loss of 106 Messages in display 373 Reprogramming 104 Selective setting 104 Unlocking 100 Snow chains 317 Spare fuses 425 Spare fuses see Vehicle tool kit Spare tire see Spare wheel 399 Spare wheel 383 384 404 441 Inflating tire 408 Tire inflation pressure 408 Speed settings Cruise control 206 Speedometer 25 Setting units 149 Sporty driving style 219 SRS 458 Indicator lamp 341 Standing lamps 123 392 Standing water Driving instructions 265 Starter battery 279 413 Starter switch 23 36 Starter switch positions 36 Starting difficulties 50 Starting position 36 Starting the engine With the SmartKey 49 With the SmartKey wi
181. ear selector lever is in position D you can influence transmission shifting by e limiting the gear range e changing gears manually Controls in detail Automatic transmission Gear selector lever position Effect Park position Gear selector lever position when the vehicle is parked Place gear selector lever in position P only when vehicle is stopped The park position is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always set the parking brake in addition to placing the gear selector lever in position P to secure the vehicle Effect The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P With the SmartKey removed the gear selector lever is locked in position P Reverse gear Place gear selector lever in position R only when vehicle is stopped Effect Neutral No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed To avoid damage to the trans mission never engage N while driving If the ESP is deactivated or malfunctioning Move gear selector lever to N only if the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads Drive The transmission shifts automatically All forward gears are available su Coasting the vehicle or driving for any other reason with gear selector lever in N can result in transmission d
182. eased If there is a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system we recom mend that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or ap propriate wheel lift dolly equipment A tow bar must be used if circumstances do not permit the use of the recommended towing methods and the vehicle requires towing with all four wheels on the ground Towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is only permissible for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h For more infor mation see Towing the vehicle gt page 421 The electro hydraulic brake system is auto matically activated when you unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO open the driver s or passenger door turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 in vehicles with KEYLESS GO press the start stop button on the gear se lector lever once depress the brake pedal release the parking brake If the electro hydraulic brake system is activated as the brake pedal is first de pressed you may feel a reduced pedal resistance and longer pedal travel than normal When releasing the pedal you may also feel the brake pedal pulsate and you may hear a sound which is caused by the activation of the elec tro hydraulic brake system pump This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction Pedal travel returns to normal when you release the brake p
183. eat belt and impair the effectiveness of the seat belt and or cause damage to the door and or door trim panel Such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Damaged seat belts must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Light Truck Center Locking Warning A N To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the door openings when closing the doors Be espe cially careful when small children are around Before closing doors make sure that there is no possibility of someone getting caught in a door during closing Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Getting started Parking and locking If you hear a warning signal you have either forgotten to turn off the lights be fore opening the driver s door In addition the message Turn off lamps appears in the multifunction display or tried to turn off the engine while the gear selector lever is not in P In addition the message Gear se lector lever to P appears in the multifunction display Turn off the lights or place the gear se lector lever in P Getting started Parki
184. ector switch for automatic trans mission Gear selector lever for automatic transmission Page 220 86 215 219 174 168 At a glance Overhead control panel Y Overhead control panel x Einna Item Page 3 C4 Left reading lamp on off 130 2 Temperature sensor for au 180 tomatic climate control 3 Right reading lamp on off 130 Interior lighting control 130 Rear view mirror 44 177 6 Garage door opener 247 Hands free microphone for 237 Tele Aid emergency call system telephone and voice control system see separate operating instruc tions Tele Aid emergency call 238 P82 00 2357 31 system button At a glance Door control panel Door handle Switches for opening clos ing front and rear side win dows Memory function for stor ing seat mirror and steer ing wheel settings Seat heating switch Seat ventilation switch Seat adjustment switch Remote trunk lid release switch Door pocket ee a LS Getting started Unlocking Adjusting Driving Parking and locking Getting started Unlocking The Getting started section provides an overview of the vehicle s most basic func tions First time Mercedes Benz owners should pay special attention to the infor mation given here Unlocking with the SmartKey If you are already familiar with the basic functions described here the Controls in detail section will pro
185. ed Mercedes Benz Center Fuel consumption is also increased by driv ing in cold weather in stop and go traffic on short trips and in hilly area Drinking and driving A Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are a very dangerous combina tion Even a small amount of alcohol or drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions and judgment Warning The possibility of a serious or even fatal ac cident are greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow anyone to drive who has been drinking or taking drugs Operation Driving instructions Pedals A Keep driver s foot area clear at all times Ob jects stored in this area may impair pedal movement Warning Operation Driving instructions Power assistance Warning A N The brake system requires electrical energy for operation A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake sys tem operation and switch it into its emer gency operation mode In such a case the red brake warning lamp gt page 334 and warning messages gt page 345 in the in strument cluster come on while driving To brake the driver must then apply signifi cantly greater brake pedal pressure and de press the pedal much further to obtain the expected braking effect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes are only applied to the front
186. ed a malfunction For your safety we strongly recommend that you visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an acci dent which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury In addition improper work on the SRS cre ates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended airbag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be per formed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning A N Airbags are designed to reduce the potential of injury and fatality in certain frontal im pacts front airbags driver side knee bag or side impacts head thorax airbags Howev er no system available today can totally eliminate injuries and fatalities The activation of the airbags temporarily re leases a small amount of dust from the air bags This dust however is neither injurious to your health nor does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some tem porary breathing difficulty for people with asthma or other breathing trouble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the vehicle after the airbag inflates then get fresh air by opening a window or door Warning To reduce the risk of injury whe
187. ed off and you need to change the gears by manually upshifting or downshift ing using the steering wheel gearshift but tons to the left and right of the steering wheel gt page 172 or the gear selector lever Controls in detail Automatic transmission Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty The program mode selector switch is located on the lower part of the center console aN A P kaos 1 Program mode selector switch MANUAL For manual gear shifting C Comfort For comfort driving S Sport For standard driving The current gear selector lever position and the selected program mode M C S are indicated in the right multifunction display gt page 163 a For information on automatic program modes C or S see Automatic shift program gt page 168 Gear selector lever one touch gearshifting gt page 169 and Steering wheel gearshift control one touch gearshift ing gt page 170 Activating manual shift program gt Press program mode selector switch repeatedly until the M for MANUAL program mo
188. ed or lowered according to the selected level setting and to the vehicle speed With increasing speed ride height is re duced by up to approximately 1 inch 25 mm With decreasing speed the ride height is again raised to the selected vehicle level These height adjustments are so small that you may not notice any change Select the level 1 and level 2 settings only when required by current driving condi tions Otherwise e Fuel consumption may increase e Handling may be impaired The following vehicle level settings can be selected when the vehicle is stationary Vehicle level when Use for Height increase over Automatic lowering stationary normal Normal Normal operation None Max approx 0 5 in 12 mm Level 1 Driving with snow chains Max 0 6 in 15 mm Max approx 0 6 in 15 mm gt page 317 Level 2 Very rough road surface Max 1 0 in 25 mm Max approx 1 0 in 25 mm conditions l Dependent on loading Controls in detail Driving systems Indicator lamps gt page 222 Both lamps off One lamp on Both lamps on Controls in detail Driving systems The button with the indicator lamps is lo Briefly press button to change from cated in the lower section of the center one level setting to the next Pressing the button twice in quick suc console e The normal level is selected if both cession will cause the vehicle to imme indicator lamps are off diately raise or low
189. ed with special re ceivers Employs CD digital maps for navigation GVW Gross Vehicle Weight gt page 311 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating gt page 311 Head thorax airbag Installed in the doors these airbags protect occupants during side impact collisions exceeding a preset thresh old Unlike normal side airbags head thorax airbags are also designed to provide protection for the head area Instrument cluster The displays and indicator warning lamps in the driver s field of vision in cluding the tachometer speedometer engine temperature and fuel gauge KEYLESS GO System for entering and operating the vehicle without the use of a key Kickdown Depressing the accelerator past the point of resistance shifts the transmis sion down to the lowest possible gear This very quickly accelerates the vehi cle and should not be used for normal acceleration needs Kilopascal kPa gt page 311 Locking knob Knob on the door which indicates whether the door is locked or un locked Pushing the locking knob down on an individual door from inside will lock that door Maintenance System U S vehicles Maintenance service indicator in the multifunction display that informs the driver when the next vehicle mainte nance service is due The Maintenance System tracks distance driven and the time elapsed since the last mainte nance service calculates other mainte nance service work required
190. edal and the sound soon ceases If you experience the above while driv ing and the red brake warning lamp gt page 334 illuminates and or warn ing messages appear in the multifunc tion display gt page 361 the brake system is malfunctioning Follow the in structions of the warning message s and have the brake system checked immediately Safety and Security Driving safety systems Warning A N Have brake pad replacement and other work on the electro hydraulic brake system car ried out by qualified technicians only Con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information The electro hydrau lic brake system must be deactivated prior to working on the system High pressure is intermittently built up in the system as part of its automatic self test In addition the system is automatically activated when the vehicle is unlocked by remote control when the driver or passenger door is opened when the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button is pressed once when the brake pedal is depressed or when the park ing brake is released Failure to deactivate the system prior to maintenance will cause brake pistons to extend and brake fluid to leak which may result in injuries contu sions and acid burns Extended brake pis tons may also cause injury Safety and Security Driving safety systems The electro hydraulic brake system switch es of
191. ehicle operation The driver is and must remain at all times responsible for the vehicle speed and for safe brake operation Only use the cruise control if the road traffic and weather conditions make it ad visable to travel at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be danger Ous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed e The use of cruise control can be danger ous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate the cruise control when driv ing in fog The Resume function should only be oper ated if the driver is fully aware of the previ ously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed y 4 y nfl r N sdi 1 Set current or higher speed 2 Set current or lower speed 3 Cancel cruise control 4 Resume at last set speed A Warning Cruise control brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded Keep in mind that cruise control is a conve nience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The driver is and must remain at all times responsible for the vehicle speed and for safe brake operation Setting current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed Briefly lift or depress 2 the cruise control lever The current speed is set Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal T
192. ehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved car care products Power washer Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer on main taining a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do not aim directly at electrical parts electrical connec tors seals or other rubber parts ab Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in close proximity i e within approximately 3 ft 1 m the ve hicle could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Paintwork painted body components Affixing stickers adhesive tape or sim ilar materials to painted body compo nents may damage the paintwork Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up This should normally be done every 3 to 5 months depending on climate and washing deter gent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if the paint surface shows signs of embedded dirt i e loss of gloss Do not apply any of
193. el 2 towards BFA Distance warning function When Distronic is deactivated this func tion will continue to warn you when recog nizing a stationary obstacle or a slower vehicle moving in your vehicle s path and the danger of a collision exists e The DTR warning lamp comes on red e An intermittent warning will sound if necessary If these warnings are issued you must brake manually to maintain a safe distance and avoid a collision with the vehicle ahead Controls in detail Driving systems When pressing the brake pedal the warn Gp Driving with Distronic as enue reeds U a ia Complex driving situations are not al This section describes a number of driving a ate a the distance shar g ways fully recognized by Distronic This situations where special precaution is re cle ahead Is sutficient again without apply could result in wrong or missing dis quired on the part of the driver Be pre ne Na a Wie Gistanive tance warnings pared to brake in such situations This will warning lamp will also go out deactivate the Distronic system Activating ing Canne A gt Press switch Q Warning A N If the DTR nenir lamp red i the The indicator lamp on the switch DSH On WOR elfonne tate coeds speedometer dial comes on while driving comes on A loudspeaker symbol ap i l i lected by the driver unless a moving obsta and or an intermittent warning sounds im pears in the speedometer display Pa ee Aree aear i a
194. elts should not be worn twisted In a crash you would not have the full width of the belt to manage impact forces The twisted belt against your body could cause injuries e Pregnant women should also use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pres sure on the abdomen e Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat Emergency tensioning device ETD seat belt force limiter The seat belts are equipped with emergen cy tensioning devices belt force limiters and automatic comfort fit The ETD is designed to activate in the fol lowing cases e in frontal or rear end impacts exceed ing a preset severity level e if the restraint systems are operational and functioning correctly see Y in dicator lamp gt page 64 The ETDs will only activate if the re spective seat belt is fastened latch plate properly inserted into buckle In an impact emergency tensioning devic es remove slack from the belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against the body Belt force limiters reduce the force exerted by the seat belts on oc cupants during a crash Warning An emergency tensioning device ETD that was activated must be replaced When disposing of the emergency tension ing device our safety instructions must be followed These are
195. ely away from the road way and contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Roadside Assistance If tire inflation pressure is at least 20 psi 1 3 bar inflate tire to correct pres sure see placard on the driver s door B pillar and drive vehicle to nearest tire re pair facility to have tire repaired or replaced Recommended duration of use 300 miles 500 km at 50 mph 80 km h with the recommended tire inflation pres sure Warning Follow recommend inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflating tires can result in sudden deflation blowout be cause they are more likely to become punc tured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified vehicle capacity weight as indicat ed by the label on the pillar in the driver s door opening Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Center as soon as possible to obtain a new TIREFIT kit gt Bring used TIREFIT materials to an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center for proper disposal Warning A N Do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h A TIREFIT repair is not designed to operate at higher speeds The sticker must be attached on the instru ment cluster where it will be easily seen by the dri
196. ems Alignment bolt vehicle tool kit 407 453 Anticorrosion antifreeze 446 451 Antiglare Interior rear view mirror Antilock Brake System see ABS Anti theft systems Anti theft alarm system 91 Immobilizer 91 Tow away alarm 93 Aquaplaning see Hydroplaning Armrest 229 Ashtray 29 233 Aspect ratio 310 ATF 277 Auto dimming Rear view mirrors Automatic central locking 112 Control system 155 177 177 Automatic climate control system 180 Air conditioning Cooling 189 Air conditioning refrigerant 447 Air distribution 184 185 Air recirculation mode 187 Airvents 181 Air volume 184 186 Control panel 181 Deactivating system 183 Defrosting 179 186 Residual heat utilization 190 Temperature 184 Temperature sensor 31 Automatic lighting control Interior lighting 130 Automatic locking when driving 112 Automatic shift program 168 Automatic transmission 162 Accelerator position 166 Comfort program mode 168 Emergency operation Limp Home Mode 176 Gear ranges 167 Gear selector lever 30 162 Gear selector lever position 162 164 Gear shifting malfunctions 176 Kickdown 166 Manual shifting 169 One touch gearshifting 169 Program mode selector switch 30 168 Starting the engine 49 Transmission fluid level 277 Automatic Transmission Fluid see ATF B BabySmart airbag deactivation system 78 453 BabySmart compatible child seats 453 Backrest Lumbar support Multicontour seat Power seat 41 Shou
197. enance services depends on your driving hab its A gentle driving style moderate en gine speeds and the avoidance of short distance trips will lengthen the interval between services Clearing the maintenance service indi cator message The maintenance service indicator mes sage is automatically cleared after approx imately 30 seconds e after you have switched on the ignition e after you have reached the mainte nance service threshold while driving You can also clear the maintenance ser vice indicator message yourself Service A in S000 miles 1 Reset button gt Press reset button C on the instru ment cluster The maintenance service indicator message Is cleared and the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 140 Maintenance service term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggested main tenance service term you will see the fol lowing message in the right multifunction display Service A exceeded by XXXX miles km Service A exceeded by XXX days In addition a signal sounds when the mes sage appears Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the maintenance service indicator following a completed maintenance ser vice Operation Maintenance Calling up the maintenance service indicator display Switch on the ignition gt page 36 The standard display of the control sys tem appears gt page 135 gt Press button or on the mul tifunc
198. ent the TPMS automatically becomes active again after a few minutes driving gt Drive the vehicle for a few minutes gt Have the TPMS checked by an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the wheel sensors installed by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution Tire pres monitor One or more sensors malfunction gt Have the TPMS checked by an authorized Wheel sensor missing e g battery in one or more wheel Mercedes Benz Center sensor is empty gt Have the wheel sensors installed by an One or more wheels without wheel authorized Mercedes Benz Center sensors mounted e g spare tire Tire pressure monitor inoperative The TPMS is malfunctioning gt Have the TPMS checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning A N Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Contin ued driving with a flat tire will cause exces sive heat build up and possibly a fire Symbol messages Left display Right display Battery Alternator Stop vehicle HSA workshop Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Possible solution The battery is malfunctioning gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location Adjust driv ing to be consistent with reduced braking re The electro hydraulic brake system sp
199. er to placard on ve hicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Operation Tires and wheels Placard Example A ote Qmm TIRE AND a fe SEATING CAPACITY CAPACITY TOTAL 5 FRONT 2 REAR 3 im The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXN kg or XXX Ibs TIRE COLD TIRE PRESSURE SEE OWNERS ae REAR P195 70RI4 2O0KPA 2973 ADDITIONAL orane res roois azoxra corsi_ ils P40 00 2062 31 1 Load limit information on the Tire and Loading Information placard The placard showing the load limit informa tion is located on the driver s door B pillar If your vehicle is equipped with the Tire and Loading Information placard Example A locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX lbs on this placard The combined weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue load if applicable should never exceed the weight referenced in that statement Placard Example B Seating capacity The seating capacity gives you important information on the number of occupants that can be in the vehicle Observe front and rear seating capacity Your vehicle is equipped with either placard Example A or placard Example B located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 285 Data shown on placard examples are for illustration purposes only Seating data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data sho
200. er to the new vehicle level as selected e At level 1 indicator lamp Q is on The selected setting is stored even if e At level 2 both indicator lamps are the engine is turned off on The message ABC Vehicle being raised appears in the multifunction display for a short time i 9 7 When the vehicle is at level 2 pressing C Indicator lamp 1 the button will return the vehicle to nor 2 Indicator lamp 2 mal level 3 Vehicle level control button gt Start the engine gt page 49 Parktronic Parking assist A Parktronic is a supplemental system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers always rests with the driver Warning Special attention must be paid to objects with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts or road curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle The operational function of the Parktronic system can be affected by dirty sensors es pecially at times of snow and ice See Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors gt page 326 Interference caused by other ultrasonic sig nals e g working jackhammers car wash or the air brakes of trucks can cause the system to send erratic indications and should be taken into consideration A Make sure no persons or animals are in the area in which you are
201. erence received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the users authority to operate the equipment A Distronic cannot take street and traffic con ditions into account Only use Distronic if the weather and traffic conditions make it advisable to travel at a steady speed Warning Warning A N Use of Distronic can be dangerous on slip pery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control Distronic does not act upon adverse sight distance conditions Do not use Distronic during conditions of fog and heavy rain snow or sleet Warning A N Close attention to road and traffic condi tions is imperative at all times regardless of whether or not Distronic is activated Use of Distronic can be dangerous on wind ing roads or in heavy traffic because condi tions do not allow safe driving at a steady speed Distronic will not react to stationary objects in the roadway e g a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam or a disabled vehicle Distronic will also not respond to oncoming vehicles Switch off Distronic e when changing from the left to the right lane if vehicles are moving more slowly in the left lane e when entering a turn lane or highway off ramp e in complex driving situations such as in highway construction zones In these situations Distronic will continue to maintain the
202. ering wheel To raise press button and to lower press button E or use the volume knob on your COMAND headunit gt To activate press the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button or the Information button B depend ing on the type of response required The SOS button is located above the in terior rear view mirror The Roadside Assistance button and the Information button are located below the center armrest cov er Shortly after the completion of your Tele Aid acquaintance call you will receive a user ID and password By visiting www mbusa com and selecting Tele Aid USA only you will have access to account information remote door unlock and more Ea The Tele Aid system utilizes the cellular network for communication and the GPS Global Positioning System satel lites for vehicle location If either of these signals are unavailable the Tele Aid system may not function and if this occurs assistance must be summoned by other means System self check Initially after switching on the ignition malfunctions are detected and indicated the indicator lamps in the SOS button the Roadside Assistance button and the Information button stay on longer than 10 seconds or do not come on The message TeleAid malfunction Visit workshop appears for approximately 10 seconds in the multifunction display Controls in detail Useful features A If the indicator lamps in the SOS button in the
203. erse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear The indicator lamp USA only or when the engine is idling normally and when OF Canada only in the instrument your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal gt gt cluster goes out gt Release the parking brake by pulling on release handle 2 b gt Getting started Driving Warning J On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of loss of control In order to avoid damage to the trans mission e Wait for the gear selection process to complete before setting the vehi cle in motion e Place the gear selector lever in position D or R only when the vehi cle is stopped gt Release the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal Once the vehicle is in motion the automat ic central locking system engages and the locking knobs drop down If you hear a warning signal and the message Release parking brake appears in the multifunction display when driving off you have forgotten to release the parking brake Release the parking brake After a cold start the transmission engag es at a higher revolution This allows the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature earlier Do not run cold engine at high engine
204. ersely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being over heated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Your vehicle is equipped with either the Tire and Loading Information placard Example A or the Vehicle Tire Information placard Example B located on the drivers door B pillar gt page 285 The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be ad justed on cold tires The tires can be con sidered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km Follow recommended cold tire inflation pressures listed on placard Keeping the tires properly inflated provides the best handling tread life and riding comfort In addition to the tire placard on the driver s door B pillar also consult the fuel filler flap for any additional information pertaining to special driving situations For more information see Important notes on tire inflation pressure gt page 292 o Data shown on placard examples are for illustration purposes only Tire data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illustra tions below Refer to placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle
205. es of driving until they provide optimum braking efficiency Until that time you may need to use increased brake pedal pressure while braking Please be aware of this and adjust your driving and braking accordingly during this break in period Excessive high demand braking will cause correspondingly high brake wear Please be attentive to the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster and brake condition mes sages in the multifunction display Especial ly for high performance driving it is important to maintain and have the brake system checked regularly Driving off Apply the brakes to test them briefly after driving off Perform this procedure only when the road is clear of other traffic Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the oper ating temperature has been reached When starting off on a slippery surface do not allow a drive wheel to spin for an ex tended period with the ESP switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Simultaneously depressing the acceler ator pedal and applying the brake re duces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear Parking Warning Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fi
206. esult in engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty SL 500 and SL 55 AMG C Filler cap 4 Filler cap T mE a JINN z a MANN SL 65 AMG 1 Filler cap gt Unscrew filler cap Q from filler neck gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not to overfill with oil Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and catalytic converter not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Screw filler cap Q back on filler neck For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 445 and gt page 447 Operation Engine compartment Transmission fluid level The transmission fluid level does not need to be checked If you notice transmission fluid loss or gear shifting malfunctions have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the automatic transmission Oil level in the ABC system The oil level in the ABC system does not need to be checked If there is visible oil loss or if malfunction messages appear in the display have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the ABC system Operation Engine compartment Coolant A In order to avoid any possibly serious burns Warning e Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coola
207. evel gt page 274 Have excess oil siphoned or drained off Ob serve all legal requirements with respect to Its disposal Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display B 4 Engine oil Visit workshop Engine oil level Visit workshop When the message Add 1 qt engine oil at next refueling Canada 1 appears while the engine is running and at operating temperature the engine oil level has dropped to approximately the minimum level Possible cause consequence Possible solution lt may be that there is water inthe gt Have the engine oil checked engine oil The engine oil has dropped to a crit gt Check the engine oil level gt page 274 and ical level add oil as required gt page 276 gt Ifyou must add engine oil frequently have the engine checked for possible leaks The measuring system is malfunc gt Have the measuring system checked by an tioning authorized Mercedes Benz Center When this occurs the warning will first come on intermittently and then stay on if the oil level drops further If no oil leaks are noted continue to drive to the nearest service station where the engine oil should be topped to the required level with an approved oil specified in the Factory Approved Service Products pam phlet The engine oil level warnings should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol displayed could result in serious engine damage that is not covered
208. ever allow anyone to ride in the rear The luggage straps can only secure light lug gage items Carry heavy pieces of luggage in the trunk The rear compartment area is not designed or intended to accommodate occupants Se vere personal injury or death may be the re sult in an accident Controls in detail Useful features Pull strap 2 out of holder Q Secure the luggage with the strap so o j d J that it cannot move gt Insert strap 2 into latch Releasing strap gt Press release button and guide strap 2 back to holder Warning A N The shelf below the rear window should not be used to carry objects This will avoid such objects from being thrown about and injur ing vehicle occupants during an accident or sudden maneuver os P91 40 2297 31 The trunk is the preferred place to carry ob jects 1 Holder 2 Strap 3 Latch 4 Release button Cup holders Warning In order to help prevent spilling liquids on vehicle occupants and or vehicle equip ment only use containers that fit into the cup holder Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the contents especially hot liquids could spill during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Liquids spilled on vehicle occu pants may cause serious personal injury Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty When not in use
209. f an accident Cruise control or Distronic is mal gt Have the cruise control or Distronic functioning checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution Cruise control You have attempted to resume at gt Seta speed gt page 205 stored speed when no speed was stored You have attempted to set a speed be gt Accelerate to a speed exceeding low 20 mph 30 km h 20 mph 30 km h and set the speed gt page 205 Left display Distronic Right display Currently unavailable see Oper Manual Possible cause consequence Distronic is switched off because the Distronic cover in the radiator grille is dirty functionality is impaired by heavy rain or thick fog Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Clean the Distronic cover in the radiator grille gt page 325 gt Restart the vehicle or Distronic becomes operational again with out the engine being started again when the conditions that had impaired the functionality no longer prevail e g lessening rain or slush or snow has fallen off the Distronic cover while driving You can then operate Distronic as usual again Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution Distronic HSE Distronic is malfunctioning or the dis
210. f automatically approximately 2 minutes after you turned the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O or removed the SmartKey approximately 2 minutes after you pressed the KEYLESS GO start stop button to turn off the engine or power Supply and opened the driver s door with driver s door open the starter switch is set to position 0 same as SmartKey removed from starter switch Note on driving with the electro hydraulic brake system Following extended periods of only mi nor loads to your brake system you should occasionally apply the brakes when traveling at high speeds This im proves the grip of the brake pads After driving on wet or snow covered roads you should apply your brakes firmly before parking your vehicle This produces heat which serves to dry the brake disks and help prevent corro sion On long and steep grades shift to a lower gear gear range 1 2 or 3 to prevent the brakes from overheating and to reduce brake wear After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time so that the air stream will cool down the brakes fast er Only Mercedes Benz approved compo nents e g brake pads should be in stalled on your vehicle Brake pads not approved by Mercedes Benz may im pair the safety of your vehicle A Be very careful not to endanger other road users when you apply the brakes e approximately 20 seconds after you locked the vehicle from outside Warning Y
211. f the con sumer battery Reinstall the trunk floor Rehook trunk luggage cover into hold ers The following procedures must be car ried out following any interruption of battery power e g due to reconnec tion e Resynchronize the ESP gt page 354 e Resynchronize side windows gt page 194 Y Jump starting Warning A N Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and very explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding If the starter battery is discharged the en gine can be started with jumper cables and the battery of another vehicle Observe the following Jump starting should only be performed when the engine and catalytic convert er are cold Do not start the engine if the battery is frozen Let the battery thaw out first Only jump
212. ff when the driver s door is opened If you do not open a door after unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey the lamps will switch off automatically after approxi mately 40 seconds Locator lighting Controls in detail Control system Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting sub menu Press button eN or RA repeatedly until you see Locator lighting in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting P54 32 27 78 31 Press button or E to switch the locator lighting feature to On Turn the exterior lamp switch to posi tion EZ when exiting the vehicle The locator lighting feature is activated Controls in detail Control system Setting night security illumination Exterior lamps delayed switch off Use this function to set whether you would like the exterior lamps to illuminate during darkness after exiting the vehicle and clos ing the doors With the delayed switch off feature activat ed and the exterior lamp switch in position EST before the engine is turned off the following lamps will switch on when the en gine is turned off and remain lit for approx imately 15 seconds e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps e Front fog lamps If after turning off the engine you do not open a door or do not close an opened door the lamps will switch off automatical ly after 60 seconds
213. fluid reservoir has a capacity of approx 7 4 US qt 7 I gt Refill the reservoir with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate and water or con centrate and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze depending on am bient temperatures A Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flamma ble Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned Warning Windshield and headlamp washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and water e 1 part S to 100 parts water 1 34 fl oz 40 ml S to 1 gal 4 0 I water For temperatures below freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate S and commercially available premixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze e 1 part S to 100 parts solvent 1 34 fl oz 40 ml S to 1 gal 4 0 I solvent ABS Antilock Brake System Prevents the wheels from locking up during braking so that the vehicle can continue to be steered ABC Active Body Control Active computer controlled system that hydraulically adjusts the suspen sion at all four wheels in response to various driving situations Accessory weight gt page 310 Air pressure gt page 310 Alignment bolt Metal pin with thread The alignment bolt or centering bolt is an aid used when changing a tire to align the w
214. fog lamps will come on automatically depending on the steering angle even if you did not switch on either turn signal If the corner illuminating front fog lamps came on automatically they will also go out automatically depending on the steering angle Switching off corner illuminating front fog lamps The combination switch for the turn signal resets automatically after major steering wheel movements This will switch off the corner illuminating front fog lamps if they were activated by switching on the left or right turn signal If the turn signal should stay on after mak ing the turn the turn signal and corner illu minating front fog lamp can be switched off by returning the combination switch to its original position Driving rearward Switching on corner illuminating front fog lamps gt Place the gear selector lever in position R The inverse front fog lamp comes on automatically depending on the steer ing direction and steering angle Switching off corner illuminating front fog lamps gt Place the gear selector lever out of position R The respective front fog lamp goes out Combination switch The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column Combination switch 1 High beam 2 High beam flasher High beam gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to Re or to BY gt page 123 Push the combination switch in direc tion of arrow Q to switch on the high beam headla
215. following message appears in the multifunction displays j rE e p p e pg a auan a a i ae A Measurement l Ensine oil level correct Measuring now only if veh is level P54 32 2731 31 One of the following messages will subsequently appear in the right multi function display e Engine oil level OK e Add 1 0 qt to reach max oil level Canada 1 0 1 e Add 1 5 gts to reach max oil level Canada 1 5 1 e Add 2 0 gts to reach max oil level Canada 2 0 1 If you want to interrupt the checking procedure press the BVA or Ba button on the multifunction steering wheel gt If necessary add engine oil For adding engine oil see gt page 276 For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 445 and gt page 447 Other display messages If the SmartKey or the KEYLESS GO start stop button is not in position 2 the following message will appear Turn ignition on to measure engine oil level gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Operation Engine compartment If you see the message Observe waiting time gt If the engine is at operating tempera ture wait 5 minutes before repeating the check procedure If the engine is not at operating temper ature yet wait 30 minutes before re peating the check procedure If you see the message Engine oil level Not when engine on gt Turn
216. from the front 15 mph 25 km h ger seat and therefore the system senses the passenger seat and put them ina safe front passenger seat as being occupied place A The red seat belt telltale flashes You and or your front passenger have gt Fasten your seat belts and you additionally hear an in forgotten to fasten your seat belts termittent warning chime with in ea i l There are items placed on the front passen Pb Remove the items from the front creasing intensity for a maximum l ger seat and therefore the system senses the passenger seat and put them in a safe of 60 seconds from the time the front passenger seat as being occupied place vehicle s speed exceeds 15 mph 25 km h ae warning chime stops sounding and the out if both the driver and front passen After 60 seconds with an unfastened seat belt telltale illuminates continu ger s seat belt are fastened or the ve seat belt on one of the front seats the ously The seat belt telltale will only go hicle is standing still and a front door is opened Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution Fy The red SRS indicator lamp There is a malfunction in the restraint sys Drive with added caution to the near comes on while driving tems The airbags or Emergency Tensioning est authorized Devices ETDs could deploy unexpectedly or Mercedes Benz Center fail to activate in an accident Warning A N In the event that
217. fuel pump noz zle which could cause personal injury gt Replace the fuel cap by turning it clock wise until it audibly engages gt Close the fuel filler flap You should hear the latch close shut Only use premium unleaded gasoline with a minimum Posted Octane Rating of 91 average of 96 RON 86 MON Information on gasoline quality can normally be found on the fuel pump For more information on gasoline see Premium unleaded gasoline gt page 448 or the Factory Approved service Pamphlet Leaving the engine running and the fuel cap open can cause the engine mal function indicator lamp USA only or the engine malfunction indica tor lamp wE Canada only to illumi nate For more information see the Practi cal hints section gt page 335 Check regularly and before a long trip For information on quantities and require ments of operating agents see Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 445 gt Open the hood gt page 272 cleaning system 2 Brake fluid 3 Coolant level Windshield washer and headlamp cleaning system For information on refilling the reservoir see Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 280 Brake fluid For information on brake fluid see Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 445 T If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minim
218. g Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Y Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities Vehicle components and their respective Please refer to the Factory Approved Ser lubricants must match Therefore use only vice Products pamphlet or inquire at your products tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Center Mercedes Benz Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Engine with oil filter SL 500 7 9 US gt 7 5 SL 600 8 5 US qt 8 0 SL55 AMG 9 0 US qt 8 5 SL65 AMG 8 5 US qt 8 01 Automatic transmission SL 500 9 2 US qt 8 7 Approved engine oils SL 600 8 0 US gt 7 5 MB Automatic Transmission Fluid SL55 AMG 9 1 US qt 8 6 SL65 AMG 8 0 US qt 7 51 Rear axle SL 500 POUS a2 SL 600 1 3 US qt 1 2 SL55 AMG 1 5 US qt 1 41 SL65 AMG 1 3 US gt 1 21 Hypoid gear oil SAE 85 W 90 Hypoid gear oil SAE 85 W 90 Hypoid gear oil SAE 85 W 90 Hypoid gear oil SAE 75 W 140 z S S r _ S i A Hydraulic system for active body control ABC approx 4 3 US qt 4 0 I MB Hydraulic Fluid Power steering approx 1 1 US qt 1 0 I MB Power Steering Fluid Pentosin CHF 11S Front wheel hubs approx 3 0 oz 85 g each High temperature roller bearing grease Brake system Pie Src kG 5 1 MB Brake Fluid DOT 4 Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Cooling system SL 500 SL 600 SL 55 AMG SL 65 AMG Low temperature cooling system SL 60
219. g 2 Passenger airbag 3 Knee bag Do not place objects heavier than 20 Ibs 9 kg on the front passenger seat This could cause the front airbag or the head thorax airbag on the front passenger side to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system s deploy ment threshold Knee bag The knee bag is located on the driver side lower instrument panel It is designed to operate together with the driver airbag in certain frontal impacts exceeding a preset threshold The knee bag operates best in conjunction with a properly positioned and fastened seat belt Head thorax airbags The head thorax airbags are deployed e onthe impacted side of the vehicle e in impacts exceeding a preset deploy ment threshold e independently of the front airbags The head thorax airbags are not deployed in impacts which do not exceed the sys tem s deployment threshold The passenger head thorax airbag will only deploy if the system senses that the pas senger seat is occupied 0 P91 60 2385 31 1 Head thorax airbag Seat belts When the engine is started the seat belt telltale illuminates for a maximum of 6 seconds and a warning chime sounds to remind you and your passenger to fasten your seat belts If after these 6 seconds the driver s or the passenger s seat belt with the passenger seat occupied are not fastened with all doors closed e and the vehicle speed does not exceed 15 mph 25 km h the seat belt telltale
220. g depending on vehi cle settings and or ambient condi tions Cockpit All instruments switches buttons and indicator warning lamps in the passen ger compartment needed for vehicle operation and monitoring Cold tire inflation pressure gt page 310 Collapsible tire An especially compact spare tire that must be inflated with a provided air pump before using It should only be used to bring the vehicle to the nearest service station COMAND Cockpit Management and Data System Information and operating center for vehicle sound and communications systems including the radio CD changer and navigation system as well as other optional equipment e g tele phone Control system The control system is used to call up vehicle information and to change component settings Information and messages appear in the multifunction display The driver uses the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel to navigate through the system and to ad just settings Cruise control Driving convenience system for auto matically maintaining the vehicle speed set by the driver Curb weight gt page 310 Distronic A driving convenience cruise control system which helps the driver maintain a pre selected speed e lf there is no vehicle directly ahead the system operates in the same way as conventional cruise control e lf a slower moving vehicle is ahead Distronic will reduce your vehicle speed to the extent permitted
221. gear range gt Press and hold the gear selector lever in the D direction The transmission will automatically select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration This may involve shifting down one or more gears Controls in detail Automatic transmission Steering wheel gearshift control one touch gearshifting Steering wheel gearshift control is avail able on vehicles with Sport Package on SL 55 AMG and on SL 65 AMG only The steering wheel gearshift control pro vides an alternative method for changing the gears manually and limiting or extend ing the gear range for automatic shifting with the gear selector lever in position D and driving in the automatic program mode Cor S For information on using the steering wheel gearshift control in program mode MANUAL SL 55 AMG and SL 65 AMG only see Manual shift program gt page 173 o To avoid overrevving the engine when downshifting with steering wheel gearshift buttons the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s max speed would be exceeded Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to t
222. ght display Close hood Remove key Replace key Key Check battery Don t forget key EBE Gu Check system KELES S GO Drive to workshop Possible cause consequence You are driving with the hood open You have forgotten to remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The batteries in the SmartKey are discharged The batteries in the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO are discharged This message appears for a maxi mum of 60 seconds if the driver s door is opened with the engine shut off and no SmartKey in the starter switch Message is only a reminder The KEYLESS GO system is mal functioning The KEYLESS GO system is mal functioning Possible solution gt gt M Close the hood gt page 273 Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Change the batteries gt page 389 Change the batteries gt page 389 Insert SmartKey in the starter switch gt Take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you when leaving the vehicle Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Left display Right display Key not detected Key not detected Possible cause consequence The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not recognized while the engine is running because e The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not in the vehi cle e There is strong radio frequency interference The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO i
223. gine gasoline injection 8 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 31 in 84 00 mm 303 0 cu in 4966 cm 10 1 302 hp 5600 rpm 225 kW 5600 rpm 339 Ib ft 2700 rpm 460 Nm 2700 4250 rpm 6300 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2390 mm SL 600 230 476 275 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 12 3 23 in 82 00 mm 3 43 in 87 00 mm 336 4 cu in 5513 cm 9 1 493 hp 5000 rpm 368 kW 5000 rpm 590 b ft 3500 rpm 800 Nm 1 800 3500 rpm 5950 rpm 1 12 5 8 3 10 6 7 2 1 1 4 9 2332 mm The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment 2 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating Model Engine Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt SL 55 AMG 230 474 113 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 82 in 97 00 mm 3 60 in 92 00 mm 331 8 cu in 5439 cm 9 1 493 hp 6 100 rpm 368 kW 6 100 rpm 516 Ib ft 2750 4000 rpm 700 Nm 2750 4000 rpm 6500 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2462 mm 1289 mm Technical data Engine SL 65 AMG 230 479 275 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 12 3 25 in 82 60 mm 3 66 in 93 00 mm 364 9 cu in 5980 cm 9 1 603 hp 4400 5 100 rpm 450 kW 4800 5 1
224. goes out Defrosting is turned off The previous settings are in effect again The cooling remains switched on Windshield fogged on the outside Keep this setting selected only until the windshield is clear again gt Switch the windshield wipers on gt page 54 If the automatic air distribution and air vol ume are switched off gt Turn air distribution controls 2 and gt page 181 to position m or RA or gt Press control buttons 2 and gt page 181 The control buttons are engaged The R symbol on the control buttons come on Air distribution and air vol ume are adjusted automatically Controls in detail Automatic climate control Air recirculation mode Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the passenger compartment A Fogged windows impair visibility endanger ing you and others If the windows begin to fog on the inside switching off the air recirculation mode immediately should clear interior window fogging If interior window fogging persists make sure the air conditioning page 189 is activated or press button Keg Warning Controls in detail Automatic climate control Deactivating gt Briefly press button Activating gt Briefly press button Warning gt page 181 The indi
225. gt Switch the ESP back on gt page 87 Ee eS USN E Risk of accident If the ESP cannot be switched back on have the system checked at an autho Adapt your speed and driving to th il a a a eae rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as ing road and weather conditions possible The yellow ABS ESP warning The ESP ABS or traction control has come gt When driving off apply as little throt lamp flashes while driving into operation because of detected traction tle as possible loss in at least one tire gt While driving ease up on the acceler Distronic is deactivated ator gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather condi tions gt Do not deactivate the ESP Exceptions gt page 86 Failure to follow these instructions in creases the risk of an accident Problem The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while driving Possible cause consequence Practical hints What to do if Suggested solution The ABS has detected a malfunction and has gt Continue driving with added caution switched off The BAS and the ESP are also switched off see messages in display The electro hydraulic brake system is still functioning normally but without ABS avail able gt Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible If the ABS control unit i
226. gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center workshop play is malfunctioning as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution ESP Malfunction The ESP has detected a malfunction gt Continue driving with added caution Visit and switched off gt Have the system checked at an authorized The ABS may not be operational Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible workshop The electro hydraulic brake system Is still functioning normally but without Failure to follow these instructions increases the ESP available the risk of an accident Display malfunction The ESP or the ESP display is mal gt Continue driving with added caution Visit functioning gt Have the system checked at an authorized workshop Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of accident Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display ESP Unavailable See Oper Manual When sychronizing the ESP make sure you can turn the steering wheel in both directions as far as it will go with out the wheels hitting any objects e g a road curb Possible cause consequence Possible solution The ESP is deactivated because the gt Synchronize the ESP With the vehicle power supply has been interrupted stationary turn the steering wheel com The electro hydraulic brake system is p
227. h Canada 1 km h increments Faster gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in direction of arrow gt page 212 Controls in detail Driving systems Setting to last stored speed Resume function A The speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road conditions per mit Possible acceleration or deceleration differences arising from returning to the pre set speed could endanger yourself and oth ers Warning gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in direction of arrow gt page 212 Distronic is set to the last stored speed gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Deactivating Distronic There are several ways to deactivate the Distronic system gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in direction of arrow gt page 212 or gt Step on the brake pedal Distronic will be deactivated The last speed set will be stored into memory The last stored speed is deleted when you turn off the engine Distronic deactivates automatically when e you set the parking brake e you drive slower than 20 mph 30 km h gt page 212 e the ESP is active gt page 85 or you deactivate the ESP e You move the gear selector lever into position N A signal will sound The DTR off mes sage appears in the speedometer dis play for approximately 5 seconds A Distronic switches off and releases the brakes when the vehicle decelerate
228. h it down manually gt Insert the mechanical key into the hicles with KEYLESS GO only gt Remove the mechanical key from of glove box lock and turn it to the SmartKey gt page 385 osition 1 position Check whether the trunk is locked If necessary lock the trunk with the mechanical key gt page 110 Except for the driver s door the vehicle should now be locked gt D Practical hints Locking unlocking in an emergency gt D P Lowering the load assist manually gt Using the hex socket wrench provided Mime OO in the vehicle tool kit carefully turn the If the load assist feature does not fully low locking screw 2 approximately one er the retractable hardtop into the trunk quarter of a turn compartment and you are unable to close the trunk lid follow the instructions below a ae cee CWO Homers gt page 196 Let go of the hardtop It should gradually lower into the trunk When top is completely lowered return locking screw 2 to its original posi tion Do not overtighten the screw 1 Locking gt Insert the mechanical key into the driv er s door lock until it stops gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise to position 1 The driver s door is locked 1 Hex socket wrench 2 Locking screw Close the lid gt Remove the trunk floor from the trunk Replace the trunk floor gt Lift up the lid located at the lower left Visit an authorized Me
229. he GVWR and GAWR from the Certification la bel The Certification Label can be found on the driver s door B pillar see Technical data gt page 430 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The total weight of the vehicle all occupants all cargo and the trailer tongue load gt page 290 must never exceed the GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The to tal allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear To assure that your vehicle does not ex ceed the maximum permissible weight limits GVWR and GAWR for front and rear axle have the loaded vehicle including driver passengers and all cargo and if ap plicable trailer fully loaded weighed on a suitable commercial scale Trailer tongue load The tongue load of any trailer is an impor tant weight to measure because it affects the load you can carry in your vehicle If a trailer is towed the tongue load must be added to the weight of all occupants riding and any cargo you are carrying in the vehicle The tongue load typically is 10 percent of the trailer weight and every thing loaded in it Your Mercedes Benz has been designed primarily to carry passengers and their cargo Mercedes Benz does not recom mend trailer towing with your vehicle Recommended tire inflation pressure A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adv
230. he engine Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or O or remove it from the starter switch gt Press button GESY gt page 181 The indicator lamp on the button Ki comes on The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134A This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer T If the button on the automatic cli mate control panel starts to flash this indicates that the air conditioning is losing refrigerant The compressor has turned off The air conditioning cannot be turned on again e Have the air conditioning checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center How long the system will provide heat ing depends on the coolant tempera ture and the selected temperature The blower will run at low speed regardless of the air distribution control setting The indicator lamp on the button comes on With KEYLESS G gt Turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door with the driver s door open the starter switch is in posi tion 0 same as with the SmartKey re moved from the starter switch Press button BEY gt page 181 The indicator lamp on the button comes on Deactivating gt Press button ERY gt page 181 The indicator lamp on the button goes out The residual heat is automatically turned off e when the ignition is switched on e after about 30 minutes e if the battery voltage dro
231. he AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp The system is malfunctioning does not come on with a BabySmart child seat properly installed on the front passenger seat or does not remain illumi nated Suggested solution gt Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat gt Check installation of the child seat If the indicator lamp remains out gt Have the system checked at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired Vehicle status messages in the multi function display Warning and malfunction messages ap pear in the in the multifunction display lo cated in the instrument cluster Certain warning and malfunction messag es are accompanied by an audible signal Address these messages accordingly and follow the additional instructions given in this Operator s Manual Selecting the vehicle status message memory menu in the control system gt page 144 displays both cleared and uncleared messages High priority messages appear in the mul tifunction display in red color Certain messages of high priority cannot be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button gt page 24 or but ton EN Bed fee or on the multifunction steering wheel Other me
232. he Inst cluster Submenu gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until you see this message in the left multifunction display Select display The selection marker is on the current setting select display D Speed disp MTOutside temp P54 30 8436 31 gt Press or E to select the de sired setting The selected option appears in the left multifunction display The option not selected will appear in the right multifunction display when scrolling through the standard display gt page 140 Controls in detail Control system Selecting speedometer display mode gt Move the selection marker with button or MM to the Inst cluster submenu gt Press button JM or ed repeatedly until you see this message in the left multifunction display Digital speedometer The selection marker is on the current setting Kilometres Biles Digital speedometer Po4 32 2776 31 gt Press or E to set the speed ometer units to Kilometres or Miles Controls in detail Control system Selecting language gt Move the selection marker with button or SM tothe Inst cluster submenu gt Press button EAN or Red repeatedly until the message Text appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Deutsch English frangais _ PS4 92 3158 31 gt Press or E to select the language to be used for the multifunction display
233. he combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after few minutes driving Warning A N Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or the tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire infla tion pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitor ing system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accord ingly when the low tire pressure telltale illu minates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significant ly underinflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehi cle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driv er s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped
234. he cruise control is activated The selected speed appears in the multi function display On uphill or downhill grades the cruise control may not be able to maintain the set speed Once the grade eases the set speed will be resumed On downhill grades the cruise control maintains the set speed with active braking action In addition on longer downhill grades the automatic trans mission will automatically downshift Controls in detail Driving systems Canceling cruise control There are several ways to cancel the cruise control gt or Step on the brake pedal The cruise control is canceled The last speed set is stored for later use Briefly push the cruise control lever in direction of arrow The cruise control is canceled The last speed set is stored for later use Controls in detail Driving systems The cruise control switches off auto matically if e you step on the brake pedal e you depress the parking brake pedal The cruise control also switches off au tomatically when e the vehicle speed is below 20 mph 30 km h gt page 204 e the ESP isin operation or switched off with the ESP switch gt page 86 e you move the gear selector lever to position N while driving An acoustic warning sounds and the message CC Off appears in the multi function display for approximately 5 seconds Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivat
235. he drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Steering wheel gearshift control SL 500 with Sport Package and SL 600 with Sport Package The steering wheel gearshift buttons are located to the left and right of the steering wheel 1 Button outside upshift 2 Button inside downshift You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift buttons when the gear selector lever is in position P N or R The last selected program mode C or S is switched on when the engine is restarted Downshifting A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning gt Briefly press the inside 2 of one of the buttons on the steering wheel The transmission will shift to the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the transmission gt page 167 Upshifting gt Briefly press the outside C of one of the buttons on the steering wheel The transmission will shift to the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously extends the gear range of the transmis sion Controls in detail Automatic transmission Canceling gear range limit gt Press and hold the outside of one of the buttons on the steering wheel until D
236. he environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling Operation Engine compartment Windshield washer system and During all seasons add MB Windshield T headlamp cleaning system Washer Concentrate S to water Premix Only use washer fluid which is suitable Se the windshield washer fluid in a suitable The windshield washer reservoir is located container in the engine compartment for plastic lenses Improper washer flu id can damage the plastic lenses of the headlamps Warning A N For more information see Windshield and Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flam headlamp washer system gt page 452 mable Do not spill washer solvent antifreeze on hot engine parts be cause it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned gt Refill the reservoir with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate and water or commercially available premixed wind the headlamp cleaning system is supplied pending on ambient temperatures from the windshield washer reservoir It has a capacity of approx 7 4 US qt 7 1 Washer fluid reservoir Always use washer solvent antifreeze where temperatures may fall below freezing point Failure to do so could re sult in damage to the washer sys tem reservoir Vv Tires and wheels See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for informa
237. he generation of heat and its lished for a tire that is properly inflated and pavement as measured under controlled ability to dissipate heat when tested under not overloaded Excessive speed underin conditions on specified government test controlled conditions ona specified indoor flation or excessive loading either sepa surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire laboratory test wheel Sustained high tem rately or in combination can cause marked C may have poor traction perfor perature can cause the material of the tire excessive heat build up and possible tire mance to degenerate and reduce tire life and ex failure cessive temperature can lead to sudden AN tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Mo tor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Operation Tires and wheels Tire ply material 1 Plies in sidewall 2 Plies under tread For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This marking tells you about the type of cord and num
238. he retractable hard top using the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 199 o When you unlock the vehicle the electro hydraulic brake system is acti vated Important notes on using KEYLESS GO e You can also use the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO like a normal SmartKey gt page 96 e You can combine KEYLESS GO func tions with normal SmartKey functions e g unlocking with KEYLESS GO and locking with the button e Always carry the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you e Never store the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO together with e Electronic items such as a cellular phone or another SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e Metallic objects such as coins or metal foil Doing so could impair the function of the KEYLESS GO system To lock or unlock the vehicle the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located outside the vehicle within ap proximately 3 ft 1 m of a door or the trunk In order to start the engine with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO e The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located in the vehicle e All doors must be closed e The brake pedal must be firmly de pressed Do not depress the accel erator If you have started the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 37 you can only turn it off again with this button even if you have put the SmartKey in the starter switch in the meantime This does not apply if after starting the selector lever is still in position P and the SmartKey is t
239. he system senses bright am bient light for example light from oncoming traffic e the headlamps will not be automatically switched on under foggy conditions To minimize risk to you and to others acti vate headlamps by turning exterior lamp switch to when driving or when traffic and or ambient lighting conditions require you to do so In low ambient lighting conditions only switch from position Bg to with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from Mg to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle s lights at all times gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to posi tion Bag With the SmartKey in starter switch position 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button pressed once only the parking lamps will switch on and off automatically When the engine is running the low beam headlamps the tail and parking lamps the license plate lamps and the side marker lamps will switch on and off automatically Daytime running lamp mode gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position WJ or Bg When the engine is running the low beam headlamps are switched on auto matically In low ambient light conditions the fol lowing lamps will switch on additional ly e Tail lamps e Side marker lamps e Park
240. he wheels tires during each rotation Check for and ensure proper tire inflation pressure Operation Tires and wheels Warning A N Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel Wheels could become loose if not tightened with a torque of 96 lb ft 130 Nm Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims For information on wheel change see the Practical hints section gt page 383 and gt page 399 Y Winter driving Before the onset of winter have your vehi cle winterized at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center This service in cludes e Check of anticorrosion and antifreeze concentration e Addition of cleaning concentrate to the water of the windshield and headlamp cleaning system Add MB Concentrate S to a pre mixed windshield washer solvent antifreeze which is formulated for temperatures below freezing point gt page 451 Battery test Battery capacity drops with decreasing ambient temperature A well charged battery helps to ensure that the engine can be started and the electro hydraulic brake system will be fully operational even at low ambient temperatures Tire change When scraping ice or snow from the rear window be careful not to damage the sealing strip or apertures along the side of the window Operation Winter driving Winter tires Always use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and whenever
241. heel with the wheel hub Aspect ratio gt page 310 BabySmart airbag deactivation system This system detects if a special system compatible child restraint seat is in stalled on the front passenger seat The system will automatically deactivate the passenger front airbag when sucha seat is properly installed indicator lamp on the glove box comes on and remains illuminated BabySmart compatible child seats Special restraint system for children The sensor system for the passenger seat prevents deployment of the pas senger front airbag if a BabySmart compatible child seat is installed See your authorized Mercedes Benz Center for availability Bar gt page 310 BAS Brake Assist System System for potentially reducing braking distances in emergency braking situa tions The system is activated when it senses an emergency based on how fast the brake is applied Bead gt page 310 Bi Xenon headlamps Headlamps which use an electric arc as the light source and produce a more in tense light than filament headlamps Bi Xenon headlamps produce low beam and high beam CAC Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz customer service cen ter which can help you with any ques tions about your vehicle and provide assistance in the event of a break down CAN system Controller Area Network Data bus network serving to control ve hicle functions such as door locking or windshield wipin
242. hem In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Warning Upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring e g when wet etc may cause the upholstery to become permanently dis colored By lining the seats with a proper intermediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented Leather upholstery gt Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Exercise particular care when cleaning per forated leather as its underside should not become wet Wood trims gt Dampen cloth using water and use damp cloth to clean wood trims in your vehicle Do not use solvents like tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes as these may be abrasive Practical hints What to do if Where will I find Locking unlocking in an emergency Replacing SmartKey batteries Replacing bulbs Replacing wiper blades Flat tire Batteries Jump starting Towing the vehicle Fuses Practical hints What to do if Lamps in the instrument cluster General information bulb self check when switching on the igni If any of the following lamps in the instru tion have the respective bulb checked and ment cluster fails to come on during the replaced if necessary Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solution The yellow ABS ESP warning The ESP is deactivated
243. hen inserted in the starter switch The SmartKey will then have priority over the KEYLESS GO function and the vehicle s electrical system will operate according to the position of the SmartKey in the starter switch even stopping the engine If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is positioned farther away from the vehi cle the system may no longer recog nize the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO The vehicle then cannot be locked or the engine started via the KEYLESS GO system If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is re moved from the vehicle while the en gine is running e g if passenger exits the vehicle with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO the message Key not detected will appear in the multifunc tion display while driving off Find the SmartKey or change its present location immediately e g place it on the front passenger seat or insert it in shirt pocket Remember that the engine can be started by anyone with a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO that is left inside the vehicle If you leave the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO behind when exiting and locking the vehicle the message Key recognized in vehicle will appear in the multifunction display Factory setting Global unlocking gt Grasp an outside door handle All turn signals flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is disarmed Controls in detail Locking and unlocking If the vehicle has been parked for more than 72 hours you m
244. hen the wearer is in a nearly upright position and belts are properly positioned on the body Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt gt page 46 Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being ad justed Getting started Adjusting Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Even with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the start er switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the power seats can be operated when the respective door is open Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Getting started Adjusting Warning uN Children 12 years old and under must never ride in this vehicle except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the ve hicle to deactivate the passenger front air bag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it in flates in a crash If this happens serious or fatal injury will result Infants and small children must be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint sys tem which is
245. hicle ahead 4 Your vehicle Symbol for activated distance warning function Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic activated When Distronic is activated the DTR sym bol and the set speed appear in the left multifunction display 2 Set speed Controls in detail Driving systems Cruise control lever The Distronic system is operated by means of the cruise control lever The cruise control lever is the uppermost lever found on the left hand side of the steering column 1 Set current or higher speed 2 Set current or lower speed 3 Deactivate Distronic 4 Resume at last set speed Activating Distronic You can activate Distronic if e the vehicle speed is within a certain range The range is between 20 mph 30 km h and 110 mph 180 km h e the ESP is activated gt page 85 When Distronic is activated the speedome ter display will show a message such as DTR 60 mph If Distronic is deactivated the speedome ter display will show the message DTR mph In the following cases you cannot activate Distronic e upto 2 minutes after starting the en gine e when you brake e if you have set the parking brake e if the gear selector lever is in position P R or N e if the ESP is switched off mph 72 F FOS mi cto i miles i Y O 55m l 1 Set speed 2 White DTR indicator lamp The vehicle speed displayed on the speedo
246. hild is traveling with you in the vehicle e Secure the child using an infant or child restraint appropriate to the age and size of the child e Make sure the infant or child is proper ly secured by a belt at all times while the vehicle is in motion Infant and child restraint seats and infor mation on choosing an appropriate re straint system can be obtained from any Mercedes Benz Center Infant and child restraint systems Only use a BabySmart compatible child restraint for the front passenger seat in this vehicle We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehicle is in motion The passenger lap shoulder belt has a spe cial seat belt retractor for the secure fas tening of child restraints To fasten a child restraint follow child re straint instructions for mounting Then pull the shoulder belt out completely and let it retract During the seat belt retraction a ratcheting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is acti vated The belt is now locked Push down on child restraint to take up any slack To deactivate release seat belt buckle and let seat belt retract completely The seat belt can again be used in the usual man ner A Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated Warning The use of infant or child restraints is re quired by law in all 5
247. hter Warning A N Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the knob only When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause serious personal injury gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 AN 1 Cigarette lighter gt Push in cigarette lighter The lighter will pop out automatically when hot The lighter socket can accommodate 12V DC electrical accessories up to a maximum of 85 W designed for use with the standard cigarette lighter plug type Keep in mind however that connecting accessories to the lighter socket for example extensive connect ing and disconnecting or using plugs that do not fit properly can damage the lighter socket With the socket dam aged the lighter may no longer be able to be placed in the heating pushed in position or the lighter may pop out too early with the lighter not hot enough To help avoid damaging the cigarette lighter socket we recommend con necting 12V DC electrical accessories designed for use with the standard cigarette lighter plug type to the 12V power outlet gt page 237 in your vehicle whenever possible Controls in detail Useful features He
248. ic converters an important element in conjunction with the oxygen sensors to achieve substantial con trol of the pollutants in the exhaust emis sions Keep your vehicle in proper operating condition by following our rec ommended maintenance instructions as outlined in your Maintenance Booklet To prevent damage to the catalytic con verters only use premium unleaded gasoline in this vehicle Any noticeable irregularities in engine operation should be repaired promptly Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may reach the catalytic converter caus ing it to overheat and potentially start a fire Warning J As with any vehicle do not idle park or op erate this vehicle in areas where combusti ble materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire Operation Driving instructions Emission control Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems of course will function properly only when maintained strictly ac cording to factory specifications Any ad justments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Center authorized techni cians Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service jobs must be carried out regularly according to Mercedes Benz servi
249. ic shift program 168 Adjusting air VOIUME cc00eeee 186 Gear selector lever one touch Maximum cooling MAXCOOL 186 BEASMINUIMG eonenni 169 Front defroster cccccccssesseeeees 186 Steering wheel gearshift control Air recirculation mode 0006 187 one touch gearshifting 170 Air CONCITIONING cccceeeeceeeeees 189 Manual shift program SL 55 AMG Residual heat and ventilation 190 and SLOS AMG veccsasescacesvedsevesoese 173 Ventilated storage compartments 191 Emergency operation Power WINCOWS s cccsesscccensescneaees 192 Limp Home Mode 0006 176 Opening and closing the windows 192 Good visibility sccsastoaraaesndeataneboseracewaness 177 Synchronizing power windows 194 Headlamp cleaning system 177 Retractable hardtop cccceees 195 Rear view MirfTOTS cseeeeceeeeeeeees 177 Opening and closing the SUI VISOMS iea Aah 178 retractable hardtop cccee0s 195 Driving SYSTEMS cccceeeeeceeeeeceeeeeeees 204 Cruise control ssssesssseessseesseersse 204 DISON saan sn accasessneseecaaseoiaaseoitess 207 Active Body Control ABC 219 Parktronic Parking assist 223 Useful features cccsscccccessseeeeees 228 Storage compartments 6 228 GUD NOIGETS sides e nas acieks 232 ASNT AY eoan pawn nestenedateeos 233 Cigarette lighter c
250. ice and warranty information 10 Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles 11 Maintenance ccecececeecscececeeees 12 Roadside Assistance 0008 12 Change of address or ownership 12 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada cccsesesecceeeeeeees 13 Where to find it eccccccssssececneeeeees 14 DVO OS aseran 15 Operating safety cecccccceseseseeeeeees 16 Proper use of the vehicle 16 Problems with your vehicle 0 17 Reporting safety defects cc60 18 Reporting safety defects 18 Vehicle data recording cccsseecceees 19 Information regarding electronic recording CEVICES ssccccreeeeees 19 At a glance coscccienscaxaonsdveincsenisvaarsannerors 21 GOED aE 22 Instrument ClUStEr cccssesceneseeees 24 Multifunction steering wheel 28 Genter console cccccssssesccecesssereees 29 Upper part ccccsssseeccessescneeees 29 Lower part ccccessccccesesccreeseceeees 30 Overhead control panel cceeee 31 Door control panel cccsesseceseeeeees 32 Getting started ec ceeeeees 33 Unlocking ccsaicacuastatencaiantneisasenesamonretente 34 Unlocking with the SmartKey 34 Unlocking with KEYLESS GO 35 Starter switch positions
251. icle s on board electronics have status 0 before replacing a wiper blade Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury gt Turn SmartKey in starter switch to position 1 gt Turn combination switch to wiper setting Il gt page 54 gt With wiper arms in the vertical position turn SmartKey in starter switch to position O gt D Practical hints Replacing wiper blades gt gt Fold the wiper arm forward until it Snaps into place gt Turn wiper blade at a right angle to the wiper arm gt Slide the wiper blade sideways out of the retainer P82 30 2152 31 Installing wiper blades gt Slide the wiper blade onto the wiper arm in opposite direction of arrow gt Rotate the wiper blade into a position parallel to the wiper arm gt Fold the wiper arm backward to rest on the windshield Make sure you hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back V Flat tire Your SL 55 AMG with Performance Package and SL 65 AMG are equipped with a TIREFIT kit Preparing the vehicle gt gt gt Park the vehicle in a safe distance from moving traffic on a hard flat surface when possible Turn on the hazard warning flashers Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in a straight ahead po sition Set the parking brake Move the gear selector lever to P Vehicles with SmartKey gt gt Turn off the engine gt page 60 Remove
252. ient time to avoid an acci dent To help prevent brake disk corrosion after driving on wet road surfaces particularly salted roads it is advisable to brake the vehicle with considerable force prior to parking The heat generated serves to dry the brakes If your brake system is normally only sub jected to moderate loads you should occa sionally test the effectiveness of the brakes by applying above normal braking pressure at higher speeds This will also enhance the grip of the brake pads A Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking maneuvers Warning Refer to the description of the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 84 If the parking brake is released and the brake warning lamp in the instrument clus ter stays on there is a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system gt page 88 or the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the res ervolr Have the brake system inspected immedi ately All checks and service work on the brake system should be carried out by qualified technicians only Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Only install brake pads and brake fluid rec ommended by Mercedes Benz Operation Driving instructions A If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties
253. ification number and color are generated A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon af ter the emergency call has been initiated The Response Center will attempt to deter mine more precisely the nature of the emergency provided they can speak to an occupant of the vehicle The Tele Aid system is available if e it has been activated and is operational Activation requires a subscription for monitoring services connection and cellular air time e the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the information on to the Response Center Location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if the vehicle is able to receive signals from the GPS satellite network and pass the information on to the Response Center A If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an emergency call e g the rele vant cellular phone network is not available The message Call failed appears in the multifunction display for approximately 10 seconds Warning Should this occur assistance must be sum moned by other means Initiating an emergency call manually P82 95 2587 31 1 Cover 2 SOS button gt Briefly press on cover Q The cover opens gt Press SOS button 2 briefly The i
254. ign and coolant used stipulate the replacement interval The re placement interval published in the Maintenance Booklet is only applicable if MB 325 0 anticorrosion antifreeze solu tion or other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification see Factory Approved Service Products pam phlet are used to renew the coolant con centration or bring it back up to the proper level To provide important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 45 anticor rosion antifreeze equivalent to freeze protection to approx 22 F 30 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protec tion to approx 49 F 45 C the engine temperature will increase due to the lower heat transfer capability of the solution Therefore do not use more than this amount of anticorrosion antifreeze If the coolant level is low water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have cooling system checked for signs of leakage Please make sure the mixture is in accordance with label instruc tions The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements which are usually satisfied by normal drinking water If you are not sure about the water quality con sult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Anticorrosion antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of alumi num parts The use of aluminum compo nents in motor vehicle engines necessita
255. ile braking e you notice tears on the tire sidewalls e while accelerating rapidly After driving in emergency mode you must Therefore your driving style must be adapt have the rims inspected by an authorized ed accordingly Avoid abrupt steering and Mercedes Benz Center to check if they are driving maneuvers as well as driving over suitable for further use The failed tire must obstacles road curbs potholes or off road be replaced in any case areas This is especially important if the ve hicle is heavily loaded The emergency driving distance that can be When replacing individual or all tires on achieved greatly depends on the demands l the vehicle make sure only matching placed on the vehicle Depending on speed tires marked with MOExtended are oac driving maneuvers road conotions mounted in the size specified for your outside temperature etc the distance can vehicle gt page 440 be significantly shorter or if the vehicle is driven cautiously somewhat longer Vv Batteries For more information on batteries see Battery gt page 279 Your vehicle is equipped with two batteries e The starter battery e The battery for electrical consumers consumer battery located in the trunk Practical hints Batteries The starter battery is located on the The consumer battery is located on the right hand side of the engine compart right hand side of the trunk ment a 3 Positive
256. im Placing hands and arms in side the rim can increase the risk and potential severity of hand arm injury when driver front airbag inflates Adjust the passenger seat as far as pos sible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied Occupants especially children should never lean their heads in the area of the door where the head thorax airbag in flates This could result in serious inju ries or death should the airbag be triggered Always sit nearly upright properly use the seat belts and appropri ate size infant or child restraint system Children 12 years old and under must never ride in this vehicle except in a Mercedes Benz authorized BabySmart compatible child seat which operates with the BabySmart system installed in the vehicle to deacti vate the passenger front airbag when it is properly installed Otherwise they will be struck by the airbag when it inflates in a crash If this happens serious or fa tal injury will result Failure to follow these instructions can re sult in severe injuries to you or other occu pants If you sell your vehicle it is important that you make the buyer aware of this safety in formation Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manual Warning A N Should you choose to place a child 12 years old or under in the passenger seat of your vehicle you must properly use a BabySmart child restraint which will turn off the passenger front airbag gt p
257. in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly re strained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Getting started Driving Warning A N Read and observe the additional warning no tices in the Safety and Security section gt page 71 1 Seat belt housing 2 Latch plate 3 Buckle 4 Release button Getting started Driving gt With a smooth motion pull the belt from seat belt housing gt Place the shoulder portion of the belt across the top of your shoulder and the lap portion across your hips gt Push latch plate 2 into buckle until it clicks gt If necessary tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Proper use of seat belts e Do not twist the belt when fastening e Adjust seat belt so that the shoulder portion is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder it should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the belt under your arm e Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips over hip joint and not across the abdomen Place the seat backrest in a nearly up right position Never use a Seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a per son and another object at the same time Check your seat belt during travel to ensure that it is properly pos
258. indicated for certain systems and are inten tionally not very detailed The malfunction and warning messages are simply a remind er with respect to the operation of certain systems and do not replace the owner s and or drivers responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety by having all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle and by bringing the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages gt page 345 gt Press button or repeatedly until the vehicle status message mem ory menu appears in the multifunction display If the vehicle status message memory menu does not appear no messages have been stored Vehicle status messages have been recorded If conditions have occurred causing status messages to be recorded the number of messages appears in the right multifunc tion display Malfunction memory 7 hessages o P54 32 3594 31 C Number of recorded status messages gt Press button B or a The stored messages will now be dis played in the order in which they have occurred For malfunction and warning messages see Vehicle status messag es in the multifunction display gt page 345 72 F 26 fJomiles I After you have scrolled through all re corded status messages the first re corded message appears again Should the vehicle s system record any conditions while driving the number of me
259. ine may have a considerably low er octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Introduction Operator s Manual Certain Mercedes Benz models are avail able for delivery in Europe under our Euro pean Delivery Program For details consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Introduction Where to find it This Operator s Manual is designed to pro vide comprehensive support information for you the vehicle operator Each section has its own reference color G M At a glance Here you will find an overview of all the controls that can be operated from the drivers seat E Getting started Here you will find all the information you need for your first drive You should read this section first if this is your first Mercedes Benz vehicle or if you are rent ing or borrowing this vehicle C Safety and Security Here you will find descriptions of the safety and security features in your vehicle ETN Controls in detail Here you will find detailed information about the equipment installed on your ve hicle This section expands on the Getting started section and also describes techni cal innovations If you are already familiar with the basi
260. ing ion G 1 Hood release To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running Make sure the hood is properly closed before driving When closing the hood use extreme caution not to catch hands or fingers The radiator fan may continue to run for ap oe proximately 30 seconds or may even restart 22s after the engine has been turned off Stay clear of fan blades Pa8 40 2192 31 2 Lever for opening the hood Warning A N If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment or if the coolant tem perature gauge indicates that the engine is overheated do not open the hood Move away from the vehicle and do not open the hood until the engine has cooled If neces sary call the fire department Warning A N The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high voltage it is dangerous to touch any components ig nition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system e with the engine running e while starting the engine e if ignition is on and the engine is turned manually Operation Engine compartment Closing Warning Be careful that you do not close the hood on anyone gt Let the hood drop from a height of ap proximately 1 Ve ft 50 cm The hood will lock audibly gt Check to make sure the hood is fully closed If you can raise the hood at a poin
261. ing lamps e License plate lamps Controls in detail Lighting For nighttime driving you should turn the exterior lamp switch to position to permit activation of the high beam head lamps With the daytime running lamp mode activated and the exterior lamp switch in position IEI the highbeam head lamps cannot be switched on The highbeam flasher is available at all times Controls in detail Lighting Canada only The daytime running lamp mode is manda tory and therefore in a constant mode When the engine is running and you shift from a driving position to position N or P the low beam headlamps will switch off with a three minute delay When the engine is running and you e turn the exterior lamp switch to posi tion RJA the parking lamps switch on additionally e turn the exterior lamp switch to posi tion the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps switch on gt page 123 USA only By default the daytime running lamp mode is deactivated Activate the daytime run ning lamp mode using the control system see Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt page 152 When the engine is running and you turn the exterior lamp switch to position or E the manual headlamp mode has priority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps switch on gt page 123 Locator lighti
262. inhaling it can cause uncon sciousness and lead to death Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution USA only Reduced The electro hydraulic brake system gt Continue driving with added caution brake effect is in emergency operation mode Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced Canada only Visit Considerable brake pedal force is braking responsiveness O workshop required and the stopping distance is increased gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center im mediately Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness seme A tow bar must be used if circumstances do If the electro hydraulic brake system enters Warning AN i i not permit the use of the recommended its emergency operation mode the driver Driving while this message is displayed can towing methods and the vehicle requires must apply significantly greater brake pedal towing with all four wheels on the ground pressure and depress the pedal much fur result in an accident Have your brake sys tem checked immediately Towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is only permissible for distances If necessary apply full pressure to the brake up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to pedal Brakes are only applied to the front exceed 30 mph 50 km h For more infor wheels Stopping distance is increased mation see Towing the vehicle gt page 421 the
263. int system which is prop erly secured with the vehicle s seat belt fully in accordance with the child seat manufacturer s instructions Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Adjust the passenger seat as far as possible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied A Children too big for child restraint systems should use regular seat belts Position the shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be neces sary to achieve proper belt positioning for children from 41 Ibs until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits proper ly without a booster Warning When the child restraint is not in use re move it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an ac cident Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle even if the children are secured in a child restraint system Unsupervised chil dren in a child restraint system may use ve hicle equipment and cause an accident and or serious personal injury BabySmart airbag deactivation system P6a10 3183 31
264. ion in the dark courtesy lamps will illuminate the interior of your ve hicle as follows With parking lamps switched on the door handles the driver and passenger footwells With SmartKey in starter switch position 1 the door handles the center console If you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O and switch off the exterior headlamps the door handle lamps will remain lit for approximately 5 minutes Controls in detail Instrument cluster For a full view illustration of the instrument cluster see Instrument cluster gt page 24 The instrument cluster is activated when you e open a door e switch on the ignition e press the reset button gt page 24 e switch on the exterior lamps Opening a door will activate the instrument cluster only for about 30 seconds You can change the instrument cluster set tings in the Instrument cluster submenu of the control system gt page 149 Instrument cluster illumination Use the reset button to adjust the illumina tion brightness for the instrument cluster and the switches on the center console The instrument cluster illumination is dimmed or brightened to suit ambient light conditions 1 Reset button To brighten illumination gt Turn reset button in the instrument cluster clockwise The instrument cluster illumination will brighten To dim illumination gt Turn reset button in
265. ires wear unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated gt Detach the electric air pump gt Stow the electrical plug and the air hose behind the flap and place the air pump back in the trunk Gp Lowering the vehicle The flat tire may be transported in the Lower vehicle by turning crank coun trunk when the retractable hardtop is terclockwise until the full weight of the raised Use the protective sheet provid vehicle is resting on the ground ed with the spare wheel Do not acti vate the tire inflation pressure monitor until the deflated tire has been re moved from the vehicle gt Pull the jack out of the jack support tube P40 10 3418 31 1 G Wheel bolts gt Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly fol lowing the diagonal sequence illustrat ed to until all bolts are tight Observe a tightening torque of 96 lb ft 130 Nm Warning A N Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened to a torque of 96 Ib ft 130 Nm Warning A N When turning the wheel wrench to tighten the wheel bolts make sure you position hands on the wrench in such a way that you avoid injury to yourself such as scraping your hands against the wheel Make sure turning the wheel wrench will not scratch or damage the wheel rim gt Before storing the jack in the trunk crank back to
266. is heavily loaded check tire inflation pressure and correct as required Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths under ve in 3 mm When replacing individual tires you should mount new tires on the front wheels first on vehicles with same sized wheels all around Operation Tires and wheels Tire care and maintenance Warning J Regularly check the tires for damage Dam aged tires can cause tire inflation pressure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is badly worn or if the tires have sustained damage replace them Regularly check your tire inflation pressure at least once a month For more informa tion on checking tire inflation pressure see Recommended tire inflation pres sure gt page 291 Tire inspection Every time you check your tire inflation pressure you should also inspect your tires for the following e excessive treadwear gt page 283 e cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e bumps bulges cuts cracks or splits in the tread or side of the tire Replace the tire if you find any of the above conditions Make sure you also inspect the spare tire periodically for condition and inflation Spare tires will age and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced whe
267. is limited e g in darkness the upper part of the wind screen should be folded back Warning The wind screen deflects drafts away from the driver and passenger when the hardtop is lowered It is stored in a separate stor age bag Installing gt Leave the wind screen folded and place it on the roll bar Controls in detail Retractable hardtop Removing gt Fold the upper section of the wind screen back down D gt Raise the roll bar slightly gt page 75 A n a g P00 00 3179 31 Pa gt 2 Guide tabs Buckle NY gt Slide the wind screen into the rollbar Guide the fastening straps around the until the guide taps on each side latch top of the roll bar and close buckles 2 pares comp im oma Tighten the fastening straps if neces i PO0 00 3180 31 sary 1 Release button Pe eaten le PRA le my pose ao gt Lower the roll bar gt Undo the buckles on the upper section Fold the upper section of the wind of the roll bar by pressing release screen up towards the head restraints button until it stops Controls in detail Retractable hardtop gt Lower the roll bar Make sure the fas Sunshade for panorama roof Opening POM S Maps AO NOE en Caves The sunshade protects you from excessive Squeeze stop buttons 1 and guide the gt Pull the wind screen out towards the sunlight coming in through the panorama sunshade towards the rear front of the vehicle Be careful not
268. itch e the central locking switch is not acti vated Global locking gt Press button eg With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signals flash three times The lock ing knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogram the SmartKey so that pressing only unlocks the driver s door interior lockable storage compart ments and the fuel filler flap gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about 6 seconds until battery check lamp flashes twice The SmartKey will then function as fol lows Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap gt Press button once All turn signals flash once The locking knob in the driver s door moves up The anti theft alarm system is disarmed Global unlocking gt Press button twice All turn signals flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is disarmed Global locking gt Press button eg All turn signals flash three times The lock ing knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed Restoring to factory setting gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about 6 seconds until battery check lamp G gt page 96 flashes twice If you can no longer lock or unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey then the batteries in the SmartKey are dis charged the SmartKey is malfunction ing or th
269. itioned Make sure the seat belt is always fitted snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing Warning A N Do not pass belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not allow the belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mechanism This could damage the belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effective ness of the belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Starting the engine Warning A N Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and inhaling it can cause uncon sciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving have the cause determined and corrected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive with at least one window fully open Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission P Park position with gear selector lever lock R Reverse gear N Neutral D Drive position For more information see Automatic transmission gt page 162 Getting started Starting with the SmartKey
270. ive with the trunk closed Among oth er dangers such as blocked visibility ex haust fumes may enter the vehicle interior If the vehicle was previously centrally To prevent an inadvertent lockout do not place the SmartKey in the trunk Vehicles with KEYLESS GO To pre vent a possible inadvertent lockout the trunk lid will open automatically if a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is recog nized inside the trunk When the hardtop is retracted it must be completely lowered in the trunk be fore the trunk lid can be closed To deny any unauthorized person ac cess to the trunk e g when you valet park the vehicle lock it separately with the mechanical key Leave only the SmartKey or SmartKey with KEYLESS GO less its mechanical key with the vehicle The lock is located next to the handle locked the trunk lid will lock automati above the rear license plate recess cally when closed gt page 109 The gt page 236 turn signals will flash three times to confirm locking P80 20 2371 31 C Neutral position 2 Locked gt Close the trunk gt page 109 gt Pull the mechanical key out of the SmartKey gt page 385 gt Insert the mechanical key in the trunk lid lock gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise to position 2 and remove the mechani cal key in that position to lock the trunk The trunk remains locked even when the vehicle is centrally unlocked gt
271. ized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information Booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Car Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont Emission Control System Warranty California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont only e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if Mercedes Benz USA LLC and or its au thorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or mal functions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty after a reasonable number of repair attempts During the pe riod of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18000 miles approx 29000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair at tempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following oc curs 1 the same substantial defe
272. jured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel adjustment do one of the following e Move steering column stalk gt page 42 e Press the memory button gt page 121 Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Conve nience submenu gt Press button JM or Keg repeatedly until you see Activate Easy entry feature in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Activate Fasy entry feature T P54 30 8381 31 gt Press or E to switch the easy entry exit feature On or Off Trip computer menu Use the trip computer menu to call up sta tistical data on your vehicle The following information is available Function Page Fuel consumption statistics after 157 start Fuel consumption statistics 158 since last reset Calling up range 158 distance to empty 5 The last function called up will reap pear the next time you enter the trip computer menu Fuel consumption statistics after start gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the trip computer menu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until
273. l effects such as e poor handling characteristics e increased noise e increased fuel consumption Moreover tires and rims not approved by Mercedes Benz may under load exhibit dimensional variations and dif ferent tire deformation characteristics that could cause them to come into contact with the vehicle body or axle parts Damage to the tires or the vehi cle may be the result Further information on tires and rims is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center A placard with the recommended tire inflation pres sures is located on the driver s door B pillar Some vehicles may have sup plemental tire inflation pressure infor mation for driving at high speeds gt page 292 or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle con dition gt page 292 If such information is provided it can be found on the plac ard located on the inside of the fuel fill er flap The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tires Follow tire manufacturer s mainte nance recommendation included with vehicle The following pages also list the ap proved wheel rim and tire sizes for equipping your vehicles with winter tires Winter tires are not available as standard or optional factory equip ment but can be purchased from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Depending on vehicle model and the standard or optional factory equipped wheel rim tire configuration
274. l rim cleaners can lead to increased corro sion of the brake disks and brake pads Therefore the vehicle s brake system should always be warmed up before it is parked after cleaning When applying Mercedes Benz ap proved Tire Care and Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care products take care not to spray them on the brake disks Operation Vehicle care Instrument cluster and cup holders gt Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution Wipe with a cloth moistened in a luke warm solution To prevent scratches do not use scour ing agents Hard plastic trim items gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care a soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure To prevent scratches do not use scour ing agents Operation Vehicle care Steering wheel and gear selector lever gt Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thor oughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Carpets gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Carpet and Fabric Care for cleaning the car pets Headliner gt Use a soft bristle brush or a dry sham poo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Seat belts gt Only use clear lukewarm water and soap The webbing must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the webbing at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight A Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken t
275. lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is conclud ed Calls can only be terminated by a Response Center or Customer Assis tance Center representative except Roadside Assistance and Information calls which can also be terminated by pressing button on the multifunc tion steering wheel or the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND headunit If the indicator lamp continues to flash or the system does not reset contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada or Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 in the USA or Customer Service at 1 800 387 0100 in Canada I O When a Tele Aid call has been initiated the COMAND system audio is muted and the selected mode radio or CD pauses The optional cellular phone if installed switches off If you must use this phone the vehicle must be parked Disconnect the coiled cord and place the call The COMAND navigation sys tem if engaged will continue to run The display in the instrument cluster is available for use and spoken com mands are only available by pressing the RPT button on the COMAND unit A pop up window will appear in the COMAND display to indicate that a Tele Aid call is in progress Controls in detail Useful features Remote door unlock In case you have locked your vehicle unin tentionally e g SmartKey inside vehicle and the reserve SmartKey is n
276. ld wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents includ ing rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver airbag driv er side knee bag passenger airbag head thorax airbags and ETD seat belt emergency tensioning device The sys tem is designed to enhance the protec tion offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal front air bags driver side knee bag and ETD and side head thorax airbags and ETD im pacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds b gt b gt Safety and Security Occupant safety Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoul der In a crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries The belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could se verely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Never wear belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdo men If the belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another per son or other objects e B
277. lder region support Backup lamp Messages in the multifunction display 377 Replacing bulb 392 396 Bar 310 BAS 84 453 Batteries SmartKey Checking battery condition 99 Replacing 389 Batteries SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Checking battery condition 106 Replacing 390 Batteries Vehicle Charging 417 Consumer battery 279 384 413 Jump starting 419 Messages in the multifunction 116 116 116 279 display 359 Starter battery 279 413 Bead 310 Bi Xenon headlamps 392 453 Block heater Canada only 316 Brake Assist System see BAS Brake lamps 392 High mounted 392 Messages in the multifunction display 374 375 Brake pads Messages in the multifunction display 360 Brake system Messages in the multifunction display 364 Brakes 258 BAS 84 Brake fluid 271 445 447 Electro hydraulic brake system 88 High performance brake system SL 65 AMG only 260 Warning lamp 334 Break in period 256 Bulbs Messages in the multifunction display 374 Replacing 391 C CAC 453 California retail buyers and lessees impor tant notice for 11 Call priority Tele Aid 244 CAN System 454 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 445 Cargo area see Trunk Carpets cleaning 330 Catalytic converter 267 CD changer 142 CD player 142 Operating Center console Lower part 30 Upper part 29 Central locking Automatic 112 155 Centrallocking unlocking switch 29 113 Locking unlocking from inside Certification label 430 Check engine
278. le The Certification label also found on the driver s door B pillar tells you about the gross weight capacity of your vehi cle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo The Certification label also tells you about the front and rear axle weight capacity called the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The GAWR is the total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear Never exceed the GVWR or GAWR for either the front axle or rear axle POO 10 3621 31 1 Driver s door B pillar Following is a discussion on how to work with the information contained on the two placards with regards to loading your vehi cle Tire and Loading Information Warning A N Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Operation Tires and wheels Your vehicle is equipped with either the Tire and Loading Information placard Example A or the Vehicle Tire Information placard Example B Data shown on placard examples are for illustration purposes only Load lim it data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illus trations below Ref
279. le Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Starter switch 0 For removing SmartKey 1 Power supply for some electrical con sumers such as seat adjustment 2 Ignition power supply for all electrical consumers and driving position All lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instru ment cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary mains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in the instrument cluster gt page 332 3 Starting position When you switch on the ignition the in dicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless acti vated in the instrument cluster come on The indicator and warning lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps if activated should go out when the en gine is running This indicates that the respective systems are operational The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in position P If the SmartKey cannot be turned in the starter switch the starter battery may not be sufficiently charged
280. le from a short cir cuit If a fuse is blown the components and systems secured by that fuse will stop operating The following aids are available to help you replace fuses They are located in the trunk with the vehicle tool kit gt page 383 e Fuse chart The fuse chart explains the fuse alloca tion and fuse amperages e Spare fuses e Fuse extractor A Only use fuses approved by Mercedes Benz with the specified amperage for the system in question Using other fuses may cause an overload leading to a fire and or cause damage to electrical components and or systems Warning Never attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Fuses Main fuse box The main fuse box is located in the engine compartment on the drivers side in front of the bulkhead wall separating the engine and passenger compartment 1 Main fuse box cover 2 Locking 3 Unlocking Practical hints Fuses Opening Emergency engine shut down gt Open the hood gt page 272 If the engine cannot be turned off as de gt Move slide to position and lift scribed you may use the following backup cover 1 procedure Closing gt Open the main fuse box gt page 425 gt Pull out the two fuses labeled ENGINE gt Hook cover Q onto tabs and close it EMERGENCY STOP gt Move slide to position 2 Ha
281. letely to the left and then to the right still functioning normally but without If the ESP message does not go out ea the ESP available Continue driving with added caution Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Left display P SRS Right display Gear selector lever to P Restraint system malfunction Visit workshop Practical hints What to do if Possible cause consequence Possible solution You have tried to start the engine with gt Place the gear selector lever in position P the KEYLESS GO start stop button with the gear selector lever not in P You have tried to turn off the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton with the gear selector lever not in P You have opened the drivers door while engine is running with the gear selector lever not in P The SRS system gt page 64 is mal gt Drive with added caution and have the functioning system checked at an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center immediately Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution RUM Plat The Run Flat Indicator is gt Have the Run Flat Indicator checked by an Indicator malfunctioning authorized Mercedes Benz Center inactive Check tires There was a warning message gt Make sure that the correct tire inflation Then reac
282. losed while vehicle is in motion Reflected glare can endanger you and others gt Swing sun visors down when you expe rience glare P68 60 2035 31 1 Mounting 2 Mirror cover 3 Mirror lamp 4 Holder for gas cards gt To use mirror lift up cover 2 If sunlight enters through a side win dow close mirror cover 2 if open and disengage sun visor from mounting Q and pivot sun visor to the side If the sun visor is disengaged from mounting Q mirror lamp 3 will switch off Rear window defroster The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep the battery drain to a minimum switch off the defrost er as soon as the rear window Is clear The defroster is automatically deactivated af ter approximately 6 to 17 minutes of oper ation depending on the outside temperature Activating gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 gt Press button aj on the automatic cli mate control panel gt page 181 The indicator lamp on the button comes on Deactivating gt Press button Ral gt page 181 once more The indicator lamp on the button goes out Warning A N Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the rear window before driv ing Visibility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others Controls in detail Good visibility The rear window defroster cannot be switched on when the retractable hard top is open The indi
283. m using a cellular telephone while driving a ve hicle Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Man agement and Data System if road weath er and traffic conditions permit gt gt Observe all legal requirements Controls in detail Useful features aa Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph 12E Aig The Tele Aid system approximately 50 km h your vehicle is Telematic Alarm Identification on De covering a distance of 44 feet H mand approximately 14 m every second The initial activation of the Tele Aid The Tele Aid system consists of three system may only be performed by l types of response You can take and place telephone calls us completing the subscriber agreement l ing the and buttons on the and placing an acquaintance call using Automatic and manual emergency steering wheel To carry out other tele the button Failure to complete e Roadside Assistance gt page 159 tem that is not activated e Information See separate instruction manual for in If you have any questions regarding ac The Tele Aid system is operational provid structions on how to operate the tele tivation please call the Response ing that the vehicle s battery is charged phone Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA properly connected not damaged and cel or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada lular and GPS coverage is available The speaker volume of a Tele Aid call can be adjusted when using the volume control on the multifunction ste
284. messages Available languages German Deutsch English English French francais Italian italiano Spanish Espa ol Dutch Neder ands Swedish Svenska Danish Dansk Turkish Turkce Portuguese Portugu s Time submenu Access the Time submenu via the Settings menu Use the Time submenu to change the time and date settings The following functions are available Function Page Synchronizing time with head 150 unit Setting the time hours 151 Setting the time minutes 151 Synchronizing time with head unit gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Time submenu gt Press button EAN or Keg repeatedly until the message Time sync with head unit appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current setting Time sync With head unit PS4 d2 27 77 31 gt Press or E enable or disable this feature When you set this feature to On the time displayed in the multifunction display is automatically synchronized with the time of the COMAND system For information on setting the time re fer to the separate COMAND operating instructions Setting the time hours This function is only available if the func tion Time sync with head unit gt page 150 has been set to Off The time is then not set automatically by the COMAND and must be set manually if re quired gt Move the selection marker with the or SH button
285. meter can briefly vary from the speed setting on the Distronic system Setting the current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift or depress the cruise control lever The current speed is set Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal If you do not take your foot off of the accelerator completely the following message will appear in the speedome ter display field DTR override The distance to slower moving vehicles in front of you will not be set Your ve hicle speed will then be determined only by the accelerator pedal position Setting a higher speed gt Briefly tip the cruise control in direction of arrow Q gt page 212 to increase the vehicle speed in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h The new speed is set Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate Distronic After brief ac celeration e g for passing the cruise control will resume the last speed set Controls in detail Driving systems Setting a lower speed gt Briefly tip the cruise control in direction of arrow 2 gt page 212 to decrease the vehicle speed in increments of 5 mph Canada 10 km h The new speed is set When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brakes will be ap plied to support deceleration In addition the transmission will auto matically downshift on long downhill grades Fine adjustment in 1 mp
286. mpartment 0ccceeees 272 POO Cis enectiaistodua sensacansuaaesoabeancnarans 272 Engine oil ccsecccssssecceesesceeaees 274 Transmission fluid level 277 Oil level in the ABC system 277 COON r 278 Battery eeseessseesssenssseeessserssrersssee 279 Windshield washer system and headlamp cleaning system 280 Tires and Wheels cccccsseseeeeeeeeees 281 Important guidelines 066 281 Tire care and maintenance 282 Direction of rotation 00 284 Loading the vehicle 0066 284 Recommended tire inflation PreSSUTe onsssssenseessessessessessecseceseesee 291 Checking tire inflation pressure 293 MOExtended system 0665 300 Tire labeling ccccssecccsssecceeeees 300 Load identification cccceeeeee 304 Maximum tire l0ad ceeeeceeeee 306 Maximum tire inflation pressure 307 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards U S vehicles 308 Tire ply material cceecceeeeeeees 310 Tire and loading terminology 310 Rotating tires ccceeeeeceeeeeeeeees 313 Winter driving csccccesseeccresseeeeees 315 Winter tires ccccccssseceeeeseeees 315 Block heater Canada only 316 SNOW CHAINS ccccseesccceeeeeeceeeees 317 Maintenance cccsesecccsesseecneeees 318 Maintenance service indicator MESSAge esccesssecc
287. mps The high beam indicator lamp Ey in the instrument cluster comes on Pull the combination switch in direction of arrow 2 to its original position to switch off the high beam headlamps The high beam indicator lamp Epy in the instrument cluster goes out High beam flasher gt Pull the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow 2 Controls in detail Lighting Hazard warning flasher The hazard warning flasher can be switched on at all times even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle The hazard warning flasher switches on au tomatically when an airbag deploys The switch is located on the dashboard be tween the center air vents P54 35 2068 31 1 Hazard warning flasher switch Controls in detail Lighting Switching on the hazard warning flasher gt Press hazard warning flasher switch Q All turn signals are flashing With the hazard warning flasher acti vated and the combination switch set for either left or right turn only the re spective turn signals will operate when the ignition is switched on Switching off the hazard warning flasher gt Press hazard warning flasher switch 1 again If the hazard warning flasher was switched on automatically because of an airbag that has deployed press haz ard warning flasher switch Q once to switch it off Inte
288. n You have ended the call In the right multifunction display you will again see the standby message Dialing a number from the phone book If your telephone is ready to receive calls you may select and dial a number from the phone book at any time gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the TEL menu in the left multifunction display In the right multifunction display you will see the standby message Press button eN or Reg The control system reads the phone book which is stored in the telephone This may take up to 30 seconds In the right multifunction display you will see the message Please wait When the message Please wait dis appears the phone book has been loaded Press button A or Ref repeatedly until the desired name appears in the right multifunction display The stored names are displayed in ascending or descending alphabetical order If you press and hold EN or Re for longer than one second the system scrolls rapidly through the list of names until you release the button again Cancel the quick search mode by pressing fam Controls in detail Control system gt Press button K The system dials the selected phone number Redialing The control system stores the most recent ly dialed phone numbers This eliminates the need to search through your entire e fthe connection is successful the name of the party you called and the phone bo
289. n e the ignition is switched off gt page 36 e the position is stored in memory gt page 121 With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel tilts upwards when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or open the driver s door with the SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button in position 1 gt page 37 Getting started Adjusting Mirrors Interior rear view mirror If the current position for the steering gt Manually adjust the interior rear view Adjust the interior and exterior rear view wheel is in the uppermost tilt position i i mirror l mirrors before driving so that you have a the steering wheel will no longer be i i l l good view of the road and traffic condi For more information see Rear view mir able to move upward when the 5 tions rors gt page 177 easy entry exit feature is activated The adjustment procedure is briefly in Exterior rear view mirrors aT Warning A N terrupted when the engine is started In case of an accident liquid electrolyte may Warning A N escape the mirror housing if the mirror glass Warning breaks Exercise care when using the passenger Let the system complete the adjustment Electrolyte has an irritating effect Do not al Sige exten el e Tins a i ee eae surface is convex outwardly curved surface procedure before setting the vehicle in mo low the liquid to come into con
290. n 35 mm 1 38 in 35 mm 1 38 in 35 mm Summer tires 255 40 R18 95W 255 40 R18 95Y 255 40 ZR18 95Y Rear axle Rims light alloy 9 5 Jx 18 H2 9 5 Jx 18 H2 9 5 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 57 in 40 mm 1 57 in 40 mm 1 57 in 40 mm Summer tires 7 285 35 R18 97W 285 35 R18 97Y 285 35 ZR18 97Y Radial ply tires 2 Must not be used with snow chains Front axle Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires Rear axle Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires l Radial ply tires SL 55 AMG 8 5Jx 18 1 18 in 30 mm 255 40 ZR18 95Y 9 5Jx 18 1 30 in 33 mm 285 35 ZR18 97Y 2 Must not be used with snow chains Technical data Rims and tires SL 55 AMG Performance Package SL 65 AMG 8 5 J x 19 EH2 1 18 in 30 mm 295 35 ZR19 96Y XL Extra Load 9 5Jx 19 EHZ 1 22 in 31 mm 285 30 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load Technical data Rims and tires MOExtended tires Front axle Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires 1 2 4 2 Winter tires Rear axle Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires 1 2 3 4 R253 Winter tires Radial ply tires SL 500 SL 500 Sport Package SL 600 SL 600 Sport Package 8 5 J x 18 H2 1 18 in 30 mm 255 40 R18 95Y MOExtended 255 40 R18 95V M S MOExtended 9 5 Jx 18 H2 1 22 in 31 mm 285 35 R18 97Y MOExtended 285 35 R18 97V M S MOExtended 2 Must be used in conjunction with Tire Pressure Monitoring System U S vehicles
291. n An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident instead of protecting the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of special child seats Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N When using a BabySmart compatible child seat on the front passenger seat the pas senger front airbag will not deploy only if the indicator lamp remains illuminated Please be sure to check the indicator every time you use the special system child seat Should the light go out while the restraint is installed please check installation If the light remains out do not use the BabySmart restraint to transport children on the passenger seat until the system has been repaired Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning A N Do not place powered on laptops cell phones electronic tags such as those used on ski passes and like electronic devices on the passenger seat Signals from such de vices may interfere with the BabySmart system Such signal interference may cause the indicator lamp not to come on dur ing self test or be continuously lit indicating that the system is not functioning Vv Panic alarm An audible alarm and flashing exterior lamps will operate for approximately 2 ve minutes P80 35 2088 31 button o USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two co
292. n booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will ex change or repair any defective parts origi nally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties e New Vehicle Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Maine Massachusetts and Vermont Emission Control Systems Warranty Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Accessories warranties copies of which are available at any Mercedes Benz Cen ter Technical data Warranty coverage Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center arrange for a re placement It will be mailed to you Technical data Identification labels 1 Certification label 2 Storage compartment lid Engine number engraved on engine includes Paintwork code 3 Trim 6 VIN visible lower edge of windshield 4 Vehicle Identification Number VIN 7 Emission control information label below right rear storage compart includes both federal and California ment certification exhaust emission stan dards Vacuum line routing diagram label When ordering parts please specify ve hicle identification and engine num bers Open storage compartment lid gt Remove storage compartment trim The VIN is located on the metal stra
293. n display in 135 Menu systems the speedometer Press button Right multifunction display 135 for previous menu in the tachometer E E Operating the control sys 136 Moving within a menu Lam Press button 3 Selecting the submenu or Way for next display setting the volume Press DURON B for previous display E down to decrease up to increase 4 Telephone Press button to take a call to end a call Y Center console Upper part Ai 2 P Be20 3127 3 OSG O Ooo CE Item Central locking switch Hazard warning flasher on off switch Central unlocking switch Center and side air vent ad jJustment COMAND system see sepa rate operating instructions Automatic climate control panel Right cup holder KEYLESS GO start stop button Ashtray Cigarette lighter Left cup holder Page 113 129 113 185 138 180 ZS2 37 233 234 232 At a glance Center console At a glance Center console Lower part Item Page Parking assist Parktronic 223 system deactivation switch Active Body Control ABC 219 button Tow away alarm switch 93 Retractable hardtop 195 open close control with 75 buttons for roll bar Exterior rear view mirror ad 44 jJustment o CoC Item Vehicle level control switch ESP switch Thumbwheel for setting dis tance for Distronic Distance warning function on off switch Program mode sel
294. n necessary Life of tire The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire inflation pressure e Distance driven Warning A N Tires and spare tire should be replaced after 6 years regardless of the remaining tread Tread depth Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths under 7 in 3 mm Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and become visible at a tread depth of approx imately 1 46 in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be replaced Recommended minimum tire tread depth e Summer tires g in 3 mm e Winter tires a in 4 mm Warning A N Although the applicable federal motor safety laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI become visible at approximately Wine in 1 6 mm we recom mend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches Ue in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply re duced Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely 1 TWI Tread Wear Indicator The treadwear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread Operation Tires and wheels Storing tires Keep unmounted tires in a cool dry place
295. n the front airbags inflate it is very important for the driver and passenger to always be in a prop erly seated position and to wear your seat belts For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the backrest Fasten your seat belt and ensure that it is properly positioned on your body gt page 46 Since the airbag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating and hands on steering wheel position will help to keep you at a safe distance from the airbag Occupants who are unbelted out of position or too close to the airbag can be seriously injured or killed by an airbag as it inflates with great force in the blink of an eye e Sit properly belted in a nearly upright position with your back against the seat backrest b gt b gt Safety and Security Occupant safety Adjust the driver seat as far as possible rearward still permitting proper opera tion of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s breast bone to the center of the airbag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 inches 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by a combina tion of adjustments to the seat and steering wheel If you have any prob lems please see an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not lean with your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dash board Keep hands on the outside of steering wheel r
296. n the tachometer de notes excessive engine speed Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds as it may result in serious en gine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the red marking Controls in detail Instrument cluster Outside temperature indicator Warning The outside temperature indicator is not de signed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges The outside temperature is displayed in the left or right multifunction display gt page 24 depending on the setting gt page 149 The temperature sensor is located in the front bumper area Due to its location the sensor can be affected by road or engine heat during idling or slow driving There fore the accuracy of the displayed temper ature can only be verified by comparison to a thermometer placed next the sensor not by comparison to external displays e g bank signs etc When moving the vehicle into colder ambi ent temperatures e g when leaving your garage you will notice a delay before the lower temperature is displayed A delay also occurs when ambient temper atures rise This
297. ncel the alarm do P80 20 2390 31 one of the following 1 Mechanical key locking tab e Press button or Baon the Mechanical key SAE gt Move locking tab Q direction of arrow e Insert the SmartKey in the starter and slide the mechanical key 2 out of switch the housing e Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 37 e Grasp the outside door handle ve hicles with KEYLESS GO only Unlocking the driver s door 1 Unlocking gt Unlock the door with the mechanical key To do so push the mechanical key in the lock until it stops and turn it counterclockwise Practical hints Locking unlocking in an emergency Unlocking the trunk A minimum height clearance of 6 2 ft 1 89 m is required to open the trunk lid If you are unable to unlock the trunk with the SmartKey open the trunk with the me chanical key The handle is located above the rear li cense plate recess Trunk lid lock 1 Unlocking 2 Handle PB0 20 2557 31 gt Insert the mechanical key into the trunk lid lock Turn the mechanical key counterclock wise to position and hold it in this position Pull the trunk lid handle 2 and lift lid Unlocking your vehicle with the me chanical key will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm do one of the following Press button or on the SmartKey Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch Press the KEYLESS GO
298. nd inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significant ly underinflated tire causes the tire to over heat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehi cle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driv er s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is com bined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately One minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the mal function indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of in compatible replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing One or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate
299. ndicator lamp in SOS button 2 will flash until the emergency call is concluded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Re sponse Center gt Close cover Q after the emergency call is concluded Warning A N If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g smoke or fire in the vehicle ve hicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe loca tion The Response Center will automatically contact local emergency officials with the vehicle s approximate location if they re ceive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occu pants Controls in detail Useful features Roadside Assistance button The Roadside Assistance button S located below the center armrest cover gt Press and hold the button for longer than 2 seconds A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dispatcher will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting call will appear in the multifunction display and the audio system is muted When the connection is established the message Call connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and lo cation subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals b gt Controls in detail
300. nding page numbers are giv en at the beginning of each segment For more information on locking and un locking see the Getting started section gt page 34 SmartKey Your vehicle comes supplied with two SmartKeys each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The locking tabs for the mechanical key portion of the two SmartKeys are a differ ent color to help distinguish each SmartKey unit The SmartKey provides an extended oper ating range To prevent theft however it is advisable to only unlock the vehicle when you are in close proximity to it The SmartKey centrally locks and unlocks e the doors e the trunk lid e the glove box e the storage compartment under the armrest e the storage compartment in the rear e the fuel filler flap P80 35 2087 31 SmartKey with remote control Lock button Unlock button for the trunk lid 3 Mechanical key locking tab 4 Unlock button Battery check lamp 6 Panic button gt page 81 Warning J When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle It is possible for children to open a locked door from the inside which could result in an accident and or serious injury To prevent possible malfunction avoid exposing the SmartKey to high levels of electromagnetic radiation
301. nditioning The air conditioning cooling function is operational when the engine is running and cools the vehicle interior down to the se lected temperature In addition the cool ing function dehumidifies the air in the vehicle interior thus preventing the win dows from fogging up I 0 Condensation may drip out from under neath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction A If you turn off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and others Warning Controls in detail Automatic climate control Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the cooling function of the automatic climate control system The air in the vehicle will then no longer be cooled or dehumidified gt Press button gt page 181 The indicator lamp on the button goes out The cooling function switches off after a short delay Controls in detail Automatic climate control Activating Activating With the SmartKey Residual heat and ventilation Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the air with the air condition ing gt Press button once more gt page 181 With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior gt for up to 30 minutes This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by t
302. nditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Safety and Security Panic alarm Activating gt Press and hold button for at least 1 second Deactivating gt Press button Q again or gt Insert SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in starter switch or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be in the vehicle Safety and Security Driving safety systems In this section you will find information on i the following driving safety systems In winter operation the maximum ef Warning A e ABS Antilock Brake System fectiveness of the ABS the BAS the l The following factors increase the risk of ac ESP and the electro hydraulic brake 2 e BAS Brake Assist Sy
303. ne gt Do not start the engine under any cir cumstances gt Notify local fire and or police authori ties If the extent of the damage cannot be de termined gt Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If no damage can be determined on the e major assemblies e fuel system e engine mount gt Start the engine in the usual manner Getting started Parking and locking You have now completed your first drive You have properly stopped and parked your vehicle End your drive as follows Warning A N With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the ve hicle Warning Do not park this vehicle in areas where com bustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire To reduce the risk of personal injury as a re sult of vehicle movement before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always e Keep right foot on brake pedal e Firmly depress parking brake pedal e Move the gear selector lever to position P e Slowly release brake pedal When parked on an incline turn front wheels towards the road curb Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and remove the SmartKey from the starter
304. necessary change the wheel Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution Em Close This message will appear whenever gt Close the trunk lid Eek Ea the trunk lid is open O Close You are trying to open or close the gt Pull out the luggage cover and secure it LUI ORL Le O retractable hardtop even though gt page 196 the luggage cover in the trunk is not pulled out BS Washer fluid The fluid level has dropped to about gt Add washer fluid gt page 280 Check level Ve of total reservoir capacity Warning A N Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may ignite when if it comes into contact with hot engine parts You could be seriously burned Y Where will I find First aid kit The first aid kit is located in storage com partment under the passenger seat PB8 00 2762 31 1 Handle 2 Lid gt Pull handle G up gt Fold lid 2 down You can now remove the first aid kit Check expiration dates and contents for completeness at least once a year and replace missing expired items Vehicle tool kit jack and spare wheel The vehicle to
305. nflated tires can e cause excessive and uneven tire wear e adversely affect fuel economy e lead to tire failure from being overheated e adversely affect handling characteristics A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Operation Tires and wheels Overinflated tire inflation pressure Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling characteristics cause uneven tire wear be more prone to damage from road hazards adversely affect ride comfort increase stopping distance A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Operation Tires and wheels MOExtended system Tire labeling 1 Uniform Quality Grading Standards The MOExtended system allows you to Besides tire name sales designation and DOT Tire Identification Number TIN continue driving your vehicle even if there manufacturer name a number of markings gt page 305 is a total loss of pressure in one or more can be found on a tire 3 Maximum tire load gt
306. ng and locking gt Exit the vehicle and close the doors and the trunk Opening a door causes the windows on that side of the car to open slightly They will return to the up position when the door is closed Locking with the SmartKey gt Press the lock button on the SmartKey gt page 34 With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs on the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed For more information see Locking and unlocking gt page 96 Locking with KEYLESS GO 1 Lock button gt Press lock button ona door handle or the lock button on the trunk lid gt page 105 With the trunk and all doors closed the turn signal lamps flash three times The locking knobs on the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed For more information see Locking and unlocking gt page 96 Safety and Security Occupant safety Panic alarm Driving safety systems Anti theft systems Safety and Security Occupant safety In this section you will learn the most im portant facts about the restraint systems of the vehicle The restraint systems are e Seat belts e Emergency tensioning device e Airbags e Child seats e Child seat recognition As independent systems their protective effects work in conjunction with each oth er For information on infants and children traveling with
307. ng and night security illumination Locator lighting and night security illumi nation are described in the control system section see Setting locator lighting gt page 153 and Setting night security il lumination gt page 154 Fog lamps Warning A N In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions only switch from position R to with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from Mg to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident o Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and or the low beam headlamps on Fog lamps should only be used in conjunction with low beam headlamps Consult your State or Province Motor Vehicle Regulations regarding permis sible lamp operation The fog lamps cannot be switched on with the exterior lamp switch in posi tion A To switch on the fog lamps turn the exterior lamp switch to posi tion first Front fog lamps gt gt Switch on the low beam headlamps gt page 53 Pull out the exterior lamp switch to first stop The front fog lamps are switched on The green indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch comes on gt page 123 Push in the exterior lamp switch The front fog lamps are switched off The green indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch goes out Rear fog lamp driver s side only gt Switch on the front fog lamps g
308. ng of the rear side windows can be immediately halted by releasing the switch If a door window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circumstance where you pulled the switch past the resistance point and released it to close the door win dow the automatic reversal function will stop the door window and open it slightly If the door window encounters an obstruc tion that blocks its path in a circumstance where you are closing the door window by pulling and holding the switch by pressing and holding button on the SmartKey by pressing and holding the lock button ve hicles with KEYLESS GO on an outside door handle by pressing and holding the re tractable hardtop switch or by pressing and holding button on the climate control panel the automatic reversal function will not operate When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment can cause an accident and or serious personal injury gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Depending on the current position the windows may also open or close when the air recirculation button on the control panel of the automatic climate control gt page 187 is pressed and held Controls in detail Power windows Opening the doo
309. ng on the Parktronic system gt Press Parktronic switch Q again Indicator lamp 2 goes out The Parktronic system switches on au tomatically when you switch on the ig nition gt page 36 Parktronic system malfunction If only the red distance segments illumi nate and a warning sounds there is a mal function in the Parktronic system The Parktronic system will automatically switch off after 20 seconds and the indica tor lamp in the Parktronic switch comes on gt Have the Parktronic system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible If only the red distance segments illumi nate and no warning sounds the Parktron ic system sensors are dirty or there is an interference from other radio or ultrasonic signals The Parktronic system will auto matically switch off after 20 seconds and the indicator lamp in the Parktronic switch comes on Controls in detail Driving systems Switch off the ignition Clean Parktronic system sensors gt page 326 Switch on the ignition gt page 36 or Check the Parktronic system operation at another location to rule out interfer ence from outside radio or ultrasonic signals Controls in detail Useful features Storage compartments Glove box Door storage compartments a Warning TNS To help avoid personal injury during a colli sion or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put lug g
310. ng the engine with KEYLESS GO Close any doors that may be open to allow for better detec tion of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Or Start the engine with the SmartKey as radio signals from another source may be interfering with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt Repeat the starting procedure gt page 49 Remember that extended starting attempts can drain the battery gt Geta jump start gt page 419 If the engine does not start after several starting attempts there could be a mal function in the engine electronics or in the fuel supply system gt Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Getting started Parking brake Driving off Warning qW gt _ eee 6EOPSC C ecprrees thee brake pedal When leaving the vehicle always remove the b SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not gt Place the gear selector lever in position D or R i l leave children unattended in the vehicle or Warning A N iii with access to an unlocked vehicle Children yii could release the parking brake which It is dangerous to shift the gear selector le could result in an accident and or serious ver out of P or N if the engine speed is high PP TE injury er than idle speed If your foot is not firmly 1 Parking brake pedal on the brake pedal the vehicle could accel 2 Release handle erate quickly forward or in rev
311. ng two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Controls in detail Useful features Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interfer ence and 2 this device must accept any inter ference received including interfer ence that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km Driving instructions At the gas station Engine compartment Tires and wheels Winter driving Maintenance Vehicle care Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km In the Operation section you will find de The more cautiously you treat your vehicle After 1000 miles 1500 km you may tailed information on operating maintain during the break in period the more satis gradually increase vehicle and engine ing and caring for your vehicle fied you will be with its performance later speeds to the permissible maximum on T Additional instructions for AMG vehi cles e Drive your vehicle during the first 1000 miles
312. ng your vehicle at high speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal and conditions allow consult the placard on the inside of the fuel filler flap on how to adjust the cold tire in flation pressure If you do not adjust the tire inflation pressure excessive heat can build up and result in sudden tire failure Be sure to readjust the tire inflation pressure for normal driving speeds You should wait until the tires are cold before adjusting the tire inflation pressure Some vehicles may have supplemental tire pressure information for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condi tion If such information is provided it can be found on the placard located on the in side of the fuel filler flap Tire inflation pressure changes by approxi mately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar per 18 F 10 C of air temperature change Keep this in mind when checking tire inflation pressure where the temperature is different from the outside temperature Checking tire inflation pressure Regularly check your tire inflation pressure at least once a month Check and adjust the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold The tires can be considered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km If you check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are warm the vehicle has been driven for several miles or sitting less than 3 hours the reading will be approximately 4 psi 0 3 b
313. nsscccnssceesecenes 318 Calling up the maintenance service indicator display 319 Resetting the maintenance service indicator cseeecceeeees 320 Vehicle CAre ccsesccccsesscceeeseeceees 321 Cleaning and care of the vehicle 321 Practical hints ccceeeeeeeees 331 What to do if csssascencstcnscewsssacstabootoens 332 Lamps in the instrument cluster 332 AIRBAG OFF indicator lamp 344 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display 0066 345 Where will find aeesseessssseessssseseen 383 First aid kit 383 Vehicle tool kit jack and Spare WNEEl csccccsssscceeseeees 383 Locking unlocking in an emergency 385 Unlocking the vehicle 06 385 Locking the vehicle cccseeeee 387 Lowering the load assist manually o2icsaassienpaennswanveaninteata asus 388 Replacing SmartKey batteries 389 SmartKey cccsyacseccnansunisatecenanoanaes 389 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 390 Replacing bulbs ceccccseeeeeeeeeeees 391 S DL o ETA AET 391 Replacing bulbs for front lamps 394 Replacing bulbs for rear lamps 396 Replacing wiper blades see0 397 Removing wiper blades 397 Installing wiper blades 398 PIE EIS asacerccansimsaahiatonteciostannemacedadwnoacs 399 Preparing the vehicle 664 399 Sealing tires with TIREFIT 399 Mou
314. nt leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature gauge indi cates that the coolant is overheated e Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if coolant temperature is above 158 F 70 C Allow engine to cool down before removing cap The coolant reservoir contains hot fluid and is under pressure e Using a rag slowly open the cap approx imately turn to relieve excess pres sure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out un der pressure e Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene gly col which may burn if it comes into con tact with hot engine parts 278 The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze To check the coolant level the vehicle must be parked on level ground and the engine must be cool The coolant expansion tank is located on the passenger side of the engine compart ment 14 Coolant expansion tank gt Using a rag turn the cap slowly approx imately one half turn to the left to re lease any excess pressure gt Continue turning the cap to the left and remove it The coolant level is correct if the level e for cold coolant is up to the upper mark on the bracing rib of the coolant expansion tank translucent e for warm coolant is approx 0 6 in 1 5 cm higher gt Add coolant as required gt Replace and tighten cap Hg SL 600 and SL 65 AMG Only open the cap
315. nting the spare wheel 404 MOExtended system 00668 411 BALLON GG ise ods cciedewseusieanabeusinnss Seehasceneaes 413 Disconnecting the batteries 415 Removing the batteries 416 Charging and reinstalling batteries vsusacecatidexvcaucavtencsass Giseteais 417 Reconnecting the batteries 418 JUMP StartiNg eeeeeeeccceceeeeeeees 419 Towing the Vehicle cccccssescceeeees 421 Installing towing eye bolt 423 FUSE uiia aaeain 425 Main fuse DOX ssssssseeeessssssereessssse 425 Emergency engine shut down 426 Technical data c cece eeeeee 427 Parts Service ccsccsnsnrdnnscssvonssnssscevscosann 428 Warranty coverage essessseessseessseesse 429 Loss of Service and Warranty Information Booklet 429 Identification labels cccceecc cece wees 430 Layout of poly V belt drive 431 2 Es 8 6 Pear ney On ae eer eer eee ree 431 SLs OG eiseressen inuis 431 SL 600 SL 65 AMG 431 Fl e A EET ose tee ben eaten 432 RIMS AN tires cece cceecceeceeceeesee sees 434 SAME SIZE tires eeens 436 Mixed size tires 438 MOExtended tires onesccccceccs 440 Spare WhEEl cccssccccesssceeeescees 441 Electrical system ccssssccceseseees 442 Main dIMENSIONS cccceecc sess ese eeeee 443 WeieRiS sosie dent otn ne Conenans 444 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 445 ee Capaci
316. ntrol right Automatic climate control on off entire system Residual heat ventilation Air volume control automatic man ual AC cooling on off Controls in detail Automatic climate control The automatic climate control is operation Nearly all dust particles pollutants and al whenever the engine is running You can odors are filtered out before outside air en operate the climate control system in ei ters the passenger compartment through ther the automatic or manual mode The the air distribution system system cools or heats the interior depend ing on the selected interior temperature and the current outside temperature Severe conditions e g strong air pollu tion may require replacement of the filter before its scheduled interval A clogged filter will reduce the air vol ume to the interior The air conditioning will not engage no cooling if the A C mode is deactivated gt page 189 If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate i the interior before driving off The Warning A Warning A N climate control will then adjust the interior temperature to the set value When operating the automatic climate con trol the air that enters the passenger com partment through the air vents can be very hot or very cold depending on the set tem perature This may cause burns or frostbite on unprotected skin in the immediate area of the air vents Always keep sufficient dis tance between unprotected par
317. ntrol by cor rective steering action For information on driving with snow chains see Snow chains gt page 317 A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of control loss Warning Road salts and chemicals can adversely af fect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal brake effect Depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficien cy should be tested as soon as possible af ter driving is resumed A Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking ma neuvers Warning A If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure that snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle in terior resulting in unconsciousness and death Warning To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the ve hicle not facing the wind Warning A N The outside temperature indicator is not de signed to serve as an Ice Warning Device and is therefore unsuitable f
318. o activate only in certain frontal impacts front airbags driver side knee bag and side impacts head thorax airbags which exceed preset thresholds Only during these types of impacts if of sufficient severi ty to meet the deployment threshold will they provide their supplemental protection The driver and passengers should al ways wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for the airbags to pro vide their intended supplemental pro tection In cases of other frontal impacts an gled impacts roll overs other side im pacts rear collisions or other accidents and impacts below airbag deployment thresholds the airbags will not be activated The driver and pas senger will then be protected to the ex tent possible by a properly fastened seat belt We caution you not to rely on the pres ence of the airbags in order to avoid wearing your seat belt Your vehicle was originally equipped with airbags which are designed to ac tivate in certain impacts exceeding a preset threshold to reduce the poten tial and severity of injury It is important to your safety and that of your passen ger that you replace deployed airbags and repair any malfunctioning airbags to ensure that the vehicle will continue to provide supplemental crash protec tion for occupants Safety guidelines for the seat belt emergency tensioning device and airbag Warning A N Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an
319. o the left of the steering wheel Daytime running lamp mode gt page 125 EZ Automatic headlamp mode Daytime running lamp mode S Amp gt page 125 Lighting Parking lamps also tail lamps li cense plate lamps side marker lamps instrument panel lamps Canada only When the engine is running the low beam headlamps are also switched on Low beam headlamps or high beam headlamps when the combi nation switch is pushed forward and parking lamps Standing lamps right turn left one stop Standing lamps left turn left two stops Indicator lamp for parking lamps Indicator lamp for front fog lamps Indicator lamp for rear fog lamp Controls in detail Lighting G Automatic headlamp mode With the SmartKey removed from the The following lamps switch on and off au starter switch or the engine turned off tomatically depending on the brightness of with KEYLESS GO and the driver s the ambient light door open a warning sounds if the parking lamps or the low beam head lamps are switched on e Tail lamps e Low beam headlamps The message Turn off lamps e Parking lamps appears in the multifunction display e License plate lamps Manual headlamp mode LO marker ramps The low beam headlamps and parking T lamps can be switched on or off with the Warning A exterior lamp switch p If the exterior lamp switch is set to RI e the headlamps may switch off unexpect edly when t
320. off the engine gt If the engine is at operating tempera ture wait 5 minutes before checking oil If the engine is at operating tempera ture yet you must wait 30 minutes be fore checking oil Operation Engine compartment If there is excess engine oil with the engine at normal operating temperature the following message will appear Engine oil level Reduce oil level gt Have excess oil siphoned or drained off Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and catalytic converter not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For more information on messages in the display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section gt page 369 Adding engine oil Only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehicles For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters re fer to the Factory Approved Service Products pamphlet in your vehicle liter ature portfolio or contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Using engine oils and oil filters of spec ification other than those expressly re quired for the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehi cles or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System U S vehicles or FSS Canada vehi cles will r
321. ok duration of the call will appear in the gt Press button or repeatedly display until you see the TEL menu in the left multifunction display p In the right multifunction display you D 00 01 15 gt will see the standby message Newman gt Press button F P54 32 2783 31 In the right multifunction display you e If no connection is made the control see the first number in the redial mem system stores the dialed number in the aly redial memory gt Press button BaN or R repeatedly until the desired name appears in the right multifunction display gt Press button K The control system dials the selected phone number Controls in detail Automatic transmission For more information on driving with an i The automatic transmission selects indi automatic transmission see Automatic vidual gears automatically depending on T During the brief warm up transmission transmission gt page 49 upshifting is delayed This allows the e the gear selector lever Your vehicle s transmission adapts its gear catalytic converter to heat up more position D gt page 164 with shifting process to your individual driving quickly to operating temperature gear ranges D gt page 167 style by continually adjusting the shift points up or down These shift point adjust ments are performed based on current operating and driving conditions e the selected program mode C S gt page 168 or MANUAL C S SL 55
322. ol display Observe the coolant temperature gauge Have the fan replaced as soon as possible Continue driving with added caution When the display is malfunctioning warnings and malfunction messages might not be dis played Have the electronic systems checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the electronic systems checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt page 335 Left display Right display Door open Eine pO hol Do not drive USA only Add 1 qt engine oil at next refueling Canada only Add 1 liter engine oil at next refueling Engine oil level stop put engine off Engine oil level Reduce oil level Possible cause consequence You are attempting to drive with one or more doors open The steering wheel has not yet moved into its preset driving posi tion The engine oil level is too low There is no oil in the engine There is a danger of engine damage You have added too much engine oil There is a risk of damaging the engine or the catalytic converter Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt Close the doors Wait until the steering wheel has moved to its driving positions The message disappears Add engine oil gt page 276 and check the engine oil level gt page 274 Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt as soon as possible gt Turn off the engine gt Add engine oil gt page 276 and check the engine oil l
323. ol kit jack and spare wheel are stored in the space underneath the trunk floor gt Lift up the trunk floor cover You can now remove the tools and ac cessories The vehicle tool kit includes One pair of universal pliers Two open end wrenches One hex socket wrench One interchangeable slot Phillips screwdriver Practical hints Where will I find One towing eye bolt One alignment bolt One fuse extractor One fuse chart for the main fuse box Spare fuses The jack is exclusively designed for lifting the vehicle during a wheel change Always lower the vehicle on sufficient capacity jack stands before working under the vehi cle Practical hints Where will I find Vehicles with spare wheel al oe ary t 1 Spare wheel 2 Electric air pump 3 Vehicle tool kit 4 Battery for electrical consumers GS Jack under spare wheel 6 Wheel wrench under spare wheel Vehicles with TIREFIT kit SL 65 AMG only 1 TIREFIT kit 2 Electric air pump 3 Vehicle tool kit 4 Battery for electrical consumers Wheel wrench 6 Jack Practical hints Locking unlocking in an emergency Y Locking unlocking in an emergency Unlocking the vehicle If you cannot unlock the driver s door using the SmartKey open the door using the me chanical key Unlocking your vehicle with the me chanical key will trigger the anti theft alarm system To ca
324. on lamps the front fog lamps the front side marker lamps Have the headlamp adjustment checked regularly Practical hints Replacing bulbs Replacing bulbs for front lamps lt J T Front turn signal bulb Before you start to replace a bulb for a nal aren P front lamp do the following first i P gt Push the bulb into socket Q turn gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to posi tion W gt page 123 V i gt Open the hood gt page 272 socket Q counterclockwise and re move it i gt Insert the new bulb in socket Q push pak and turn bulb socket Q clockwise PB 2 10 3366 31 High bean Bulbs gt Reinsert bulb socket Q in lamp and Locking mechanism turn bulb socket Q clockwise 6 Parking and standing lamps Warning A N P82 10 3365 31 Do not remove the cover for the Xenon or Bi Xenon headlamp Because of high volt age in Xenon and Bi Xenon lamps it is dan gerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician 1 Bulb socket for turn signal lamp 2 High beam headlamp cover 3 Low beam headlamp cover Xenon or Bi Xenon lamp Do not remove High beam high beam flasher bulbs gt Press ends of headlamp cover tab to gether and remove high beam head lamp cover 2 Pull the electrical connector off Turn locking mechanism counter clockwise and take out the bulb
325. on coolant expansion tank 1 Never open the cap between the two charge air coolers Otherwise the en gine could be damaged For more information see Coolants gt page 450 eae Your vehicle is equipped with two batter les e The starter battery located in the en gine compartment e The battery for electrical consumers located in the trunk These batteries should always be suffi ciently charged in order to achieve their rated service life Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery maintenance intervals If you use your vehicle mostly for short distance trips you will need to have the battery charge checked more frequent ly When replacing batteries always use bat teries approved by Mercedes Benz If you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center about steps you need to observe DOP P Observe all safety instructions and precautions when handling automotive batteries Risk of explosion Keep flames or sparks away from battery Do not smoke Battery acid is caustic Do not allow it to come into contact with skin eyes or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with clear water and seek medical help if necessary Wear eye protection Keep children away Follow the instructions in this Operator s Manual Operation Engine compartment Batteries contain materials that can harm t
326. on that may be recorded or transmitted via that system At a glance Cockpit Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Center console Overhead control panel Door control panel 7 Cockpit JJA O86 Item Parking brake pedal Hood lock release Parking brake release han dle Door control panel Exterior lamp switch Headlamp washer button Combination switch e Turn signals e Windshield wipers e High beam Page 51 272 59 32 93 123 177 53 54 129 Item Steering wheel gearshift control SL 55 AMG SL 65 AMG and vehicles with Sport Package only Cruise control lever e Cruise control e Distronic Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Lever for voice control sys tem see separate operating instructions Front Parktronic warning indicator Page 170 204 207 24 132 28 136 225 0000 OOOO At a glance Cockpit Item Page Digital clock 150 Overhead control panel 31 Interior storage compart 230 ments locking unlocking indicator lamp 78 Glove box 228 Center console 29 30 Starter switch 38 Horn Steering wheel adjustment 42 stalk Heated steering wheel 235 At a glance Instrument cluster P54 32 3605 31 Item Coolant temperature gauge with Coolant temperature warning lamp 2 Speedometer with Brake warning lamp USA only Brake warning lamp Canada only ABS ESP warning lamp Dis
327. on your vehicle Performance Package Sport Package etc equipping your vehicle with winter tires approved for your ve hicle model may also require the pur chase of two or four wheel rims of the recommended size for use with these winter tires See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for more infor mation Technical data Rims and tires Technical data Rims and tires Same size tires 17 tires SL 500 Canada only Rims light alloy 8 5 Jx 17 H2 Wheel offset 1 38 in 35 mm Summer tires 255 45 R17 98W Winter tires 255 45 R17 98V M S l Radial ply tires 2 Not available as factory equipment 18 tires SL 500 SL 600 SL 55 AMG Rims light alloy 8 5 x 18 H2 8 5 Jx 18 H2 8 5 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 38 in 35 mm 1 38 in 35 mm 1 18 in 30 mm Summer tires L2 Winter tires 255 40 R18 95V M S 255 40 R18 95V M S 255 40 R18 95V M S l Radial ply tires 2 Not available as factory equipment 19 tires Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires Winter tires Radial ply tires 2 Not available as factory equipment SL 55 AMG Performance Package SL 65 AMG 8 5 J x 19 EH2 1 18 in 30 mm 255 35 R19 96V XL Extra Load M S Technical data Rims and tires Technical data Rims and tires Mixed size tires SL 500 SL 600 SL 600 Sport Package SL 500 Sport Package Front axle Rims light alloy 8 5 Jx 18 H2 8 5Jx 18 H2 8 5 Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 38 i
328. onitors the vehicle s traction force of adhesive friction between the tires and the road surface and handling The ESP recognizes when a wheel is spin ning or if the vehicle starts to skid By ap plying brakes to the appropriate wheel and by limiting engine output the ESP works to stabilize the vehicle The ESP is espe cially useful while driving off and on wet or slippery road surfaces The ESP also sta bilizes the vehicle during braking maneu vers The ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster gt page 25 flashes when the ESP is engaged The ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running Warning A N Never switch off the ESP when you see the ABS ESP warning lamp flashing in the instrument cluster In this case proceed as follows e While driving off apply as little throttle as possible e While driving ease up on the accelera tor e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot prevent accidents result ing from excessive speed Safety and Security Driving safety systems Warning A N The ESP cannot prevent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle nor can it increase the traction afforded The ESP cannot prevent accidents including those resulting from excessi
329. onsiveness requires electrical energy and therefore has only limited opera Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center tion Considerably greater brake pedal force is required and the stop ping distance Is increased The battery is no longer charging gt Stop the vehicle immediately in a safe loca Possible causes tion and check the poly V belt e alternator malfunctioning If it is broken e broken poly V belt gt Do not continue to drive Otherwise the engine will overheat due to an inoperative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not forget that the brake system requires electrical energy and may be operating with restricted capa bility Considerably greater brake pedal force is required and the stop If it is in order ping distance is increased gt Drive immediately to the nearest autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Adjust driv ing to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Vicit workshop Convenience functions Temporarily Unavailable Brake wear Visit workshop Brake pad thickness must be visually checked by a qualified technician at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet Possible cause consequence Possible solution There is a malfunction in the elec gt Have the system checked at an authorized tronic system Mercedes Ben
330. ool kit Fuses 425 G Garage door opener 247 Gasoline see Fuel GAWR 311 455 Gear range Automatic transmission 167 Canceling limit 169 Indicator 27 Limiting 167 Shifting into optimal 169 Gear selector lever 30 162 Cleaning 330 Lock 49 458 Position 162 164 Global locking unlocking see Key Global Positioning System see GPS Glove box 228 Good visibility 177 GPS 455 Gross Axle Weight Rating see GAWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight see GVW GVW 311 455 GVWR 311 455 H Hands free microphone 31 Hard plastic trim items cleaning 329 Hardtop see Retractable hardtop Hazard warning flasher 129 Head restraints 41 Headlamp switch off delay see Delayed switch off exterior lamps Headlamps Automatic mode 124 Cleaning lenses 325 Cleaning system 177 Manual mode 124 Messages in the multifunction display 374 Replacing bulbs 391 Switch 53 123 Headliner cleaning 330 Head thorax airbag 79 455 Heated steering wheel 235 High beam flasher 53 129 High beam headlamps 53 123 392 Indicatorlamp 27 Messages in the multifunction display 374 Replacing bulbs 391 394 Switching on 129 High mounted brake lamp 392 High performance brake system SL 65 AMG only 260 Hood 272 Messages in display 372 Horn 23 HVAC see Automatic climate control Hydroplaning 262 l Identification labels 430 Identification number Vehicle VIN 430 Ignition 36 Immobilizer 91 Indicator lamps see Lamps indicator and
331. or that purpose Indicated temperatures just above the freez ing point do not guarantee that the road sur face is free of ice For more information see Winter driving gt page 315 Operation Driving instructions Standing water Do not drive through flooded areas or water of unknown depth Before driving through water determine its depth Never accelerate before driving into water The bow wave could force water into the engine and auxiliary equip ment thus damaging them If you must drive through standing wa ter drive slowly to prevent water from entering the passenger compartment or the engine compartment Water in these areas could cause damage to electrical components or wiring of the engine or transmission or could result in water being ingested by the engine through the air intake causing severe internal engine damage Any such dam age is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation Driving instructions Passenger compartment Warning A N Always fasten items being carried as secure ly as possible In an accident during hard braking or sud den maneuvers loose items will be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants unless the items are securely fastened in the vehicle The trunk is the preferred place to carry ob jects Driving abroad Abroad there is an extensive Mercedes Benz service network at your disposal
332. ot handy gt Contact the Mercedes Benz Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada You will be asked to provide your pass word which you provided when you completed the subscriber agreement Then return to your vehicle and pull the trunk recessed handle for a minimum of 20 seconds until the SOS button is flashing The message Cal connected appears in the multifunction display As an alternative you may unlock the vehi cle via Internet using the ID and password sent to you shortly after the completion of your acquaintance call Controls in detail Useful features The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking feature The remote door unlock feature is avail able if the relevant cellular phone net work is available The SOS button will flash and the mes sage Call connected will appear in the multifunction display to indicate re ceipt of the door unlock command Once the vehicle is unlocked a Response Center specialist will at tempt to establish voice contact with the vehicle occupants If the trunk recessed handle was pulled for more than 20 seconds before door unlock authorization was received by the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before pulling the trunk re cessed handle again Stolen Vehicle Recovery services In the event your vehicle was stolen gt Report the incident to the police The police
333. ote The in tegrated remote control is compatible with radio frequency devices operating between 288 399 MHZ Put a new battery in the hand held re mote control This will increase the likelihood of the hand held remote con trol sending a faster and more accurate signal to the integrated remote control While performing step 3 hold the hand held remote control at differ ent lengths and angles from the signal transmitter button or you are programming Attempt varying an gles at the distance of 2 to 5 inches 5 to 12 cm away or the same angle at varying distances If another hand held remote control is available for the same device try the programming steps again using that other hand held remote control Make sure new batteries are in the hand held remote control before beginning the procedure Straighten the antenna wire from the garage door opener assembly This may help improve transmitting and or receiving signals Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated remote control If you should experi ence further difficulties with program ming the integrated remote control contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Mercedes Benz Customer Assistance Center in the USA only at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the followi
334. our upper legs are lightly supported Seat cushion depth gt Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow until your legs are supported comfortably Seat backrest tilt gt Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow 6 until your arms are slightly angled when holding the steering wheel Head restraint height gt Press the switch up or down in direc tion of arrow Q A For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Warning Adjust head restraint so that the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the poten tial for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head restraints Head restraints are intend ed to help reduce injuries during an acci dent When moving the seat fore or aft after adjusting the head restraints the head restraints may readjust automatically Getting started Adjusting Head restraint tilt Manually adjust the angle of the head re straint gt Push or pull on the lower edge of the head restraint cushion For more information on seats see Seats gt page 115 Getting started Adjusting Steering wheel Steering wheel adjustment Adjusting steering column in or out The stalk for steering wheel adjustment is gt Move stalk forward or back in direction Wa
335. ourself when using the equip ment Compare the recommended tire infla tion pressure for your vehicle with the tire inflation pressure on the yellow la bel located on the spare wheel rim If the tire inflation pressure on the yel low label on the spare wheel rim differs from the values given in this Operator s Manual inflate the tire to the recom mended tire inflation pressure given on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim Do not operate the electric air pump longer than 8 minutes without interrup tion Otherwise it may overheat You may operate the air pump again af ter it has cooled off Practical hints Flat tire Press O on the electric air pump switch 2 Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O or Press KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever twice without depressing the brake pedal The electric air pump should now be switched off If the spare tire inflation pressure for the SL 500 is above 36 psi 2 5 bar and for the SL 600 and SL 55 AMG above 44 psi 3 0 bar release excess spare tire inflation pressure using the vent screw gt D Practical hints Flat tire b gt Warning J Follow recommend inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflating tires can result in sudden deflation blowout be cause they are more likely to become punc tured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not underinflate tires Underinflated t
336. owing e Press button or on the SmartKey e Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO e Grasp an outside door handle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle e Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 37 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Automatic central locking The doors and the trunk lid lock automati cally when the vehicle is set into motion You can open a locked door from the in side Open door only when conditions are safe to do so The doors unlock automatically after an accident if the force of the impact ex ceeds a preset threshold The vehicle locks automatically when the ignition is switched on and the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehicle e is pushed e is ona test stand You can deactivate the automatic locking using the control system gt page 155 Locking and unlocking from the inside You can lock or unlock the vehicle from in side using the central locking switches This can be useful for example if you want to unlock the passenger door from the in side or want to lock the vehicle before starting to drive The central locking switch does not lock or unlock the fuel filler flap A When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the star
337. p Locking the retractable hardtop after raising lowering Warning A N The hardtop is not fully closed and locked or not fully opened and locked if e the indicator lamp in the hardtop switch remains lit e the message in operation appears in the multifunction display and the indicator lamp in the hardtop switch does not go out e the indicator lamp in the hardtop switch flashes and a warning sounds for 10 seconds and the message LOCK renne role woo appears in the multifunction display when starting to drive If the retractable hardtop is not properly locked lock it as described below Unlocked status noticed when stopped gt Switch on the ignition gt To lock the hardtop in its fully closed position press hardtop switch forward Or gt To lock the hardtop in its fully opened position pull up on the hardtop switch Unlocked status noticed while driving Warning A N Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so and lock the hardtop be fore continuing to drive You could other wise endanger yourself and others gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so Leave the ignition switched on To lock the hardtop in its fully closed position press hardtop switch forward Or gt To lock the hardtop in its fully opened position pull up on the hardtop switch Warning A N If the retractable hardtop does not com pletely open or close
338. p above the floor carpet Y Layout of poly V belt drive SL 500 e 9 OFS P13 22 2040 31 6 w 1 Automatic belt tensioner 2 ABC tandem pump pump for power steering assistance and ABC chassis 3 Air conditioning compressor 4 Crankshaft Coolant pump 6 Generator alternator 7 Idler pulley SL 55 AMG WDG lt OH 2G 0 re oo om The SL 55 AMG has two poly V belts belt one shown in purple belt two shown in black 1 Idler pulley 2 Automatic belt tensioner 3 ABC tandem pump pump for power steering assistance and ABC chassis 4 Air conditioning compressor Crankshaft 6 Coolant pump 7 Generator alternator Idler pulley 9 Automatic belt tensioner Supercharger Technical data Layout of poly V belt drive SL 600 SL 65 AMG Loy amp O A 6 amp 1 Automatic belt tensioner 2 ABC tandem pump pump for power steering assistance and ABC chassis 3 Air conditioning compressor 4 Crankshaft Coolant pump 6 Generator alternator 7 Idler pulley Idler pulley 9 Idler pulley P13 22 2052 31 Technical data Engine Model Engine Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt SL 500 230 475 113 4 stroke en
339. p The rear right side marker lamp is Replace the bulb as soon as possible cer VION malfunctioning Parking lamp The front left parking or standing gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible arom ler lamp is malfunctioning Parking lamp The front right parking or standing gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Frolic Paine lamp is malfunctioning Rear foglamp The left rear fog lamp is malfunc gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Laie tioning Reverse lamp The left backup lamp is malfunc Replace the bulb as soon as possible Fert tioning Reverse lamp The right backup lamp is malfunc gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Right tioning Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution Right turn signal The right turn signal in the side mir Have the LEDs replaced as soon as possible Mirror ror is malfunctioning This message will only appear if all light emitting diodes have stopped working Tail lamp The left tail lamp is malfunctioning gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as Left A substitute bulb has been brought soon as possible SWS Dae vine into use bulb on Tail lamp The right tail lamp is malfunction gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as Right ing A substitute bulb has been soon as possible Substitute brought into use bulb on Turn er You have removed the SmartKey Turn the exterior lamp switch to E
340. perature 292 309 TPMS malfunction telltale 342 Tread depth 283 316 Wear pattern 313 Winter 315 Tools 383 Tow away alarm 93 Tow away alarm switch 30 Towing eye bolt vehicle tool kit Installing 423 Towing eye bolt see Vehicle tool kit Towing the vehicle 421 TPMS USA only 296 Traction 168 312 459 Transmission see Automatic transmission Tread 312 459 Tread depth 283 Treadwear indicators 312 459 Trip computer 157 Trip odometer 25 Resetting 133 Trunk Closing the lid 109 Lighting 131 Load assist 236 Lock button KEYLESS GO 105 Messages in display 382 Opening from inside vehicle 108 Parcel net 231 Trunk lid lock 386 Unlocking KEYLESS GO 106 Unlocking in an emergency 386 Unlocking separately 99 Valet locking 110 Trunk lid Opening 108 Turn 185 Turn signal lamps Cleaning lenses 325 Replacing bulbs 392 395 Turn signals 23 53 Exterior rear view mirrors Front bulbs 392 Indicator lamps 25 Rear bulbs 392 Turning off the engine 60 U Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards 313 459 Units Setting speedometer units 149 Unlocking 34 Centrally from inside 113 Driver s door in an emergency 385 Storage compartments 230 386 Trunk 99 108 Trunk KEYLESS GO 106 Trunk in an emergency 386 With the SmartKey 34 392 395 With the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 35 100 Upholstery Cleaning 330 Upshifting 169 V Vehicle Locking 29 Locking in an emergency 387 Minimum distance Parktronic 225 Towing
341. period when driving off on slippery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Downshifting A On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehicle control Your vehicle s ABS will not prevent this type of loss of control Warning gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear to the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simulta neously limits the gear range of the transmission gt page 167 To avoid overrevving the engine when the gear selector lever is moved to the D direction the transmission will not shift to a lower gear if the engine s max speed would be exceeded Controls in detail Automatic transmission Upshifting gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction The transmission will shift from the current gear to the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simul taneously extends the gear range of the transmission Canceling gear range limit gt Press and hold the gear selector lever in the D direction until D reappears in the right multifunction display The transmission will shift from the current gear range directly to gear range D Shifting into optimal
342. pressure to the brake pedal Brakes are only applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is in creased Adjust your driving style according ly For more information see Electro hydraulic brake system gt page 88 Warning A N With a disconnected battery you will no longer be able to turn the SmartKey in the starter switch and pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever will have no effect the gear selector lever will remain locked in position P Practical hints Batteries Disconnecting the batteries Always disconnect the batteries in the order described below even if you only want to charge the starter battery for example Otherwise the vehicle s electronics can be damaged gt Make sure the gear selector lever is set to position P gt Close the retractable hardtop gt page 195 Turn off the engine gt page 60 Turn off all electrical consumers Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door gt D Practical hints Batteries Depress the parking brake pedal Open the trunk Read and observe safety instructions and precautions gt page 279 Unhook the luggage cover in the trunk Remove the trunk floor The battery for electrical consumers is located in the right hand area of the trunk gt page 383 Use the 10 mm open end wrench from the vehicle tool kit to disconnec
343. prevents inaccurate tem perature indications caused by heat radiated from the engine during idling or Slow driving Y Control system The control system is activated as soon as the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 1 or as soon as the KEYLESS GO start stop button is in posi tion 1 The control system enables you to e call up information about your vehicle e change vehicle settings For example you can use the control sys tem to find out when your vehicle is next due for service to set the language for messages in the instrument cluster dis play and much more A A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving Warning For your safety and the safety of others se lecting features through the multifunction steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions per mit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approximate ly 14 m every second The control system relays information to the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system Multifunction display The multifunction display consists of the display fields in the speedometer and the tachometer In its default state the left multifunction display shows the main odometer and the digital speedometer while the trip odometer appears in the
344. procedures replace step 4 gt Press hold for 2 seconds and release gt To program the remaining two signal with the following same signal transmitter button a sec transmitter buttons repeat the steps Step 4 ond time to complete the training pro above starting with step 3 cess gt Press and hold the signal transmitter button or Do not release this button until it has been successful ly trained While still holding down the signal transmitter button or cycle your hand held remote control button 6 as follows Press and hold button 6 for 2 seconds then release it for 2 seconds and again press and hold it for 2 seconds Repeat this se quence on the hand held remote con trol until the frequency signal has been learned Upon successful training the indicator lamp will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds Proceed with programming step 5 and step 6 to complete Upon completion of programming the integrated remote control make sure you retain the hand held remote con trol that came with the garage door opener gate operator or other device You may need it for use in other vehi cles for future programming of an integrated remote control or simply for continued use as a hand held remote control to operate the respective device in other situations Controls in detail Useful features Reprogramming a single signal trans mitter button To progr
345. ps e when the coolant temperature is too low Ventilated storage compartments The glove box and the armrest storage compartment have their own air vents that allow for cooling ventilation when the auto matic climate control system is activated You should keep these air vents closed when outside temperatures are low Glove box 1 Thumbwheel 2 Air vent Controls in detail Automatic climate control Opening the air vent gt Turn thumbwheel 1 upwards Closing the air vent gt Turn thumbwheel Q downwards Storage compartment under the armrest C Thumbwheel 2 Air vent Opening the air vent gt Turn thumbwheel 1 to the right Closing the air vent gt Turn thumbwheel 1 to the left Controls in detail Power windows Opening and closing the windows The windows are opened and closed elec trically The switches for all the windows are on the driver s door The switch for the passenger side windows is on the passen ger door P 4 75 25346 31 1 Left door and rear side windows 2 Right door and rear side windows Warning A N When closing the windows make sure that there is no danger of anyone being injured by the closing procedure The closing of the door windows can be im mediately halted by releasing the switch or if the switch was pulled past the resistance point and released by either pressing or pulling the respective switch The closi
346. ps up to a max imum of 180 W Telephone A Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e with out being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury Warning Radio transmitters such as a portable tele phone or a citizens band unit should only be used inside the vehicle if they are con nected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle The external antenna must be approved by Mercedes Benz Please contact an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center for informa tion on the installation of an approved external antenna Refer to the radio trans mitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna Controls in detail Useful features A Please do not forget that your primary re sponsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we rec ommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a tele phone call Warning If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver fro
347. r 140 Control system 143 211 display 349 350 Distronic 209 Distance warning function 215 Cup holder 232 Maintenance service indicator 318 Driving hints 216 Cup holders Multifunction display 135 system sensor cover 325 Cleaning 329 Outside temperature 134 140 Warning and indicator lamps 209 Curb weight 310 454 Symbol messages 359 215 338 Customer Assistance Center see CAC Text messages 347 Door D Vehicle status message memory 144 Control panel 32 I Vehicle status messages 345 Handle Inside 32 Daytime running lamp mode 125 l l Setting 152 Distance to empty range Trip Locking unlocking computer 158 KEYLESS GO 35 62 Deep water see Standing water Defogging Windshield 187 Distance warning function 215 Locking unlocking Mechanical Activating 216 key 385 387 Defrosting Front 186 is l l l Deactivating 216 Locking unlocking SmartKey 34 62 Defrosting Rear 179 l l i Intermittent warning sound 215 Messages in the multifunction Delayed switch off enoras 468 Symbol 143 211 display 369 p Distronic indicator lamp 25 Opening from inside 107 Interior lighting 155 Department of Transportation see DOT Difficulties While driving 56 With starting the engine 50 Digital clock see Clock Storage compartment 228 Door control panel 32 Doorhandle 32 DOT 311 454 Drinking and driving 257 Driving Abroad 266 Driving off 260 Electro hydraulic brake system 90 Hydroplaning 262 In winter 264 315 Instructions 51
348. r inactive Please refer to the Driving systems sec tion of this manual gt page 207 for in structions on how to activate Distronic gt Press button or repeatedly until you see one of the following two displays in the multifunction display Controls in detail Control system Distronic deactivated When Distronic is deactivated you will see the standard display in the left multifunc tion display 03 Ke 5 oo 100 Oft T2 F 26 fJomiles P54 32 3153 31 1 Vehicle ahead if detected 2 Actual distance to vehicle ahead 3 Preset distance threshold to vehicle ahead 4 Your vehicle Symbol for activated distance warning function Controls in detail Control system Distronic activated When Distronic is activated the DTR sym bol and the set speed appear in the left multifunction display T2 F 26 fJomiles DTR 60 mph i 100 Ott PS4 32 3154 31 1 Symbol for activated Distronic 2 Set speed Vehicle status message memory menu J Use the vehicle status message memory menu to scan malfunction and warning messages that may be stored in the sys tem Such messages appear in the multi function display and are based on conditions or system status the vehicle s system has recorded The vehicle status message memory menu only appears if messages have been stored Warning A N Malfunction and warning messages are only
349. r proper tire inflation Warning uN Never exceed the max tire inflation pressure Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Warning A N Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit or vehicle capacity weight as indicated on the placard located on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires con A e wear excessively and or unevenly adverse 1 Maximum permissible tire inflation ly affect handling and fuel economy and are For more information on tire load rating l l gt page 302 pressure more likely to fail from being overheated For information on calculating total and Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride com fort wear unevenly increase stopping dis tance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road de bris potholes etc cargo load capacities gt page 287 For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehi cle and may vary from data shown in above illustration This is the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure for the tire Operation Tires and wheels Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards U S vehicles Tire manufa
350. r switch position 2 Both red indicator lamps on the switch come on The system switches to normal heating mode after approximately 5 minutes Only the right hand indicator lamp re mains lit Switching off rapid seat heating gt Press upper switch position 2 again a If one or both of the lamps on the seat heating switch are flashing there is in sufficient voltage available since too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat heating switches off auto matically The seat heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as suffi cient voltage is available Vehicles with seat ventilation The switch is located on the door The red indicator lamps on the switch indicate the selected heating level Level off No indicator lamp on 1 One indicator lamp on 2 Two indicator lamps on oaa g Ne as P91 30 2075 31 1 Seat heating switch gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Switching on seat heating gt Press upper switch position Q twice A red indicator lamp on the switch comes on Switching off seat heating gt Press upper switch position Q again The seat heating will be automatically switched off after approximately 30 minutes Switching on rapid seat heating gt Press upper switch position Q once Both indicator lamps on the switch come on The system switches to normal heating mode after approximately 5 minutes Only the right hand indic
351. r than normal to obtain braking effect If there is a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system we recom mend that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or ap propriate wheel lift dolly equipment Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution USA only Brake fluid There is insufficient brake fluid in gt Risk of accident Stop the vehicle in a safe lo below min level the reservoir cation or as soon as it is safe to do so and no Canada only Visit tify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do workshop not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem H carmina A If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Driving with the message Brake fluid below min level Visit workshop dis played can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot en gine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display USA only Service brake Visit Canada only workshop Brakes overheated Drive on but with even greater care USA only Release parking brake Cana
352. r when the hardtop is low Tire speed rating gt page 312 selected setting and speed The driver ered can choose manually within a range of Xenon headlamps een rouna Aner ener Diesonuely Headlamps which use an electric arc as gt page 312 gt pag PON emigaes the light source and produce a more in Tread Vehicle maximum load on the tire tense light than filament headlamps gt page 312 gt page 313 Treadwear indicators VIN gt page 312 Vehicle Identification Number Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards The number set by the manufacturer gt page 313 and placed on the body to uniquely i identify each vehicle produced Vehicle capacity weight gt page 313 Voice control system Voice control system for car phones portable cell phones and audio sys tems radio CD etc A ABC 219 453 Messages in display 347 Oillevel 277 ABS 83 453 Indicator lamp 27 333 Messages in the multifunction display 349 Warning lamp 25 332 Accelerator position automatic transmission 166 Accessory weight 310 Accident 57 Active Body Control see ABC Air conditioning system see Automatic cli mate control system Air distribution 184 185 Air pressure 310 Tire inflation pressure Airpump 384 408 Air recirculation mode Airvents 181 Air volume 184 186 AIRBAG OFF Warning lamp 344 291 187 Airbags 65 Children 66 Front 70 Head thorax 70 71 Knee bag 70 Passenger 70 Alarm system see Anti theft syst
353. r windows Closing the door windows Fully opening the door windows gt Press switch Q or tothe resistance Pull switch 4 or 2 to the resistance Express open point point gt Press switch 1 or 2 past the resis tance point and release The corresponding door window will The corresponding door window will move downwards until you release the move upwards until you release the The corresponding door window opens switch switch completely I 9 If the hardtop is open the respective arine A If the hardtop is open the respective rear side window will open automatical rear side window will open automatical ly as soon as the door window is com ly as soon as the door window is com pletely open pletely open If you pull and hold the switch up when clos ing the door window and upward movement of the door window is blocked by some ob 2 struction including but not limited to arms hands fingers etc the automatic reversal will not operate Opening the rear side windows if the hardtop is closed gt Open the door window gt Press switch or tothe resistance Closing the rear side windows if the point again hardtop is closed The corresponding rear side window gt Close the door window will open completely gt Pull and hold switch or The corresponding rear side window will move upwards until you release the switch Controls in detail Power windows Fully closing the door
354. rcedes Benz side of the trunk Center as soon as possible gt Have a second person lift and hold the retracted hardtop Y Replacing SmartKey batteries If the batteries in the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO are dis charged the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked It is recommended to have the batteries replaced at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Warning A N Keep the batteries out of reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical help immediately Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recycling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of batteries to accept old batteries for recycling When inserting batteries make sure they are clean and free of lint SmartKey Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent gt Remove mechanical key 1 gt page 385 Mechanical key 2 Slide 3 Battery compartment gt Insert mechanical key Q in direction of arrow into side opening gt Using mechanical key push gray slide 2 to unlatch battery compart ment G Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries gt Pull battery compartment out of the housing in direction of arrow gt Remove the batteries in direction of ar m9 P80 35 2239 31 4 Battery Contact spring gt Using a lint free cloth insert new bat teries un
355. re To reduce the risk of personal injury as a re sult of vehicle movement before turning off the engine and leaving the vehicle always e Keep right foot on brake pedal e Firmly depress parking brake pedal e Move the gear selector lever to position P e Slowly release brake pedal When parked on an incline turn front wheels towards the road curb Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or press the start stop button vehicles with KEYLESS GO Take the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO and lock vehicle when leaving Set the parking brake whenever park ing or leaving the vehicle In addition move gear selector lever to position P When parking on hills turn front wheels towards the road curb Operation Driving instructions Tires Warning If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that possi ble damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flash ers carefully slow down and drive with cau tion to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and
356. rear view mirrors 44 Misfiring 56 MOE tires see MOExtended system 311 143 140 229 144 149 44 MOExtended system 411 MOExtended tires 440 MON 270 456 Mph or km h in speedometer Multifunction display 135 456 Displaying gear range 167 Left display field 25 Right display field 27 Selecting language 150 Standard display 135 Multifunction display messages ABC 347 ABS 349 Battery 359 360 Brake pads 360 Brake system 364 CHECK ENGINE 365 Coolant 366 Coolant level 365 368 Display malfunction 368 Doors 369 Easy entry exit feature 369 Electro hydraulic brake system 361 362 Hood 372 Luggage cover 149 382 Retractable hardtop 371 Roll bar 379 Seat belts 379 SmartKey 372 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Tele Aid 379 Telephone 379 Tires 380 Trunk 382 Washer fluid 382 Multifunction steering wheel 456 Buttons 373 28 136 136 N Navigation system Operating 143 Night security illumination Normal occupant weight O Occupant distribution Octane number 458 Odometer main 25 Oil Adding 276 Consumption 154 311 456 311 274 Oil see Engine oil One touch gearshifting 169 Canceling gear range limit 169 Downshifting 169 Upshifting 169 Opening Doors from the inside 107 Fuel filler flap 269 Hood 272 Luggage cover 196 Retractable hardtop SmartKey 199 Retractable hardtop switch 196 Side windows 193 Storage compartment in the armrest 229 Storage compa
357. remains illuminated for as long as either the driver s or passenger s seat belt is not fastened e and the vehicle speed exceeds 15 mph 25 km h the seat belt telltale starts flashing and a warning chime sounds with increasing intensity until both the driver s and passenger s seat belt are fastened or for a maximum of 60 seconds from the time the vehicle speed Safety and Security Occupant safety exceeded 15 mph 25 km h if either the driver s or passenger s seat belt remains unfastened If the driver s or passenger s seat belt remains unfastened after 60 seconds the seat belt telltale stops flash ing and the warning chime stops sounding The seat belt telltale then continues to be illuminated for as long as either the driver s or passen ger s seat belt are not fastened The seat belt telltale will only go out if both the driver s and the passenger s seat belt with the front passenger seat oc cupied are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a front door is opened For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 340 Safety and Security Occupant safety Always wear your seat belt All vehicle occupants always need to have their seat belts fastened and wear them properly In addition applicable motor vehicle safety laws require you to wear seat belts Even where this is not the case we strongly rec ommend that all vehicle occupants have their sea
358. replaced with a winter tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Block heater Canada only The engine is equipped with a block heat er The electrical cable may be installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Block heater not available for SL 55 AMG and SL 65 AMG Snow chains When driving with snow chains always select setting 1 of the level control sys tem gt page 220 Other settings may result in damage to your vehicle Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to ex ceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow When driving with snow chains you may wish to deactivate the ESP gt page 86 before setting the vehicle in motion This will improve the vehi cle s traction Please observe the following guidelines when using snow chains e Use of snow chains is not permissible with all wheel tire combinations e Snow chains should only be used on the rear wheels Follow the manufac turer s mounting instructions e Only use snow chains that are ap proved by Mercedes Benz Your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject e Use of snow chains may be prohibited depending on location Always check local and state laws before installing snow chains Operation Winter driving some tire sizes do not leave adequate clearance for snow chains To help avoid se
359. rer the training button may also be referred to as learn or smart button If there is difficulty locating the transmitting button refer to the garage door opener operators manual b gt Controls in detail Useful features gt gt Step 9 Gate operator Canadian programming gt Press the training button on the ga Some garage door openers or other Canadian radio frequency laws require rage door opener motor head unit rolling code equipped devices may transmitter signals to time out or quit require you to press hold for 2 seconds after several seconds of transmission The training light is activated l i and release the same signal transmit which may not be long enough for the You have 30 seconds to initiate the follow ter button a third time to complete the integrated signal transmitter to pick up the ing two steps training process signal during programming Similar to this Step 10 Canadian law some U S gate operators Step 12 are designed to time out in the same gt Return to the vehicle and firmly press manner hold for 2 seconds and release the pro Confirm the garage door operation by Ea grammed signal transmitter button pressing the programmed signal trans If you live in Canada or if you are having 2 or mitter button or difficulties programming a gate operator Step 13 regardless of where you live by using the Step 11 ia programming
360. rior lighting _ et 4 mg CE a P82 20 2740 31 1 Left reading lamp 2 Right reading lamp 3 Interior lighting on off 4 Slide switch for interior lighting control Automatic control Activating gt Slide switch to the left Interior lamps are switched on in dark ness when you e unlock the vehicle e open a door e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch e open the trunk In addition the entry exit lamps in the door trays will come on when you open a door The interior lamps are switched off af ter a preset time gt page 155 If the door remains open the interior lamps switch off automatically after ap proximately 5 minutes Deactivating gt Slide switch to the right The interior lighting and the entry exit lamps remain switched off in darkness even when you e unlock the vehicle e open a door e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch e open the trunk Manual control Switching lamps on gt Press switch G The interior lighting switches on Switching lamps off gt Press switch G again The interior lighting switches off The setting selected for the interior lighting is used for the trunk lighting as well If you leave the trunk lid open for an ex tended period of time the trunk light ing will switch off automatically after approximately 10 minutes Controls in detail Lighting Courtesy lighting For better orientat
361. rious damage to your vehicle or tires use of Snow chains is not permis sible with the spare wheel and with tire size e 285 35 R18 97W e 285 35 R18 97Y e 285 35 ZR18 97Y e 285 35 R18 97Y MOExtended e 285 735 R18 97V M S MOExtended e 285 30 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load Operation Maintenance We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet at the times called for by the maintenance service indi cator Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet and the maintenance service indicator at the designated times mileage may result in vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Maintenance service indicator message The maintenance service indicator mes sage will notify you when your next mainte nance service is due Starting approximately 1 month before your next maintenance service is due one of the following messages will appear in the right multifunction display while you are driving or when you switch on the igni tion example service A Service A in XXXXX miles km Service A in XXX days Service A Due now The type of maintenance service due is in dicated in the left multifunction display Basic service A Extended service B Vehicles equipped with FSS Flexible Service System only Canada vehi cles The interval between maint
362. rning J Do not adjust the steering wheel while driv ing Adjusting the steering wheel while driv ing could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Even with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle the steering wheel adjustment feature can be operated when the driver s door is open Therefore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehicle equip ment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury located on the lower left of the steering column 1 Adjusting steering column in or out 2 Adjusting steering column up or down gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 or gt Open the drivers door of arrow Q until a comfortable steer ing wheel position is reached with your arms slightly bent at the elbow Adjusting steering column up or down gt Move stalk up or down in direction of arrow 2 Make sure your legs can move freely and all the displays including malfunc tion and indicator lamps on the instru ment cluster are clearly visible The memory function gt page 121 lets you store the settings for the steering wheel together with the settings for
363. rovided it is connected to a hands free system and switched on gt Switch on the telephone and COMAND gt Press button or on the steering wheel repeatedly until you see the TEL menu in the left multifunction display Controls in detail Control system Which messages will appear in the right multifunction display depends on whether your telephone is switched on or off If the telephone is off the message in the multifunction display is TEL off If the telephone is on The telephone will then search for a network During this time the right mul tifunction display is empty As soon as the telephone has found a network READY is indicated in the right multifunction display READY g7 P54 32 2781 31 This standby message indicates that your telephone is ready for use and you can operate it using the control sys tem Controls in detail Control system Rejecting a call If you do not wish to receive the call you can choose to reject it gt Press button Fam You have rejected the call The caller receives a busy signal Answering a call When your telephone is ready to receive calls you can answer a call at any time In the right multifunction display you will then see the message FY N PS4 92 2782 31 gt Press button Fa You have answered the call In the right multifunction display you see the length of the call Ending a call gt Press button Fa
364. rtment in the center console 229 Sunshade 203 Trunk from inside vehicle 108 Trunk lid 108 Windows 192 Operating CD player 142 Navigation system 143 Radio 141 Telephone 159 Ornamental moldings 325 Overdue maintenance service 319 Overhead control panel 31 Overspeed range 133 457 P Paintwork code see Certification label Panic alarm 81 Panic button on SmartKey 81 Panorama roof Sunshade 203 Sunshade closing 203 Sunshade opening 203 Parcel net In front passenger footwell 231 Parcel net in trunk 231 Parking 261 Parking assistance Parktronic 223 Parking brake Engaging 59 Releasing 51 Parking brake pedal 23 Parking lamps 392 Switching on 123 Parktronic 30 223 457 Activating 226 Cleaning system sensors 326 Malfunctioning 227 Minimum distance 225 Range 224 Rear sensors 225 system sensors 326 Warning indicators 23 225 Parktronic deactivation switch 30 Parts service 428 Passenger side Front airbag 70 Head thorax airbag 71 Pedals 257 Phone book 160 Loading 160 Quick search 160 Phone number Dialing 160 Redialing 161 Poly V belt drive 457 Layout 431 Potential problems associated with under inflated and overinflated tires 299 Pounds per square inch see PSI Power assistance 258 Power outlet 237 Power seat Adjusting backrest tilt 41 Adjusting head restraint height 41 Adjusting head restraint tilt 41 Adjusting seat cushion depth 41 Adjusting seat cushion tilt 41 Adjusting seat height 41
365. runk Attach the sticker where it will be easily seen by the driver on the instrument cluster A Warning Take care not to allow the contents of TIREFIT to come in contact with hair eyes or clothing TIREFIT is harmful if inhaled swal lowed or absorbed through the skin causes skin eye and respiratory irritation Any contact with eyes or skin should be flushed immediately with plenty of water If clothing comes in contact with TIREFIT change clothing as soon as possible In case of allergic reaction or rash consult a physician immediately A Warning Keep TIREFIT out of reach of children If swallowed rinse mouth immediately with plenty of water and drink plenty of water Do not induce vomiting Consult a physician immediately Keep away from open flame or heat source If sealant has leaked out let it dry You can then peel it off P40 10 3308 31 1 TIREFIT container 2 Flap 3 Notch 4 Electrical plug Air hose 6 Flange gt Open flap on the electric air pump gt Pull plug and air hose out of the pump housing Practical hints Flat tire Screw the air pump s air hose onto gt Unscrew the valve cap from tire After 5 minutes the pressure gauge must flange of the TIREFIT container valve 7 display at least 26 psi 1 8 bar The air Stick TIREFIT container 4 upside gt Screw filler hose GO onto tire valve 7 nese cel SECOS not
366. s Letter P preceding the size designation Passenger car tire based on U S design standards Letter LT preceding the size designation Light Truck tire based on U S design standards Letter T preceding the size designation Temporary spare tires which are high pressure compact spares designed for temporary emergency use only Operation Tires and wheels Tire width The tire width G gt page 301 indicates the nominal tire width in mm Aspect ratio The aspect ratio 2 gt page 301 is the dimensional relationship between tire section height and section width and is expressed in percentage The aspect ratio is arrived at by dividing section height by section width Tire code The tire code gt page 301 indicates the tire construction type The R stands for radial tire type Letter D means diag onal or bias ply construction letter B means belted bias ply construction At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR 18 For additional information see Tire speed rating gt page 303 Operation Tires and wheels Rim diameter The rim diameter 4 gt page 301 is the diameter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim edge Rim diameter is indicated in inches in Tire load rating The tire load rating gt p
367. s not recognized when attempting to start the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever because e The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not in the vehi cle e The battery in the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not insert ed properly or completely dis charged Practical hints What to do if Possible solution gt gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so Search for the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or continue to operate the vehicle with the SmartKey Otherwise the vehicle cannot be centrally locked nor can the engine be started again af ter the engine is stopped Change the position of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in the vehicle Make sure the battery in the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is properly inserted gt page 390 and is not discharged gt page 106 Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey if necessary Practical hints What to do if Left display 10 ey 1 Right display Key Sill in vehicle 3rd brake lamp Brake lamp Left Substitute bulb on Possible cause consequence Possible solution A SmartKey with KEYLESS GO left gt in the vehicle was recognized while locking the vehicle from the out side The high mounted brake lamp is gt malfunctioning The left brake lamp is malfunction gt ing A substitute bulb has been brought into use Take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO out of the vehicle Visit an authorize
368. s below the minimum speed of 25 mph 40 km h or depending on vehicle production date 20 mph 30 km h by operation of the sys tem At that time the driver must apply the brakes in order to reduce vehicle speed fur ther or bring it to a stop Warning Setting the following distance in Distronic You can set the specified following dis tance for Distronic by varying the time set ting between 1 0 and 2 0 seconds Using this time setting and the current speed of your vehicle Distronic calculates and sets the required following distance to the vehi cle ahead The set distance will be shown in the speedometer display field The thumbwheel for making the time set ting is located on the lower section of the center console A It is up to the driver to exercise discretion to select the appropriate setting given road conditions traffic driver s preferred driving style and applicable laws and driving recom mendations for safe following distance Warning P54 1 Distance warning function on off switch 2 Thumbwheel for setting distance Increasing distance Increasing the distance setting tells Dis tronic to maintain a greater following dis tance to the vehicle ahead gt Turn thumbwheel 2 towards BEA Controls in detail Driving systems Decreasing distance Decreasing the distance setting tells Dis tronic to maintain a smaller following dis tance to the vehicle ahead gt Turn thumbwhe
369. s malfunctioning oth Failure to follow these instructions in creases the risk of an accident er systems such as Parktronic Distronic or the automatic transmission may also be malfunctioning The charging voltage has fallen below 10 volts and the ABS was switched off The battery may not be sufficiently charged gt gt gt Read and observe messages in the display gt page 345 Switch off electrical consumers that are currently not needed e g seat heating If necessary have the generator and battery checked When the voltage is above this value again the ABS Is operational again Practical hints What to do if USA only O Canada only The red brake warning lamp comes on while driving and you hear a warning sound USA only Canada only The red brake warning lamp comes on when the engine is running and you hear a warn ing sound Warning J Driving with the brake warning lamp illumi nated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake sys tem Possible cause consequence You are driving with the parking brake set There is a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system Suggested solution gt gt There is insufficient brake fluid in the reser gt voir Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can re sult in spilling brak
370. s moisture content can lead to the formation of bubbles in the system thus reducing the system s efficiency Warning Therefore the brake fluid must be replaced regularly Refer to your vehicle s Mainte nance Booklet for replacement interval Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz is recommended Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will provide you with additional information Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Premium unleaded gasoline A Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious injury Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and skin contact extinguish all smoking materials Never allow sparks flame or smoking materials near gasoline Warning To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gaso line must be used If premium unleaded is not available and low octane fuel is used follow these precautions have the fuel tank only partially filled with unleaded regular and fill up with premium unleaded as soon as possible avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a light load such as two occu pants and no luggage do not exceed a of maximum ac celerator pedal position if the vehi cle is fully loaded or operating in mountainous terrain Fuel requirements Only use premium unleaded fuel e The octan
371. s or E to switch the inte rior lighting delayed switch off feature On or Off Vehicle submenu Access the Vehicle submenu via the Set tings menu Use the Vehicle submenu to make general vehicle settings The follow ing functions are available Function Page Setting automatic locking 155 Setting automatic locking Use this function to activate or deactivate the automatic central locking With the automatic central locking system activated the vehicle is centrally locked at a vehicle speed of approximately 9 mph 15 km h gt Move the selection marker with the or E button to the Vehicle submenu Controls in detail Control system Press button BeN or Reg repeatedly until you see this message in the left multifunction display Automatic door lock The selection marker is on the current setting Automatic door lock P54 30 0845 31 Press or E to switch Automatic door lock On or Off Controls in detail Control system Convenience submenu Access the Convenience submenu via the Settings menu Use the Convenience sub menu to change the settings for a number of convenience features The following functions are available Function Page Activating easy entry exit 156 feature Activating easy entry exit feature Use this function to activate and deacti vate the easy entry exit feature gt page 43 Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or in
372. see Lamps indicator and warning 142 113 Children in the vehicle Airbags 66 Indicator lamp front passenger front airbag 78 Infant and child restraint systems 64 76 Cigarette lighter Clock 23 150 Cockpit 22 454 Cockpit Management and Data System see COMAND system Cold tire inflation pressure Collapsible tire 454 COMAND system 29 454 Driving instructions 266 Combination switch High beam 53 129 Turn signals 53 Windshield wipers 54 Consumer battery 279 Control and operation of radio transmitters 266 Control system 135 138 454 234 310 454 Control system menus AUDIO 141 NAV 143 Settings 146 Standard display TEL 159 Trip computer 157 Vehicle status message memory Control system submenus 139 Convenience 156 Instrument cluster Lighting 152 Time 150 Vehicle 155 Controller Area Network see CAN System Convenience feature 200 Coolant 450 Anticorrosion antifreeze mixing ratio and quantity 451 Checking coolant level 278 Coolant warning lamp 336 Messages in the multifunction display 365 366 367 368 Temperature 268 Temperature gauge 140 144 149 133 Corner illuminating front fog lamps 127 Digital speedometer 140 Distronic 207 454 Replacing bulbs 391 Dimensions Vehicle 443 Resume function 214 Courtesy lighting 131 Direction of rotation tires 284 Activating 212 Cruise control 204 454 Displays Cleaning system sensor cover 325 Messages in the multifunction Digital soeedomete
373. set speed unless deactivated Distronic is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set dis tance from moving objects in front of it Warning A N The Resume function should only be oper ated if the driver is fully aware of the previ ously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic displays in the speedometer dial If Distronic detects a vehicle directly ahead the DTR indicator lamp in the speedometer dial comes on white If Distronic calculates that there is a dan ger of collision e the DTR warning lamp in the speedometer comes on red an intermittent warning sounds Immediately brake the vehicle to avoid a collision Under no circumstances should the driver await the intermittent warning sound before braking See the follow ing warning note The intermittent warning sound ceases and the red DTR warning lamp goes out when the necessary distance to the vehicle ahead is again estab lished Controls in detail Driving systems TAF n i cto i miles DTR SS mph 140 160 r 4 m ai 5 1 Red DTR warning lamp F54 70 2343 31 Warning A N Warning A N An intermittent warning sounds and the The Distronic brakes your vehicle with a DTR warning lamp red in the speed maximum of 6 5 ft s 2 m s This corre ometer dial is illuminated if the Distronic sponds to about 2
374. shop Low beam Left Low beam Right Possible cause consequence The left license plate lamp is mal functioning The right license plate lamp is mal functioning The light sensor is malfunctioning The headlamps switch on automati cally The left low beam lamp is malfunc tioning The right low beam lamp is malfunc tioning Possible solution gt gt gt gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Replace the bulb as soon as possible In the control system set lamp operation to manual gt page 152 Switch on headlamps using the exterior lamp switch Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Halogen headlamp gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Bi Xenon headlamp gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Halogen headlamp gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Bi Xenon headlamp gt Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution Marker lamp The front left side marker lamp is Replace the bulb as soon as possible cece ery malfunctioning Marker lamp The front right side marker lamp is gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Sone E malfunctioning Marker lamp The rear left side marker lamp is gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible reor ert malfunctioning Marker lam
375. side Assistance calls can be ter minated using the button on the multifunction steering wheel or the re spective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND headunit Information button The Information button is located be low the center armrest cover gt Press and hold the button for longer than 2 seconds A call to the Customer Assistance Cen ter will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting call will appear in the multifunction display and the audio system is muted When the connection is established the message Call connected appears in the multifunction display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identification number model color and lo cation subject to availability of cellular and GPS signals A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be estab lished Information regarding the operation of your vehicle the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products and services is available to yOu For more details concerning the Tele Aid system please visit www mbusa com and use your ID and password sent to you sep arately to learn more USA only Controls in detail Useful features The indicator lamp in the Information button remains illuminated in red for approximately 10 seconds during the system self check after switching on
376. side the trunk When the hardtop Is retracted it must be completely lowered in the trunk be fore the trunk lid can be closed gt page 236 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking C Lock button gt Press lock button Q on the trunk lid With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signals flash three times The lock ing knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed You can also lock the vehicle using the lock button on an outside door handle gt page 62 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Checking the battery Unlocking the trunk Loss of SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt Press button or a You can unlock the trunk separately If you lose your SmartKey with Battery check lamp gt page 101 A minimum height clearance of KEYLESS GO you should do the following comes on briefly to indicate that the 6 2 ft 1 88 m is required to open the gt Have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO SmartKey batteries are in order trunk lid deactivated by an authorized T The handle is located above the rear li MCMC eGee eee SENEE cense plate recess gt Report the loss of the SmartKey with If battery check lamp gt page 101 Y KEYLESS GO or the mechanical key to does not come on briefly during check then the SmartKey battery is dis charged your car insurance company immedi ately e Replace the battery gt page 389 gt Have the mechanical lock replaced if
377. speed Running a cold engine at high engine speed may shorten the service life of the engine Simultaneously depressing the acceler ator pedal and applying the brake re duces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so You can deactivate the automatic lock ing using the control system gt page 155 Getting started Driving Switching on headlamps High beam Turn signals The combination switch is located on the Low beam headlamps left of the steering column The combination switch is located on the left of the steering column The exterior lamp switch is located on the dashboard to the left of the steering wheel z F 5 J ai Am D Combination switch est s227 C High beam gt i h E 4 5 al i h F 4 Combination switch 1 Turn signals right Exterior lamp switch 2 High beam flasher Turn signals left o D b head d cca SOHNE gt Press the combination switch in direc Low beam headlamps on l tion of arrow or 2 gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to Ane Men Deal Headlamps COME GN The corresponding turn signal indicator position FEM The high beam headlamp indicator lamp BEJ or Kell in the instrument The low beam headlamps come on EDJ in the instrument cluster comes cluster flashes gt page 25 on gt page 27 For mor
378. sponge Restart the engine after cleaning sen sor cover 1 Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors 1 Parktronic system sensors in front bumper gt Usea mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Sham poo with plenty of water and a soft non scratching cloth to clean sensors 1 on the bumpers Do not apply strong pressure to the sensor covers Applying strong pres sure may damage the sensor covers Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer on main taining a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer To prevent scratches never apply strong force and only use a soft non scratching cloth when cleaning the sensors Do not attempt to wipe dirty sensors with a dry cloth or sponge Wiper blades T The windshield wipers must be in a ver tical position before folding them away from the windshield They could other wise damage the hood gt Turn on the wipers and place them in a vertical position For information on how to position the wip ers in a vertical position see Replacing wiper blades gt page 397 Warning A N For safety reasons switch off wipers and re move SmartKey from starter switch vehi cles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehicle s on board electronics have status 0 before cleaning the wiper blades Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury Clean the wiper blade inserts wi
379. ssages of high priority and mes sages of less immediate priority can be cleared from the multifunction display us ing the reset button or button EAN Red mz or on the multifunction steer ing wheel They are then stored in the vehi cle status message memory gt page 144 Remember that clearing a message will not correct the condition that caused the mes sage to appear Practical hints What to do if A All categories of messages contain impor tant information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indicated ad dressed as soon as possible at an autho rized Mercedes Benz Center Warning Failure to repair condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property dam age or personal injury A No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction dis play is inoperative Contact your nearest au thorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning Practical hints What to do if 5 Switching on the ignition causes all in strument cluster lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless acti vated as well as the multifunction dis play to come on Make sure the lamps and the multifunction display are in working order before starting your jour ney On the pages that follow you will find a compilation of the most important warning and malfunction messages that
380. ssages will reappear in the multifunc tion display e when the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position O or re moved from the starter switch or e when you turn off the engine by press ing the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton on the gear selector lever once and open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch Controls in detail Control system The vehicle status message memory will be cleared when you then turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to posi tion 1 or 2 or when you press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once or twice without depressing the brake pedal You will then only see high prior ity messages in the multifunction dis play gt page 345 Controls in detail Control system Settings menu In the Settings menu there are two func tions e The function Reset with which you can reset all the settings to those set at the factory e A collection of submenus with which you can make individual settings for your vehicle gt Press button or repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the left multifunction display oreset Press reset button for 3 seconds Settings P54 32 2779 31 The following settings and submenus are available Function Page Resetting all settings 146 Submenus in the Settings menu 147 Resetting the functions of a sub 147 menu
381. st gt Press or E on rocker switch The air cushion inflates or deflates Side bolsters adjustment gt Press switch 2 to the right or left PC 1 2082 184 3 1 1 Thumb wheel Switeh onsneieniion epase 26 The lateral support increases or de creases gt Set the lumbar support between 0 Q Shoulder region support and 5 2 Side bolsters adjustment 3 Massage function PULSE 4 Lumbar region support gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Massage function PULSE You can reduce muscle tension during long trips by periodically using the massage function gt Press button The indicator lamp on button 3 comes on The air cushions in the lumbar re gion inflate and deflate rhythmically a The massage function switches off au tomatically after approximately 8 minutes The indicator lamp goes out Seat heating Vehicles without seat ventilation The switch is located on the door C Normal heating 2 Rapid heating gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Controls in detail Seats Switching on seat heating gt Press lower switch position Q A red indicator lamp on the switch comes on Switching off seat heating gt Press lower switch position Q once more The seat heating will be switched off automatically after approximately 30 minutes Controls in detail Seats Switching on rapid seat heating gt Press uppe
382. start from batteries with the same voltage rating 12V Jump start ing with a more powerful battery could damage the vehicle s electrical system which will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Only use jumper cables with sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps Always make sure the jumper cables are not on or near pulleys fans or oth er parts that move when an engine is started or running Practical hints Jump starting Jump starting may only be performed on the battery installed in the engine compartment Avoid repeated and lengthy starting at tempts Do not attempt to start the engine us ing a battery quick charge unit If the engine does not run after several unsuccessful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel generated by repeated failed starting attempts may damage the catalytic converter and may present a fire risk Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part while the other end is still attached to a battery Practical hints Jump starting Warning Keep flames or sparks away from battery Do not smoke Observe all safety instructions and precau tions when handling automotive batteries gt page 279 The starter battery is located on the right side of the engine compartment gt Make sur
383. station Refuelling Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poisonous It burns violently and can cause serious injury Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and skin contact extinguish all smoking materials Never allow sparks flame or smoking materials near gasoline The fuel filler flap is located on the right hand side of the vehicle towards the rear Locking unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO automatically locks un locks the fuel filler flap gt Turn off the engine by turning the SmartKey to position 0 Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button Open the driv er s door with the driver s door open starter switch is in position 0 same as SmartKey removed from starter switch Operation At the gas station Open the fuel filler flap by pushing at the point indicated by the arrow The fuel filler flap springs open Turn the fuel cap to the left and hold on to it until possible pressure is released Take off the cap and set it in the recess on the fuel filler flap Only fill your tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out do not top up or over fill bb b gt Operation At the gas station Warning J Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pres sure in the system which could cause a gas discharge This could cause the gas to spray back out when removing the
384. stem l cidents system is only achieved with winter e ESP Electronic Stability Program tires gt page 315 or snow chains as e Excessive speed especially in turns e Electro hydraulic brake system required e Wet and slippery road surfaces e Following another vehicle too closely The ABS BAS ESP and the electro hy draulic brake system cannot reduce this risk Always adjust your driving style to the pre vailing road and weather conditions ABS A Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pump ing the brake pedal defeats the purpose of the ABS and significantly reduces braking effectiveness Warning The Antilock Brake System ABS regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not lock during braking This allows you to maintain the ability to steer your vehicle The ABS is functional above a speed of approximately 5 mph 8 km h indepen dent of road surface conditions On slippery road surfaces the ABS will re spond even to light brake pressure The ROJ indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine Is run ning Braking If the ABS activates during braking the ABS ESP warning lamp in the in strument cluster dial flashes Because of the electro hydraulic brake system you will not feel any pulsation in the brake ped al gt Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal
385. t Reinstall the charged batteries Follow the previously described steps in re verse order Practical hints Batteries Warning A N Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle unless the accessory battery charge unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used Gases may escape during charg ing and cause explosions that may result in paint damage corrosion or personal injury An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available permitting the charging of the bat tery in its installed position Contact an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center for information and availability Charge battery in accordance with the separate instruc tions for the accessory battery charger Practical hints Batteries Reconnecting the batteries Always connect the batteries in the order described below Otherwise the vehicle s electronics can be damaged Turn off all electrical consumers Install starter battery in the designated location in the engine compartment Install consumer battery in the desig nated location in the trunk Attach supports and brackets Tighten support and bracket screws Never invert the terminal connections Connect positive lead of the con sumer battery and positive lead 4 of the starter battery and fasten covers Connect negative lead 2 of the starter battery Connect negative lead o
386. t above the headlamps then it is not properly closed Open it again and let it drop with somewhat greater force Operation Engine compartment Engine oil The amount of oil your engine needs will depend on a number of factors including driving style Higher oil consumption can occur when e the vehicle is new e the vehicle is driven frequently at higher engine speeds Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the vehicle break in period Do not use any special lubricant addi tives as these may damage the drive assemblies Using special additives not approved by Mercedes Benz may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty More information on this subject is available at any Mercedes Benz Center Checking engine oil level with the control system When checking the oil level e the vehicle must be parked on level ground e with the engine at operating tempera ture the vehicle must have been sta tionary for at least 5 minutes with the engine turned off e with the engine not at operating tem perature the vehicle must have been stationary for at least 30 minutes with the engine turned off To check the engine oil level via the multifunction display do the following gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 The standard display gt page 135 should appear in the multifunction display gt Press button BV or EAN on the steering wheel until the
387. t page 127 Pull out the exterior lamp switch to sec ond stop The rear fog lamp is switched on The yellow indicator lamp in the lamp switch comes on gt page 123 Push in the exterior lamp switch to first stop The rear fog lamp is switched off The yellow indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch goes out The front fog lamps remain lit Controls in detail Lighting Corner illuminating front fog lamps vehicles with Bi Xenon headlamps and without Sport Package The corner illuminating front fog lamps im prove illumination of the road into which you are turning The corner illuminating front fog lamps will operate with the engine running and with e the exterior lamp switch in position gt page 123 or e the exterior lamp switch in position BGgy gt page 123 or e the daytime running lamp mode activated gt page 125 Controls in detail Lighting I Corner illuminating front fog lamps will only come on in low ambient lighting conditions The corner illuminating front fog lamps function is not available at a vehicle speed above 25 mph 40 km h Driving forward Switching on corner illuminating front fog lamps gt Depending on whether you are turning left or right switch on the left or right turn signal gt page 53 The respective front fog lamp comes on and illuminates the road onto which you are turning The corner illuminating front
388. t belts fastened and wear them properly For information on fastening seat belts see Fastening the seat belts gt page 46 For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and re straint systems for infants and chil dren see Children in the vehicle gt page 76 Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure your passengers are properly restrained even pregnant women Failure to wear and properly fasten and po sition your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident You and your passenger should al ways wear seat belts If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it You can be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt Airbags can only protect as they are designed if the occupants are prop erly wearing their seat belts gt page 65 Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the belt would apply force at the ab domen or neck This could cause serio
389. t likely cause for a malfunctioning system is a dirty sensor located behind the hood grille especially at times of snow and ice or heavy rain In such a case Dis tronic will switch off and the message Distronic Currently unavailable See Oper Manual appears in the multifunction display For cleaning and care of the Distronic sen sor see Cleaning the Distronic system sensor cover gt page 325 Controls in detail Driving systems Turns and bends ZY P54 70 2205 31 In turns or bends Distronic may not detect a moving vehicle in front or it may detect one too soon This may cause your vehicle to brake late or unexpectedly Controls in detail Driving systems Offset driving Lane changing Narrow vehicles P54 70 2206 31 P54 70 2207 31 P54 70 2208 31 A vehicle traveling in your lane but offset Distronic has not yet detected the vehicle Because of their narrow profile the vehi from your direct line of travel may not be changing lanes There will be insufficient cles traveling near the outer edges of the detected by Distronic There will be insuffi distance to the vehicle ahead lane have not yet been detected by Dis cient distance to the vehicle ahead tronic There will be insufficient distance to the vehicles ahead Active Body Control ABC The ABC system automatically selects the optimum suspension tuning and ride height for your vehicle Suspension tuning The suspension
390. t the negative lead from negative terminal of the consumer battery gt page 413 Open the hood gt page 272 Use the 10 mm open end wrench from the vehicle tool kit to disconnect the negative lead from negative terminal 2 of the starter battery gt page 413 Remove the covers from the positive terminals and gt page 413 Disconnect the positive lead from pos itive terminal 8 of the consumer bat tery gt page 413 Disconnect the positive lead from pos itive terminal Q of the starter battery gt page 413 Removing the batteries Removing the consumer battery gt Remove the screws securing the bat tery in the trunk Remove the battery support and bracket Pull out the battery ventilation tube from the battery Depending on battery arrangement in your vehicle model the ventilation tube is located either on the left or right side of the battery Take out the battery Removing the starter battery gt Remove the screws securing the start er battery in the engine compartment gt Pull out the battery ventilation tube from the battery Depending on battery arrangement in your vehicle model the ventilation tube is located either on the left or right side of the battery Lift the retaining bracket Remove the battery Charging and reinstalling batteries gt Charge batteries in accordance with the instructions of the battery charger manufacturer g
391. tact with D l l ane for a wider field of view Objects in mirror tion All steering wheel adjustment must be eyes skin clothing or respiratory system ee i are closer than they appear Check your in completed before setting the vehicle in mo In case it does immediately flush affected l l j m l l terior rear view mirror or glance over your tion Driving off with the steering wheel still area with water and seek medical help if l ar shoulder before changing lanes adjusting could cause the driver to lose con necessary trol of the vehicle Electrolyte drops coming into contact with the vehicle paint finish can only be completely removed while in their liq uid state and by applying plenty of wa ter The buttons are located on the lower part of the center console 1 Driver s side exterior rear view mirror button 2 Passenger side exterior rear view mir ror button 3 Adjustment button gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 gt Press button Q for the left mirror or button 2 for the right mirror gt Push adjustment button up down left or right according to the desired setting Getting started Adjusting If an exterior rear view mirror was forc ibly pushed forward hit from the rear or forcibly pushed rearward hit from the front reposition it by applying firm pressure until it snaps into place The mirror housing is then properly posi tioned and you can adjust
392. ter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu pervised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning Warning You can open a locked door from inside at any time Open door only when conditions are safe to do so The switches are located above and be tween the center air vents of the air condi tioning W Ww E P80 20 2618 31 Central locking switches 1 Locking 2 Unlocking Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Locking gt Press central locking switch Q If all the doors are closed the vehicle locks Unlocking gt Press central unlocking switch The vehicle unlocks Controls in detail Locking and unlocking If the vehicle was previously centrally locked using the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO it will not unlock using the central locking switch If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch e while in the global remote control mode the complete vehicle is un locked when a door is opened from the inside e while in the selective remote con trol mode only the door opened from the inside is unlocked V Seats For more information on seat adjustment see Seat adjustment gt page 40 Moving the seats forward and backward You can move the seats forward and back to facilit
393. teries gt page 413 and Jump starting gt page 419 Practical hints Towing the vehicle Installing towing eye bolt Front of vehicle 1 Cover on right side of front bumper To remove cover gt Press mark on cover Q in direction of arrow gt Lift cover 1 off to reveal the threaded hole for towing eye bolt The towing eye bolt is supplied with the tool kit located in the storage compart ment under the trunk floor gt gt Practical hints Towing the vehicle gt gt Screw towing eye bolt in to its stop and tighten with lug wrench To reinstall cover gt Fit locking tabs of cover under the low er edge of the opening in the bumper gt Apply even pressure on the upper part of the cover until it snaps into place Rear of vehicle P88 20 2224 31 2 Cover on right side of rear bumper To remove cover gt Insert flat blunt object as a lever into upper left or right recess of cover 2 gt Loosen cover 2 using the lever gt Fold cover 2 down in direction of ar row to reveal the threaded hole for the towing eye bolt The towing eye bolt is supplied with the tool kit located in the storage compart ment under the trunk floor gt Screw towing eye bolt in to its stop and tighten with lug wrench To reinstall cover gt Fit cover 2 and snap into place Vv Fuses Fuses are designed to protect the electri cal circuits in your vehic
394. terminal 1 Positive terminal 4 Negative terminal 2 Negative terminal Hi T The consumer battery located in the The starter battery its filler caps and trunk is a valve regulated lead acid the vent tube must always be securely VRLA battery also referred to as installed when the vehicle is in opera fleece battery Such batteries do not tion require topping up of the electrolyte level VRLA batteries therefore do not Practical hints Batteries have cell caps and the battery cover is non removable Do not attempt to open the consumer battery as other wise the battery will be damaged Even though VRLA batteries do not require topping up of the electrolyte level and cannot be opened to check the electrolyte level the battery condi tion must be checked periodically by performing a battery conductance test Refer to Maintenance Booklet for bat tery condition testing intervals As with any other battery disconnect the consumer battery if you do not in tend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time to prevent bat tery discharge or connect an accessory battery charge unit expressly approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle model to maintain the battery charge Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information Warning Failure to follow these instructions can re sult in severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting you might get injured
395. tes that anticorrosion antifreeze coolant used in such engines be specifical ly formulated to protect the aluminum Anticorrosion antifreeze quantity Model SL 500 SL 600 main cooling system SL 600 low temperature cooling system SL 55 AMG SL 65 AMG main cooling system parts Failure to use such anticorro sion antifreeze coolant will result in a sig nificantly shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle Mercedes Benz 325 0 anticorrosion anti freeze agent Approx freeze protection 35 F 37 C 6 1 US gt 5 8 1 6 9 US qt 6 5 1 1 2 US gt 1 11 7 3 US qt 6 9 1 8 2 US qt 7 75 I SL 65 AMG low temperature cooling system 1 5 US qt 1 45 I 49 F 45 C 6 8 US qt 6 41 7 5 US qt 7 11 1 3 US gt 1 2 1 7 9 US qt 7 51 9 0 US qt 8 51 1 7 US gt 1 61 Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Before the start of the winter season or once a year in hot southern regions you should have the anticorrosion antifreeze concentration checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Windshield and headlamp washer system Both the windshield and headlamp washer systems are supplied from the windshield washer fluid reservoir The windshield and headlamp washer
396. th KEYLESS GO 50 Steering column In out adjustment 42 Length adjustment 42 Up down adjustment 42 Steering wheel Adjusting 42 Buttons 28 Cleaning 330 Heating 235 Height adjustment 42 Steering wheel adjustment lever 23 Steering wheel gearshift control 170 SL55 AMG and SL 65 AMG 172 Vehicles with Sport Package 170 Stopping Windows 194 Storage compartments 228 Armrest 229 Cup holder 232 Glove box 228 Indoor 228 Inrear 229 Locking compartments separately 230 Locking storage compartments 230 Parcel net 231 Rear 229 Storage tray 229 Unlocking compartments separately 230 Unlocking storage compartments 230 386 Ventilated compartments 191 Storing tires 283 Submenus 139 Convenience 156 Instrument cluster Lighting 152 Resetting functions 147 Selecting 147 Settings menus 147 Time 150 149 150 Vehicle 155 Submenus see Control system submenus Summer opening feature 199 Sun blind see Sunshade Sun visors 178 Sunshade 203 Closing 203 Opening 203 Suspension tuning For regular driving style 219 For sporty driving style 219 Suspension tuning ABC 219 Switching on Front fog lamps 127 Rear fog lamp 127 Switching on headlamps 53 Symbol Distance warning function Synchronizing ESP 354 Power windows 194 Synchronizing time with head unit 150 143 211 T Tachometer 27 133 Tail lamps 392 396 Cleaning lenses 325 Technical data Electrical system 442 Main dimensions 443 Rims and tires 434 Weights 444
397. th a clean cloth and detergent solution Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Operation Vehicle care Cleaning the windows and the wiper blades The windshield wipers must be in a ver tical position before folding them away from the windshield They could other wise damage the hood Never open the hood when the wiper arms are folded forward Switch on the ignition gt page 36 gt Turn combination switch to wiper setting Il gt page 54 gt With wiper arms in vertical position switch off the ignition gt page 36 Operation Vehicle care b gt T Rear window cleaning Warning A Fold the windshield wiper arms back Clean the rear window with the hardtop onto the windshield before turning the fully raised and closed For safety reasons switch off wipers and re l l i a SmartKey in the starter switch or move SmartKey from starter switch vehi l K pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop E a cea button vehicles with KEYLESS Go Warning AN vehicle s on board electronics have ee status 0 before cleaning the windshield Hold on to the wiper when folding the Do not clean the rear window with the hard and or the wiper blades Otherwise
398. the seat position and the exterior rear view mirrors For more information see Heated steer ing wheel gt page 235 Easy entry exit feature This feature allows for easier entry into and exit from the vehicle When entering and exiting the vehicle the steering wheel is in its uppermost position The easy entry exit feature can be activat ed or deactivated in the Convenience sub Do not leave children unattended in the ve hicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury menu of the control system gt page 156 With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel will return to its last set position when you Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel adjustment do one of the following e Move steering column stalk gt page 42 e Press one of the memory position but tons or the memory button M gt page 121 close the driver s door with the ignition switched on or insert the SmartKey into the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button gt page 37 once with the driver s door closed Getting started Adjusting The last set steering wheel position is stored whe
399. the With the SmartKey SmartKey or vehicles with gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter KEYLESS GO with the lock button on switch each door handle or trunk lid ai The tow away alarm remains disarmed un b Pressthe or pumoronte l til you lock your vehicle again SmartKe 1 Tow away alarm off button y ee inidicarobtamp With KEYLESS GO gt Switch off the ignition and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Bide A We coor NENE The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must ap be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle You cannot disarm the tow away alarm ne a or if the ignition is switched on gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton gt page 37 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Seats Memory function Lighting Instrument cluster Control system Automatic transmission Good visibility Automatic climate control Power windows Retractable hardtop Driving systems Useful features Controls in detail Locking and unlocking In the Controls in detail section you will find detailed information on how to oper ate the equipment installed on your vehi cle If you are already familiar with the basic functions of your vehicle this section will be of particular interest to you To quickly familiarize yourself with the ba sic functions of the vehicle refer to the Getting started section of this manual The correspo
400. the crank until the tire is amaximum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground Removing the wheel P40 10 4350 31 Alignment bolt gt Unscrew upper most wheel bolt and re move Replace this wheel bolt with alignment bolt Q supplied in the tool kit Remove the remaining bolts Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt This could result in damage to the bolt and wheel hub threads Remove the wheel Practical hints Flat tire Mounting the new wheel A Inflate spare wheel tire only after the wheel is properly mounted Warning Inflate the spare wheel tire using the electric pump gt page 408 before lowering the ve hicle gt Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub gt Guide the spare wheel onto the align ment bolt and push it on gt Insert wheel bolts and tighten them slightly A Always replace wheel bolts that are dam aged or rusted Warning Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Practical hints Flat tire ve Damaged wheel hub threads should be re NANNE tne SpareNire paired immediately Do not continue to drive T under these circumstances Contact an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Do not lower the vehicle before inflat ing the spare wheel tire Otherwise the rim may be damaged Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tight ened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to gt Take the electric air pump out of the come off
401. the digital soeedometer to be displayed by changing the setting in the Select display function of the Inst cluster submenu gt page 149 egies S gt Press button Bg or FAN to select the functions in the standard display menu The following functions are available Function Page Calling up digital speedometer 140 Calling up maintenance service 319 indicator Checking tire inflation pressure 293 Checking engine oil level 274 Display digital speedometer gt Press button BV or EAN until the digital soeedometer appears in the multifunction display The current vehicle speed appears in the right multifunction display if select ed gt page 149 AUDIO menu The functions in the AUDIO menu operate the audio equipment which you currently have turned on If no audio equipment is currently turned on the message AUDIO off appears in the right multifunction display The following functions are available Function Page Selecting radio station 141 Selecting satellite radio 141 station USA only Operating CD player 142 Selecting radio station gt Turn on COMAND and select radio Re fer to the separate operating instruc tions gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the currently tuned sta tion in the right multifunction display L FM D101 1FM 7 v one 605 31 1 Waveband setting 2 Station frequency gt Press button BVA or FAM repeatedly until the desired station is
402. the door not Stopping windows opened gt Press or pull the respective switch again Controls in detail Retractable hardtop Y Retractable hardtop Opening and closing the retractable T ingl hardtop a warning A When opening and closing the retract able roof make sure For safety reasons the retractable hardtop When leaving the vehicle always remove the can only be opened and closed when the SmartKey or the SmartKey with e there is sufficient clearance for the vehicle is standing still KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take hardtop to move up and the trunk it with you and lock the vehicle Do not lid to move back vemia A wale children unattended in me vehicle or e the luggage cover is extended and with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsu closed Before operating the switch for the retract Beers 2 a a a e the trunk lid is closed cause an accident and or serious personal trunK HG IS CIOSE able hardtop make sure there is no danger _ Oo of anyone being injured by the moving parts es e no roof luggage carrier is installed retractable roof roof frame and trunk lid e the outside temperature is above due to inattention B 5 F 15 C Hands must never be placed near the roof Never sit or place heavy objects on the Otherwise the roof and trunk of the ve frame upper windshield area hardtop shelf rear shelf Doing so could cause dam hicle could be damaged behind roll bars or trunk lid while the re age to the retract
403. the ignition together with the SOS button and the Roadside Assistance button Fad See system self check gt page 239 if the indicator lamp does not come on in red or stays on longer than approxi mately 10 seconds If the indicator lamp in the Information button is flashing continuously and no voice connection to the Controls in detail Useful features Response Center was established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not avail able The message Call failed ap pears in the multifunction display Information calls can be terminated us ing the button on the multifunc tion steering wheel or the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND headunit If the indicator lamps do not start flash ing after pressing one of the buttons or remain illuminated in red at any time the Tele Aid system has detected a malfunction or the service is currently not active and may not initiate a call Visit an authorized Mercedes Benz Center and have the system checked or contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada as soon as possible Call priority If other service calls such as a Roadside Assistance call or Information call are ac tive an Emergency call is still possible In this case the Emergency call will take pri ority and override all other active calls The indicator
404. the instrument cluster counterclockwise The instrument cluster illumination will dim Coolant temperature gauge A e Driving when your engine is badly over heated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine com partment to catch fire You could be se riously burned Warning e Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns an can occur just by opening the hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Ba Excessive coolant temperature triggers the coolant temperature warning lamp gt page 336 and a warning in the multifunction display gt page 366 During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant tempera ture may rise close to 248 F 120 C The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious en gine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Trip odometer gt Make sure you are viewing the trip odometer display gt page 135 gt If itis not displayed press the JA or IRSA button on the multifunction steering wheel repeatedly until the trip odometer appears gt Press and hold reset button gt page 132 until the trip odometer is reset Controls in detail Instrument cluster Tachometer The red marking o
405. the low engine coolant level warning Extended driving with this message and symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Do not drive without suffi cient amount of coolant in the cooling system The engine will overheat caus ing major engine damage Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution Coolant The coolant is too hot gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location and turn off Stop put engine off the engine gt Only start the engine again after the message disappears You could otherwise damage the engine During severe operating conditions e g i Warning A stop and go traffic the coolant tempera The engine should not be operated with ture may rise close to 248 F 120 C the coolant temperature above 248 F Driving when your engine is badly overheat ed can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned 120 C Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns and can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down Practical hints What to do if
406. the point of resistance The transmission shifts into a lower gear gt Ease on the accelerator when you have reached the desired speed The transmission shifts up again Stopping When you stop briefly e g at traffic lights gt Leave the transmission in gear gt Hold the vehicle with the brake When you stop longer with the engine idling and or on a hill gt Set the parking brake gt Move the gear selector lever to position P Maneuvering When you maneuver in tight areas e g when pulling into a parking space gt Control the vehicle speed by gradually releasing the brakes gt Accelerate gently gt Never abruptly step on the accelerator Working on the vehicle A Warning When working on the vehicle set the parking brake and move gear selector lever to position P Otherwise the vehicle could roll away Gear ranges With the gear selector lever in position D and driving in the automatic shift program C or S gt page 168 you can select a gear range for the automatic transmission to operate within Gear selector lever gt page 169 You can limit the gear range by pressing the gear selector lever to the left D and reverse the gear range limit by pressing the gear selector lever to the right D Steering wheel gearshift control gt page 170 You can limit the gear range by pressing the respective downshift button on the steering wheel gearshift control an
407. the wiper arm back If released the force top in a position other than the fully raised wiper motor could suddenly turn on and of the impact from the tensioning and closed position Otherwise the hardtop cause injury spring could crack the windshield may move unexpectedly which may result in personal injury to you or others gt Fold the wiper arms forward until they T snap into place To clean the window interior do not gt Usea soft clean cloth and a mild win gt Clean the wiper blade inserts with a use a dry CION SNE enia EO an Senne aeons clean cloth and detergent solution cleaners containing solvents Do not and inside glass surfaces touch the inside of the front rear or An automotive glass cleaner is recom gt Use a soft clean cloth and a mild win side windows with hard objects such as mended dow cleaning solution on all outside an ice scraper or ring Doing so may and inside glass surfaces damage the windows An automotive glass cleaner is recom mended Light alloy wheels If possible clean wheels once a week gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of water for cleaning the light al loy wheels Only use acid free cleaning materials Acid may cause corrosion or damage the clear coat The vehicle should not be parked for an extended period of time immediately after it has been cleaned especially not after the wheel rims have been cleaned with wheel rim cleaner Whee
408. these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hood is still hot gt Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehicle doors etc Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical compo nents and connectors from contact with water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticor rosion Wax should be applied to the en gine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control link age bushings and joints should be lubricat ed The poly V belt and all pulleys should be protected from any wax Operation Vehicle care Vehicle washing In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible When washing the underbody do not for get to clean the inner sides of the wheels a Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is in close proximity i e within approximately 3 ft 1 m the ve hicle could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Operation Vehicle care Hand wash Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight gt Only use a mild car wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a dif fused jet of water Direct only a very weak spray towards the ventilation intake
409. this type of loss of control Warning gt Briefly press button Q on the left side of the steering wheel The transmission will shift to the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the transmission page 167 when you are driving in the automatic program mode C or S Upshifting gt Briefly press button 2 on the right side of the steering wheel The transmission will shift to the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously extends the gear range of the transmission when you are driving in the automatic program mode C or S Canceling gear range limit gt Press and hold button 2 on the right side of the steering wheel until D reappears in the right multifunction display The transmission will shift from the current gear range directly to gear range D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Press and hold button on the left side of the steering wheel The transmission will automatically select the gear range suited for optimal acceleration and deceleration This will involve shifting down one or more gears Controls in detail Automatic transmission Manual shift program SL 55 AMG and SL 65 AMG In addition to the automatic shift program C or S your vehicle is equipped with the manual shift program MANUAL In the MANUAL program mode system controlled automatic gearshifting is switch
410. ties e Aastra 445 Technical terms 453 ENSING Oll rerasanan 447 Engine oil additives eee 447 Air conditioning refrigerant EESTE BAT MAE eaaa 461 Brake fluid sas iusGrateesiatiadeeasesenentes 447 Premium unleaded gasoline 448 Fuel requirements 00ccceees 448 Gasoline additives cccceeeeeee 449 COOIANIS ac midestaciiaa A 450 Y Product information Please observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using Genuine Mercedes Benz parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitabili ty for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in indi vidual cases an official approval or authori zation by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and acces sories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Introduction Product information Genuine Mercedes Benz parts as well as conversion parts and accessories ap proved by us are available at your autho rized Mercedes Benz Center where you will receive comprehensive information also on permissible technical modifications and where proper installation will be per formed Introduction Operator s M
411. tion on tested and recommended rims and tires for summer and winter operation They can also offer advice concerning tire service and purchase Warning A N Replace rims or tires with the same designa tion manufacturer and type as shown on the original part See an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further informa tion If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted e The wheel brakes or suspension components can be damaged e The operating clearance of the wheels and the tires may no longer be correct Warning A N Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is badly worn or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can result in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Retreaded tires are not tested or recom mended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on retreads The operating safety of the vehicle cannot be assured when such tires are used Operation Tires and wheels Important guidelines Only use sets of tires and rims of the same type and make Tires must be of the correct size for the rim Break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km at moderate speeds Regularly check the tires and rims for damage Dented or bent rims can cause tire inflation pressure loss and damage to the tire beads If vehicle
412. tion steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display appears in the multifunction display gt page 140 Press button BV or EAN on the multifunction steering wheel until the maintenance service indicator mes sage with the maintenance service symbol or appears in the left multifunction display and the main tenance service deadline appears in the right multifunction display gt D b gt Operation Maintenance If the battery supplying the vehicle s electrical consumers is disconnected the days of disconnection will not be in cluded in the count shown by the main tenance service indicator To arrive at the true maintenance service deadline you will need to subtract these days from the days shown in the mainte nance service Indicator display Do not confuse the service indicator with the engine oil level indicator Resetting the maintenance service indicator In the event that the maintenance service on your vehicle is not carried out by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center you can have the maintenance service indicator re set The automotive maintenance facility carrying out the maintenance service will find the information for resetting the main tenance service indicator in the mainte nance relevant information for your vehicle Such information is available ei ther from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or directly from Mercedes Benz If the maintenance service indicator was ina
413. tivate about a loss in the tire inflation pressure Is set for each tire pressure and the Run Flat Indica tor has not been reactivated yet Then reactivate the Run Flat Indicator NUM et The Run Flat Indicator has been gt Have the Run Flat Indicator checked by an Indicator switched off due to an error authorized Mercedes Benz Center unavailable Tire pres The Run Flat Indicator indicates gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding Check tires that the pressure is too low in one abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Ob or more tires serve the traffic situation around you gt Check and adjust tire inflation pressure as required gt page 293 gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 399 gt Reactivate the Run Flat Indicator after ad justing the tire inflation pressure values gt page 295 Left display Tire pressure monitor Tire pressure Tire pressure monitor Right display currently unavailable displayed after driving for a a few minutes inoperative No wheel sensors Possible cause consequence The TPMS is unable to monitor the tire pressure due to e anearby radio interference source e excessive wheel sensor tempera tures The tire inflation pressure is being checked There are wheels without wheel sen sors mounted e g winter tires Practical hints What to do if Possible solution As soon as the causes for the malfunction are no longer pres
414. to roof damage interior trim with the guide Closing oe Warning gt Using handle slide the sunshade gt Place the wind screen back into the ee towards the front of the vehicle bag Do not operate the sunshade while driving Adjusting the sunshade while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehi cle Se ae Paa noe ana aS ee P 68 50 2184 31 1 Stop buttons 2 Handle Controls in detail Driving systems The driving systems of your vehicle are de scribed on the following pages e Cruise control and Distronic with which the vehicle can maintain a preset speed e ABC with vehicle level control systems with which you can change vehicle sus pension characteristics e Parktronic which assists the driver during parking maneuvers For information on the BAS ABS and ESP see Driving safety systems gt page 82 Cruise control The cruise control automatically maintains the speed you set for your vehicle Use of cruise control is recommended for driving at a constant speed for extended periods of time Cruise control can be set at any speed above 20 mph 30 km h The cruise control function is operated by means of the cruise control lever The cruise control lever is the uppermost lever found on the left hand side of the steering column gt page 22 Warning The cruise control is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during v
415. tomatically as soon as suffi cient voltage is available Y Memory function Prior to operating the vehicle the driver should check and adjust the seat height seat position fore and aft and seat back rest angle if necessary to ensure adequate control reach and comfort The head re straint should also be adjusted for proper height See also the section on airbags gt page 65 for proper seat positioning In addition adjust the steering wheel to ensure adequate control reach operation and comfort Both the interior and exterior rear view mirrors should be adjusted for adequate rear vision Fasten seat belts Infants and small chil dren should be seated in a properly se cured restraint system that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan dard 213 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 With the memory switch you can store up to three different settings The following settings are stored when us ing the buttons on the driver s door e Drivers seat and backrest position e Steering wheel position e Drivers side exterior rear view mirror position e Passenger side exterior rear view mir ror position The following settings are stored when us ing the buttons on the passenger door e Passenger seat and backrest position A Do not activate the memory function while driving Activating the memory function while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Warning
416. tronic indicator lamp white or warning lamp red Page 336 334 332 338 Vehicles without Distronic Warning lamp without function It illuminates when the ignition is on It should go out when the engine is running Item Right turn signal indi cator lamp Left turn signal indi cator lamp 3 Left multifunction display with e Trip odometer e Main odometer Stored speed for e Cruise control e Distronic 4 Reset button Page 133 204 143 At a glance Instrument cluster At a glance Instrument cluster imin 60 x 100 I43 Smiles 5 70 P54 32 3606 31 Item Tachometer with check engine High beam head lamp indicator Engine malfunction indicator lamp USA only Engine malfunction indicator lamp Canada only Roll bar warning lamp Antilock Brake Sys tem ABS indicator lamp Page 133 129 335 339 333 Item EJ Supplemental Restraint System SRS indicator lamp yam Seat belt telltale Combination low tire pressure TPMS mal function telltale Right multifunction display with e Gear selector lever position e Outside temperature display e Program mode 7 Fuel gauge with E Fuel reserve warning lamp Page 341 340 342 164 134 163 338 At a glance Instrument cluster At a glance Multifunction steering wheel Item Page Item Page G Left multifunctio
417. trunk A minimum height clearance of 6 2 ft 1 88 m is required to open the trunk lid Always make sure that there is suffi cient overhead clearance Opening the trunk from the outside The handle is located above the rear li cense plate recess Ws P80 20 2555 31 14 Handle ij Vehicles without KEYLESS GO The vehicle must be unlocked Pull on handle Q and lift the trunk lid o To facilitate trunk loading and unload ing when the hardtop is retracted you can raise the hardtop from its storage position in the trunk using the load as sist feature gt page 236 You may also unhook the luggage cover Remember to resecure the luggage cover after loading unloading the trunk Otherwise you will not be able to lower the retractable hardtop Vehicles without KEYLESS GO If the trunk lid does not open the en tire vehicle is still locked globally gt page 96 or it is still locked sepa rately gt page 110 The trunk can also be opened using e the SmartKey see Locking and un locking gt page 96 e theremote trunk lid release switch see Opening the trunk from the inside gt page 108 e thetrunk lid emergency release button see Trunk lid emergency release gt page 111 Opening the trunk from the inside You can open the trunk from the inside if the vehicle is stationary and the retract able hardtop is fully opened or closed The switch is located
418. ts of the body and the air vents If necessary use the air distribution control gt page 181 to di rect the air to air vents in the vehicle interior that are not in the immediate area of unpro tected skin Follow the recommended settings for heat ing and cooling given on the following pag es Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others much faster Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of snow and debris When the retractable hardtop is closed do not obstruct air flow by placing ob jects on the air flow through exhaust slots below the rear window Deactivating the automatic climate control system Deactivating gt Press button gt page 181 The indicator lamp on the button comes on When the automatic climate control system is switched off the outside air supply and circulation are also switched off Only choose this setting when the retractable hardtop is open Otherwise the windows could fog up Reactivating gt Press button gt page 181 The indicator lamp on the button goes out The previous settings are in effect again or gt Turn one of the temperature controls on the automatic climate control panel gt page 181 The indicator lamp on button goes out Controls in detail Automatic climate control Operating the climate control system in automatic mode Air distribution and air volume c
419. tuning is set according to e Your driving style e Road surface conditions e The vehicle loading e Your choice of suspension style You can set the following suspension styles e Regular Comfort e Sporty The selected setting is stored even if the engine is turned off The ABC button with the indicator lamp is located in the lower section of the center console 1 ABC button 2 Indicator lamp gt Start the engine gt page 49 Controls in detail Driving systems Suspension for sporty driving style The setting for sporty driving is selected when indicator lamp 2 is illuminated gt Press button Q Indicator lamp 2 comes on The message ABC Active Body Con trol SPORT appears in the multifunc tion display for a short time Suspension for regular driving style The setting for regular driving is selected when the indicator lamp is off gt Press button Q Indicator lamp 2 goes out The message ABC Active Body Con trol COMFORT appears in the multifunc tion display for a short time Controls in detail Driving systems Vehicle level control Warning IS To help avoid personal injury keep hands and feet away from wheel housing area and stay away from under the vehicle when low ering the vehicle chassis Your vehicle automatically adjusts its ride height to increase vehicle safety reduce fuel consumption The vehicle chassis ride height is rais
420. u and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsupervised use of vehi cle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury To unlock the vehicle the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be outside the vehicle no further than approx 3 feet 1 meter away from the door Grasp an outside door handle All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs on the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed The electro hydraulic brake system is activated If the vehicle has been parked for more than 72 hours you must pull an outside door handle in order to activate the KEYLESS GO function Getting started Unlocking If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is inside the vehicle pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector le ver corresponds to turning the SmartKey to the various starter switch positions gt page 37 Opening a door causes the windows on that side of the car to open slightly They will return to the up position when the door is closed For more information see SmartKey with KEYLESS GO gt page 100 Getting started Unlocking Starter switch positions SmartKey If a lamp in the instrument cluster re Warning J When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey or the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehic
421. um mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks immediately Noti fy an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Do not add brake fluid as this will not solve the problem For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 363 Operation At the gas station Coolant level For information on checking the coolant level see Coolant gt page 278 Engine oil level For more information on checking the en gine oil level see Checking engine oil lev el with the control system gt page 274 Vehicle lighting Check function and cleanliness For more information see Replacing bulbs gt page 391 Exterior lamp switch see Switching on headlamps gt page 53 Tire inflation pressure For information on checking the tire infla tion pressure see Checking tire inflation pressure gt page 293 Operation Engine compartment Hood gt Pull lever G downwards gt Push lever 2 on the hood upwards The hood is unlocked gt Pull up onthe hood and then release it Warning A N T The hood will be automatically held open at shoulder height by gas filled To avoid damage to the windshield wip Do io pull Me release Ye while the vehi ers or hood never open the hood if the struts cle is in motion Otherwise the hood could en aceon wiper arms are folded forward away A PSE i from the windshield Warning A Open
422. unted to the vehicle e winter road conditions prevail e you are driving on a loose surface e g sand or gravel e you are driving in a very sporty manner involving rapid acceleration or high speeds in curves Operation Tires and wheels Warning A N When the multifunction display shows the message Tire pressure Check tires one or more of your tires is significantly un der inflated You should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper tire inflation pressure as indicated on the vehicle s tire information placard Driving on a significantly under in flated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Each tire including the spare should be checked monthly when cold and set to the recommended tire infla tion pressure as specified in the vehicle placard and owner s manual The recommended tire inflation pres sures for your vehicle can be found on the tire placard located on the drivers door B pillar gt page 285 or if avail able the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressures are not list ed in the owner s manual Warning A N The Run Flat Indicator does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected tire inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pres sure according to the placard on
423. us or even fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a nearly upright position and the belt is properly positioned on the body Keep door storage compartments closed while vehicle is in motion Failure to do so may cause the seat belt to catch at the rear and prevent proper positioning of the seat belt Warning A N Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly re strained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Warning A N Damaged seat belts or belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts which have been ap proved by Mercedes Benz Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to unintended activation or to failure Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Safety and Security Occupant safety Warning USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY Seat belts can only work when used properly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this sec tion as that could result in serious inju ries in case of an accident Each occupant shou
424. ust pull an outside door handle in order to activate the KEYLESS GO function The vehicle will lock again automatically and reactivate the alarm system within ap proximately 40 seconds of unlocking if neither a door nor the trunk is opened The vehicle could inadvertently unlock if the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle and e an door handle is splashed with wa ter or e you attempt to clean an outside door handle Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Global locking gt Press lock button on an outside door handle gt page 62 or trunk gt page 105 With the trunk and all doors closed all turn signals flash three times The lock ing knobs in the doors move down The anti theft alarm system is armed Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogram the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO so that grasping a door han dle only unlocks the driver s door interior lockable storage compartments and the fuel filler flap gt Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for about 6 seconds until battery check lamp gt page 101 flashes twice The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO will then function as follows Unlocking the driver s door and fuel fill er flap gt Grasp the driver s door handle All turn signals flash once The locking knob in the driver s door moves up The anti theft alarm system is disarmed Global unlocking gt
425. ve power to the drive axles includ ing e engine e clutch torque converter e transmission e transfer case e drive shaft e differential e axle shafts axles Production options weight gt page 311 Program mode selector switch Used to switch the automatic transmis sion between standard operation S and comfort operation C SL 55 AMG with steering wheel gear shift control and manual shift program In addition to S and C for regular S or comfort C operation see above you can use MANUAL for manual shift pro gram Pounds per square inch gt page 312 Recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 312 REST Residual Engine Heat Utilization Feature that uses the engine heat stored in the coolant to heat the vehi cle interior for a short time after the en gine has been turned off Retractable hardtop Hardtop roof that can be opened and closed at the push of a button and stored in the trunk Rim gt page 312 Roll bar Occupant protection system which consists of tubular steel sheathed in plastic The roll bar is lowered into the car body during normal driving condi tions and raised automatically It may also be manually raised and lowered by operating a button during critical driv ing situations RON The Research Octane Number for gaso line as determined by a standardized method It is an indication of a gaso line s ability to resist undesired detona tion kno
426. ve speed in turns or hydroplaning Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The ca pabilities of an ESP equipped vehicle must never be exploited in a reckless or danger ous manner which could jeopardize the us er s safety or the safety of others The ESP will only function properly if you use wheels of the recommended tire size gt page 434 Safety and Security Driving safety systems Because of the ESP s automatic oper ation the engine must be shut off SmartKey in starter switch position 0 or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop but ton in position O or 1 when e the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer e the vehicle is being towed with the front rear axle raised Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system The ESP will only function properly if you use wheels of the recommended tire size gt page 434 For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 332 Switching off the ESP A ESP should not be switched off during nor mal driving other than in the circumstances described below Disabling of the system will reduce vehicle stability in standard driv ing maneuvers Warning Do not switch off the ESP when a spare wheel is mounted To improve the vehicle s traction turn off the ESP in driving situations where it would be advantageous to have the drive
427. ver Vehicle handling characteristics may change Adapt your driving accordingly gt Replace your TIREFIT container every 4 years Replacement containers are available at your authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Flat tire Mounting the spare wheel Preparing the vehicle Always try lifting the vehicle using the Warning The dimensions of the spare wheel are dif ferent from those of the road wheels As a result the vehicle handling characteristics change when driving with a mounted spare wheel Adapt your driving style accordingly The spare wheel is for temporary use only When driving with spare wheel mounted en sure proper tire inflation pressure and do not exceed vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h Drive to the nearest Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible to have the spare wheel replaced with a regular road wheel Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted Do not switch off the ESP when a spare wheel is mounted Prepare the vehicle as described gt page 399 gt Turn spare wheel bracket counter clockwise to loosen gt Take the spare wheel out of the trunk Lifting the vehicle gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks not included or other sizable objects When changing wheel on a level sur face gt Place one wheel chock or other sizable object in front of and anoth er wheel chock or sizabl
428. vide you with further information The corresponding page refer ences are located at the end of each seg ment P O0 35 2086 31 SmartKey with remote control Lock button Unlock button for trunk lid 3 Unlock button 4 Panic button gt Press unlock button on the SmartKey All turn signal lamps flash once The locking knobs in the doors move up The anti theft alarm system is dis armed The electro hydraulic brake system Is activated gt Enter the vehicle and insert the SmartKey in the starter switch VAN When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Unsuper vised use of vehicle equipment may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Warning Opening a door causes the windows on that side of the car to open slightly They will return to the up position when the door is closed For more information see SmartKey gt page 96 Unlocking with KEYLESS GO With the KEYLESS GO function you can lock and unlock the vehicle without using the remote control buttons on the SmartKey and start the engine without in serting the SmartKey in the starter switch The function of the SmartKey overrules the KEYLESS GO function Warning A N When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with yo
429. w etc switch them off immediately e For safety reasons stop the vehicle in a safe location and e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or e turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door with the driver s door open the starter switch Is in po sition 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch before attempting to remove any blockage If the windshield wipers fail to function Remove blockage Turn the windshield wipers on again at all in switch position I set the combination switch to the next higher wiper speed have the windshield wipers checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Problems while driving The engine runs erratically and misfires An ignition cable may be damaged The engine electronics may not be op erating properly Unburned gasoline may have entered the catalytic converter and damaged it Give very little gas Have the problem repaired by an au thorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The coolant temperature gauge is above 248 F 120 C The coolant is too hot and is no longer cooling the engine gt Stop the vehicle as soon as possible in a safe location and turn off the engine Allow engine and coolant to cool gt Check the coolant level and add cool ant if necessary gt page 278 Getting started In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking gasoli
430. wheels Stopping distance is increased If there is a malfunc tion in the electro hydraulic brake system we recommend that the vehicle be trans ported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equip ment A tow bar must be used if circumstances do not permit the use of the recommended towing methods and the vehicle requires towing with all four wheels on the ground Towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is only permissible for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h For more infor mation see Towing the vehicle gt page 421 With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the ve hicle Brakes Warning After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through wa ter deep enough to wet brake components the first braking action may be somewhat reduced and increased pedal pressure may be necessary to obtain expected braking ef fect Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effec tiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in suffic
431. wheels spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip such as e when driving with snow chains e in deep snow e in sand or gravel Ka Turn on the ESP immediately if the aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore When you switch off the ESP e the ESP does not stabilize the vehicle e the engine output is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip e the traction control will still brake a spinning wheel e the ESP continues to operate when you are braking e you cannot activate Distronic When the ESP is switched off and one or more drive wheels are spinning the ABS ESP warning lamp in the speedometer flashes However the ESP will then not stabilize the vehicle The switch is located in the lower part of the center console a tch p gt Press ESP switch until the ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on ESP is deactivated Warning A N When the ABS ESP warning lamp is illuminated continuously the ESP is switched off Adapt your speed and driving to the prevail ing road conditions and to the non operating status of the ESP Ea Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period with the ESP switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Safety and Security Driving safety systems Switching
432. when the gear selector lever is out of position P This could result in a change of driving characteristics for which you may not be prepared The last selected program mode C or S is switched on when the engine is restarted Press program mode selector switch Q repeatedly until the letter of the desired program mode appears in the right multifunction display Select C for comfort driving e The vehicle starts out in second gear both forward and reverse for gentler starts This does not apply if full throttle is applied or gear range 1 is selected e Traction and driving stability are improved on icy roads e Upshifts occur earlier even when you give more gas The engine then operates at lower rpms and the wheels are less likely to spin The current gear selector lever position and the selected program mode C S are indicated in the right multifunction display gt page 163 Gear selector lever one touch gearshifting Even with an automatic transmission you can change the gears manually and limit or extend the gear range for automatic shifting with the gear selector lever in position D and driving in the automatic program mode C or S Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Shift into reverse gear R or parking position P only when the vehicle is stopped Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended
433. will issue a numbered incident report gt Pass this number on to the Mercedes Benz Response Center along with your password issued to you when you subscribed to the service The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid system Once the vehicle is locat ed the Response Center will contact the local law enforcement and you The vehicle s location will only be provided to law enforcement If the anti theft alarm or the tow away alarm stays on for more than 30 seconds a call to the Response Center is initiated automatically by the Tele Aid system provided Tele Aid ser vice was subscribed to and properly ac tivated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are avail able See anti theft alarm system gt page 91 and tow away alarm gt page 93 Garage door opener The integrated remote control is capable of operating up to three separately controlled devices It provides a convenient way to re place up to three hand held remote con trols used to operate devices such as garage door openers gate openers or oth er devices compatible with HomeLink or some other systems Before the integrated remote control can be used it must be programmed to the ga rage door opener gate operator or other device you wish to operate See the follow ing instructions for programming informa tion 2 SOW P68 05 2113 31 Interior rear view mirror with integrated r
434. windows Closing the windows with Synchronizing power windows Express close KEYLESS GO l The power window must be resynchro gt Pull switch G or 2 past the resis gt Press and hold lock button on an out mas y l l nized each time tance point and release side door handle gt page 62 until the i e after the battery has been disconnect The corresponding door window closes KAATE REA y completely l ing e ifthe power windows cannot be full If the upward movement of the door win Warning A p y i i CE opened Express open or closed dow is blocked during the closing proce i l When closing the windows make sure that Express close dure the door window will stop and open slightly there is no danger of anyone being harmed l by the closing procedure Synchronizing the power windows The windows will not automatically re open gt Switch on the ignition gt page 36 Warning ZN if blocked during convenience closing ie E gt Pull the power window switches until Driver s door only If potential danger exists proceed as fol the side windows are closed thi itch j j lows If within 5 seconds the switch is again Hold the switches for approximately pulled past the resistance point and re e Release the lock button 1 second leased the automatic reversal will not apenas e Pull on the door handle and hold firmly The power windows are synchronized The side windows open for as long as the door handle is held but
435. wintry road conditions prevail Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show M S and the mountain snowflake sym bol marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions Use of winter tires is the only way to achieve the maximum effec tiveness of the ABS and ESP in winter op eration For safe handling make sure all winter tires mounted are of the same make and have the same tread design Operation Winter driving Warning J Winter tires with a tread depth of less than Ee in 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation Always observe the speed rating of the winter tires installed on your vehicle If the maximum speed for which your tires are rated is below the speed rating of your ve hicle you must place a notice to this effect where it will be seen by the driver Such no tices are available at your tire dealer or any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Warning A N If you use your spare tire when winter tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire characteristics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accordingly Have the spare tire
436. with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and gasoline Cleaning tires Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Operation Tires and wheels Direction of rotation Unidirectional tires offer added advan tages such as better hydroplaning perfor mance To benefit however you must make sure the tires rotate in the direction specified An arrow on the sidewall indicates the intended direction of rotation spinning of the tire Spare wheels may be mounted against the direction of rotation spinning even with a unidirectional tire for temporary use only until the regular drive wheel has been repaired or replaced Always observe and follow applicable tempo rary use restrictions and speed limita tions indicated on the spare wheel Loading the vehicle Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry e The Tire and Loading Information placard Example A or the Vehicle Tire Information placard Example B can be found on the driver s door B pillar This placard tells you important information about the number of people that can be in the vehicle and the total weight that can be carried in the vehicle It also contains information on the proper size and recommended tire inflation pressures for the original equipment tires on your vehic
437. wn in the illus trations below Refer to placard on ve hicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Q VEHICLE TIRE INFORMATION HICLE CAPACITY WEIGHT Eac ELES SEATING CAPACITY 1 Load limit information on the Vehicle Tire Information placard The placard showing the load limit informa tion is located on the driver s door B pillar If your vehicle is equipped with the Vehicle Tire Information placard Example B locate the heading Vehicle Capacity Weight on this placard The combined weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue if applicable should never exceed the weight listed next to vehicle capacity weight SS ee ee TIRE AND LOAQING INFORMATION SEATIN PACITY I TOTAL 5 FRONT 2 REAR 3 Mai The combined weigh of occupants and cargo should never exceed KEX kg or XXX Ibs Tee sme couric ressure Rao MANUAL FOR 200KPA 29P31 ADDITIONAL eon rosan SPARE T125 70015 A7OKPA GOP SI IN FORMATION P40 00 2063 31 Placard Example A 1 Seating capacity VEHICLE TIRE INFORMATION LE CAPACITY WEIGHT KG LBS SEATING CAPACITY ey zz m Tir i ed ee Placard Example B 1 Seating capacity Operation Tires and wheels Steps for determining correct load limit The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle
438. xists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may either call the Auto Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 or 366 0123 in Washington D C area or write to NHTSA U S Department of Transportation Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor ve hicle safety from the Hotline Introduction Vehicle data recording Y Vehicle data recording Information regarding electronic recording devices Including notice pursuant to California Code 9951 Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data and if equipped with the Tele Aid system may transmit some data in certain accidents This information helps for example to diagnose vehicle systems after a collision and to continuously improve vehicle safety DaimlerChrysler may access the information and share it with others for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee in response to an official request by law enforcement or other government agency for use in dispute resolution involving DaimlerChrysler its affiliates or sales service organization and or as otherwise required or permitted by law Please check the Tele Aid subscription service agreement for details regarding the informati
439. y sure as selected by the driver in all four tires A warning is issued to alert you to a decrease in pressure in one or more of the tires A The TPMS does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the supplemental tire pressure in formation on the inside of the fuel filler flap Warning The TPMS is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by care fully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom mended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or the tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire infla tion pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitor ing system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly underinflated Accord ingly when the low tire pressure telltale illu minates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible a
440. y Run Flat Indicator active Reactivation poss using Press button ES The following message will appear in the multifunction display Tire pressure OK now Operation Tires and wheels If you wish to confirm activation gt Press button ES The following message will appear in the multifunction display Run Flat Indicator reactivated After a certain learning phase the Run Flat Indicator checks the set pressure val ues for all four tires If you wish to cancel activation gt Press button EE or gt Wait until the message Tire pressure OK now disappears Operation Tires and wheels Checking tire pressure electronically with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS USA only The TPMS only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors It monitors the tire inflation pres A Warning The Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS is equipped with a combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale in the instrument cluster gt page 27 Depending on how the telltale illuminates it indicates a low tire pressure condition or a malfunction in the TPMS system itself e If the telltale illuminates continu ously one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated There is no malfunction in the TPMS e Ifthe telltale flashes for 60 seconds and then stays illuminated the TPMS system itself is not operating properl
441. you in the vehicle and re straint systems for infants and chil dren see Children in the vehicle page 76 The EGS indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on for about 4 seconds when you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to posi tion 1 or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once It then goes out briefly comes on again and re mains lit until you start the engine turn the SmartKey to position 2 or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once more gt page 37 for about 4 seconds when you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 2 or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice gt page 37 for about 4 seconds when you start the engine by turning the SmartKey in the starter switch or by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button once with the brake pedal depressed gt page 49 The GSM indicator lamp goes out shortly after you start the engine This shows that the restraint systems are operational A malfunction in the system has been de tected if the indicator lamp fails to go out after approximately 4 seconds does not come on at all comes on after the engine was started or while driving For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 341 Safety and Security Occupant safety Airbags Warning A N In the event that the EGE indicator lamp comes on during driving or does not come on at all the SRS self check has detect
442. you see this message in the left multifunction display From start PS4 92 2780 31 1 Distance driven since start 2 Average speed since start 3 Time elapsed since start 4 Average fuel consumption since start 135 mi Controls in detail Control system All statistics stored since the last en gine start will be reset approximately 4 hours after the SmartKey in the start er switch is turned to position O or re moved from the starter switch Resetting will not occur if you turn the SmartKey back to position 1 or 2 with in this time period Controls in detail Control system Fuel consumption since last reset gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the trip computer menu gt Press button JM or Red repeatedly until you see this message in the left multifunction display From reset 1 Distance driven since last reset 2 Average speed since last reset 3 Time elapsed since last reset 4 Average fuel consumption since last re set 2135 ml P54 30 754 7 31 Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt Press button or repeatedly until you see the first function of the trip computer menu Press button J or Reg repeatedly until you see the reading that you want to reset in the left multifunction dis play gt Press and hold the reset button in the instrument cluster gt page 25 until the value is reset to 0 Vv
443. z Center as soon as possible The consumer battery has insuffi The electrical consumers will come back online cient voltage and can no longer sup as soon as on board voltage is sufficient ply the convenience functions such as seat ventilation The brake pads have reached their Have the brake pads replaced as soon as pos wear limit sible Practical hints What to do if Left display Right display Possible cause consequence Possible solution Reduced The electro hydraulic brake system gt Do not drive any further braking power is in emergency operation mode Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so and notify an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Depress brake Considerably greater brake pedal Beda lr UNN force is required and the stopping distance Is increased Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking the wheels with wheel chocks or oth er sizable objects The maximum speed is limited to 55 mph 90 km h gt Call for Roadside Assistance USA only Reduced The battery has insufficient voltage gt Start the engine v n a a a E aes The message disappears when sufficient anada only art engine o the electro hydraulic brake sys voltage is available tem Warning N Do not run the Snemne In confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide and
444. ze Tire type code and Date of manufacture Tire load rating Numerical code associated with the maximum load a tire can support Tire ply composition and material used This indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufac turers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others Tire speed rating Part of tire designation indicates the speed range for which a tire is approved Traction Force exerted by the vehicle on the road via the tires The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only War in 1 6 mm of tread remains Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides consumers with ratings for a tire s traction temperature and treadwear Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers using government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle capacity weight Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilograms 150 Ibs times the vehicle s designated seating capacity Vehicle maximum load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and

Mercedes Benz 2006 SL 500 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents